diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.html index 94f2481f9c..aa3be2d77c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.html @@ -85,6 +85,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ countChromeOsDevices(customerId, filter=None, includeChildOrgunits=None, orgUnitPath=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Counts ChromeOS devices matching the request.

issueCommand(customerId, deviceId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Issues a command for the device to execute.

@@ -139,6 +142,28 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ countChromeOsDevices(customerId, filter=None, includeChildOrgunits=None, orgUnitPath=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Counts ChromeOS devices matching the request.
+
+Args:
+  customerId: string, Required. Immutable ID of the Google Workspace account. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Search string in the format given at https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/directory/v1/list-query-operators
+  includeChildOrgunits: boolean, Optional. Return devices from all child orgunits, as well as the specified org unit. If this is set to true, 'orgUnitPath' must be provided.
+  orgUnitPath: string, Optional. The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A response for counting ChromeOS devices.
+  "count": "A String", # The total number of devices matching the request.
+}
+
+
issueCommand(customerId, deviceId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Issues a command for the device to execute.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
index 344de826e3..6e396709d2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, maxResults=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, applicationInfoFilter=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, maxResults=None, networkInfoFilter=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, statusFilter=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of activities for a specific customer's account and application such as the Admin console application or the Google Drive application. For more information, see the guides for administrator and Google Drive activity reports. For more information about the activity report's parameters, see the activity parameters reference guides.

list_next()

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Method Details

- list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, maxResults=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, applicationInfoFilter=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, maxResults=None, networkInfoFilter=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, statusFilter=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of activities for a specific customer's account and application such as the Admin console application or the Google Drive application. For more information, see the guides for administrator and Google Drive activity reports. For more information about the activity report's parameters, see the activity parameters reference guides. 
 
 Args:
@@ -139,16 +139,19 @@ 

Method Details

takeout - The Takeout application's activity reports return information about various types of Takeout activity events. graduation - The Graduation application's activity reports return information about various types of Graduation activity events. actorIpAddress: string, The Internet Protocol (IP) Address of host where the event was performed. This is an additional way to filter a report's summary using the IP address of the user whose activity is being reported. This IP address may or may not reflect the user's physical location. For example, the IP address can be the user's proxy server's address or a virtual private network (VPN) address. This parameter supports both IPv4 and IPv6 address versions. + applicationInfoFilter: string, Optional. Used to filter on the `oAuthClientId` field present in [`ApplicationInfo`](#applicationinfo) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&applicationInfoFilter=oAuthClientId="clientId" GET...&applicationInfoFilter=oAuthClientId=%22clientId%22 ``` customerId: string, The unique ID of the customer to retrieve data for. endTime: string, Sets the end of the range of time shown in the report. The date is in the RFC 3339 format, for example 2010-10-28T10:26:35.000Z. The default value is the approximate time of the API request. An API report has three basic time concepts: - *Date of the API's request for a report*: When the API created and retrieved the report. - *Report's start time*: The beginning of the timespan shown in the report. The `startTime` must be before the `endTime` (if specified) and the current time when the request is made, or the API returns an error. - *Report's end time*: The end of the timespan shown in the report. For example, the timespan of events summarized in a report can start in April and end in May. The report itself can be requested in August. If the `endTime` is not specified, the report returns all activities from the `startTime` until the current time or the most recent 180 days if the `startTime` is more than 180 days in the past. For Gmail requests, `startTime` and `endTime` must be provided and the difference must not be greater than 30 days. eventName: string, The name of the event being queried by the API. Each `eventName` is related to a specific Google Workspace service or feature which the API organizes into types of events. An example is the Google Calendar events in the Admin console application's reports. The Calendar Settings `type` structure has all of the Calendar `eventName` activities reported by the API. When an administrator changes a Calendar setting, the API reports this activity in the Calendar Settings `type` and `eventName` parameters. For more information about `eventName` query strings and parameters, see the list of event names for various applications above in `applicationName`. filters: string, The `filters` query string is a comma-separated list composed of event parameters manipulated by relational operators. Event parameters are in the form `{parameter1 name}{relational operator}{parameter1 value},{parameter2 name}{relational operator}{parameter2 value},...` These event parameters are associated with a specific `eventName`. An empty report is returned if the request's parameter doesn't belong to the `eventName`. For more information about the available `eventName` fields for each application and their associated parameters, go to the [ApplicationName](#applicationname) table, then click through to the Activity Events page in the Appendix for the application you want. In the following Drive activity examples, the returned list consists of all `edit` events where the `doc_id` parameter value matches the conditions defined by the relational operator. In the first example, the request returns all edited documents with a `doc_id` value equal to `12345`. In the second example, the report returns any edited documents where the `doc_id` value is not equal to `98765`. The `<>` operator is URL-encoded in the request's query string (`%3C%3E`): ``` GET...&eventName=edit&filters=doc_id==12345 GET...&eventName=edit&filters=doc_id%3C%3E98765 ``` A `filters` query supports these relational operators: * `==`—'equal to'. * `<>`—'not equal to'. Must be URL-encoded (%3C%3E). * `<`—'less than'. Must be URL-encoded (%3C). * `<=`—'less than or equal to'. Must be URL-encoded (%3C=). * `>`—'greater than'. Must be URL-encoded (%3E). * `>=`—'greater than or equal to'. Must be URL-encoded (%3E=). **Note:** The API doesn't accept multiple values of the same parameter. If a parameter is supplied more than once in the API request, the API only accepts the last value of that parameter. In addition, if an invalid parameter is supplied in the API request, the API ignores that parameter and returns the response corresponding to the remaining valid parameters. If no parameters are requested, all parameters are returned. groupIdFilter: string, Comma separated group ids (obfuscated) on which user activities are filtered, i.e. the response will contain activities for only those users that are a part of at least one of the group ids mentioned here. Format: "id:abc123,id:xyz456" *Important:* To filter by groups, you must explicitly add the groups to your filtering groups allowlist. For more information about adding groups to filtering groups allowlist, see [Filter results by Google Group](https://support.google.com/a/answer/11482175) maxResults: integer, Determines how many activity records are shown on each response page. For example, if the request sets `maxResults=1` and the report has two activities, the report has two pages. The response's `nextPageToken` property has the token to the second page. The `maxResults` query string is optional in the request. The default value is 1000. + networkInfoFilter: string, Optional. Used to filter on the `regionCode` field present in [`NetworkInfo`](#networkinfo) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&networkInfoFilter=regionCode="IN" GET...&networkInfoFilter=regionCode=%22IN%22 ``` orgUnitID: string, ID of the organizational unit to report on. Activity records will be shown only for users who belong to the specified organizational unit. Data before Dec 17, 2018 doesn't appear in the filtered results. pageToken: string, The token to specify next page. A report with multiple pages has a `nextPageToken` property in the response. In your follow-on request getting the next page of the report, enter the `nextPageToken` value in the `pageToken` query string. resourceDetailsFilter: string, Optional. The `resourceDetailsFilter` query string is an AND separated list composed of [Resource Details](#resourcedetails) fields manipulated by relational operators. Resource Details Filters are in the form `{resourceDetails.field1}{relational operator}{field1 value} AND {resourceDetails.field2}{relational operator}{field2 value}...` All the inner fields are traversed using the `.` operator, as shown in the following example: ``` resourceDetails.id = "resourceId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.id = "appliedLabelId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.id = "fieldValueId" ``` `resourceDetailsFilter` query supports these relational operators: * `=`—'equal to'. * `!=`—'not equal to'. * `:`—'exists'. This is used for filtering on repeated fields. [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue) types that are repeated in nature uses `exists` operator for filtering. The following [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue) types are repeated: * [`TextListValue`](#textlistvalue) * [`SelectionListValue`](#selectionlistvalue) * [`UserListValue`](#userlistvalue) For example, in the following filter, [`SelectionListValue`](#selectionlistvalue), is a repeated field. The filter checks whether [`SelectionListValue`](#selectionlistvalue) contains `selection_id`: ``` resourceDetails.id = "resourceId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.id = "appliedLabelId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.id = "fieldValueId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.type = "SELECTION_LIST_VALUE" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.selectionListValue.id: "id" ``` **Usage** ``` GET...&resourceDetailsFilter=resourceDetails.id = "resourceId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.id = "appliedLabelId" GET...&resourceDetailsFilter=resourceDetails.id=%22resourceId%22%20AND%20resourceDetails.appliedLabels.id=%22appliedLabelId%22 ``` **Note the following**: * You must URL encode the query string before sending the request. * The API supports a maximum of 5 fields separated by the AND operator. - When filtering on deeper levels (e.g., [`AppliedLabel`](#appliedlabel), [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue)), the IDs of all preceding levels in the hierarchy must be included in the filter. For example: Filtering on [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue) requires [`AppliedLabel`](#appliedlabel) ID and resourceDetails ID to be present. *Sample Query*: ``` resourceDetails.id = "resourceId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.id = "appliedLabelId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.id = "fieldValueId" ``` * Filtering on inner [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue) types like `longTextValue` and `textValue` requires `resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.type` to be present. * Only Filtering on a single [`AppliedLabel`](#appliedlabel) id and [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue) id is supported. startTime: string, Sets the beginning of the range of time shown in the report. The date is in the RFC 3339 format, for example 2010-10-28T10:26:35.000Z. The report returns all activities from `startTime` until `endTime`. The `startTime` must be before the `endTime` (if specified) and the current time when the request is made, or the API returns an error. For Gmail requests, `startTime` and `endTime` must be provided and the difference must not be greater than 30 days. + statusFilter: string, Optional. Used to filter on the `statusCode` field present in [`Status`](#status) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&statusFilter=statusCode="200" GET...&statusFilter=statusCode=%22200%22 ``` x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -233,6 +236,12 @@

Method Details

"resourceIds": [ # Resource ids associated with the event. "A String", ], + "status": { # Status of the event. Note: Not all events have status. # Status of the event. Note: Not all events have status. + "errorCode": "A String", # Error code of the event. Note: Field can be empty. + "errorMessage": "A String", # Error message of the event. Note: Field can be empty. + "eventStatus": "A String", # * Status of the event. Possible values if not empty: - UNKNOWN_EVENT_STATUS - SUCCEEDED - SUCCEEDED_WITH_WARNINGS - FAILED - SKIPPED + "httpStatusCode": 42, # Status code of the event. Note: Field can be empty. + }, "type": "A String", # Type of event. The Google Workspace service or feature that an administrator changes is identified in the `type` property which identifies an event using the `eventName` property. For a full list of the API's `type` categories, see the list of event names for various applications above in `applicationName`. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html index af0149f2dd..7ddaef7571 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html @@ -124,12 +124,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -267,12 +285,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -410,12 +446,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -553,12 +607,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -738,12 +810,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -881,12 +971,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -1037,12 +1145,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -1180,12 +1306,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..10a347b8bd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . evaluationMetrics

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c6f30a1c1b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . evaluationMetrics . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `"projects/example/locations/-"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html index ef3684c28e..257e447cd8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html @@ -124,6 +124,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the evaluationItems Resource.

+

+ evaluationMetrics() +

+

Returns the evaluationMetrics Resource.

+

evaluationRuns()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html index cfa86213f2..06d6ae2594 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -362,6 +362,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned model endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for Model Armor. Model Armor is a Google Cloud service that provides safety and security filtering for prompts and responses. It helps protect your AI applications from risks such as harmful content, sensitive data leakage, and prompt injection attacks. # Optional. Settings for prompt and response sanitization using the Model Armor service. If supplied, safety_settings must not be supplied. + "promptTemplateName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor template to use for prompt screening. A Model Armor template is a set of customized filters and thresholds that define how Model Armor screens content. If specified, Model Armor will use this template to check the user's prompt for safety and security risks before it is sent to the model. The name must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template}`. + "responseTemplateName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor template to use for response screening. A Model Armor template is a set of customized filters and thresholds that define how Model Armor screens content. If specified, Model Armor will use this template to check the model's response for safety and security risks before it is returned to the user. The name must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template}`. + }, "safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # A safety setting that affects the safety-blocking behavior. A SafetySetting consists of a harm category and a threshold for that category. "category": "A String", # Required. The harm category to be blocked. @@ -931,6 +935,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned model endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for Model Armor. Model Armor is a Google Cloud service that provides safety and security filtering for prompts and responses. It helps protect your AI applications from risks such as harmful content, sensitive data leakage, and prompt injection attacks. # Optional. Settings for prompt and response sanitization using the Model Armor service. If supplied, safety_settings must not be supplied. + "promptTemplateName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor template to use for prompt screening. A Model Armor template is a set of customized filters and thresholds that define how Model Armor screens content. If specified, Model Armor will use this template to check the user's prompt for safety and security risks before it is sent to the model. The name must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template}`. + "responseTemplateName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor template to use for response screening. A Model Armor template is a set of customized filters and thresholds that define how Model Armor screens content. If specified, Model Armor will use this template to check the model's response for safety and security risks before it is returned to the user. The name must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template}`. + }, "safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # A safety setting that affects the safety-blocking behavior. A SafetySetting consists of a harm category and a threshold for that category. "category": "A String", # Required. The harm category to be blocked. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html index e857edeed4..b6acf134a0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html @@ -666,6 +666,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -1286,6 +1295,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -2576,6 +2594,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -3196,6 +3223,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -4486,6 +4522,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -5106,6 +5151,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -6396,6 +6450,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -7016,6 +7079,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -8348,6 +8420,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -8968,6 +9049,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -10258,6 +10348,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -10878,6 +10977,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -12181,6 +12289,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -12801,6 +12918,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -14091,6 +14217,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -14711,6 +14846,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..831f99dacd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . evaluationMetrics

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..228e39e415 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . evaluationMetrics . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `"projects/example/locations/-"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index d37a72f340..54f2afa50e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -129,6 +129,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the evaluationItems Resource.

+

+ evaluationMetrics() +

+

Returns the evaluationMetrics Resource.

+

evaluationRuns()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html index 6692264076..414075a555 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html @@ -816,6 +816,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. @@ -1529,6 +1530,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. @@ -2284,6 +2286,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. @@ -3011,6 +3014,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. @@ -3742,6 +3746,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. @@ -4456,6 +4461,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html index 8fb27656b7..80d47d3e0c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html @@ -330,11 +330,11 @@

Method Details

"imei": "A String", # IMEI number of the GSM device. For example, A1000031212. "meid": "A String", # MEID number of the CDMA device. For example, A00000292788E1. "networkOperatorName": "A String", # Alphabetic name of current registered operator. For example, Vodafone. - "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android 6. + { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. This is supported for all SIM cards on fully managed devices on Android 6 and above. In addition, this is supported for admin-added eSIMs on all devices for Android 15 and above. + "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "carrierName": "A String", # The carrier name associated with this SIM card. - "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "iccId": "A String", # Output only. The ICCID associated with this SIM card. "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number associated with this SIM card. }, @@ -762,11 +762,11 @@

Method Details

"imei": "A String", # IMEI number of the GSM device. For example, A1000031212. "meid": "A String", # MEID number of the CDMA device. For example, A00000292788E1. "networkOperatorName": "A String", # Alphabetic name of current registered operator. For example, Vodafone. - "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android 6. + { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. This is supported for all SIM cards on fully managed devices on Android 6 and above. In addition, this is supported for admin-added eSIMs on all devices for Android 15 and above. + "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "carrierName": "A String", # The carrier name associated with this SIM card. - "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "iccId": "A String", # Output only. The ICCID associated with this SIM card. "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number associated with this SIM card. }, @@ -1062,11 +1062,11 @@

Method Details

"imei": "A String", # IMEI number of the GSM device. For example, A1000031212. "meid": "A String", # MEID number of the CDMA device. For example, A00000292788E1. "networkOperatorName": "A String", # Alphabetic name of current registered operator. For example, Vodafone. - "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android 6. + { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. This is supported for all SIM cards on fully managed devices on Android 6 and above. In addition, this is supported for admin-added eSIMs on all devices for Android 15 and above. + "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "carrierName": "A String", # The carrier name associated with this SIM card. - "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "iccId": "A String", # Output only. The ICCID associated with this SIM card. "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number associated with this SIM card. }, @@ -1344,11 +1344,11 @@

Method Details

"imei": "A String", # IMEI number of the GSM device. For example, A1000031212. "meid": "A String", # MEID number of the CDMA device. For example, A00000292788E1. "networkOperatorName": "A String", # Alphabetic name of current registered operator. For example, Vodafone. - "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android 6. + { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. This is supported for all SIM cards on fully managed devices on Android 6 and above. In addition, this is supported for admin-added eSIMs on all devices for Android 15 and above. + "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "carrierName": "A String", # The carrier name associated with this SIM card. - "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "iccId": "A String", # Output only. The ICCID associated with this SIM card. "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number associated with this SIM card. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.html index 7c77f467c2..edbbdac8d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.customerLicense.html b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.customerLicense.html
index d87522e25c..062fd935cd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.customerLicense.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.customerLicense.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(applicationId, customerId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the status of a license for a customer to determine if they have access for a given app.

+

Gets the customer's licensing status to determine if they have access to a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).

Method Details

close() @@ -88,11 +88,11 @@

Method Details

get(applicationId, customerId, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the status of a license for a customer to determine if they have access for a given app.
+  
Gets the customer's licensing status to determine if they have access to a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).
 
 Args:
-  applicationId: string, Application Id (required)
-  customerId: string, Customer Id (required)
+  applicationId: string, The ID of the application. (required)
+  customerId: string, The ID of the customer. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "id": "A String", # The ID of the customer license. - "kind": "A String", # The type of API resource. This is always appsmarket#customerLicense. - "state": "A String", # The customer's license status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The customer has a valid license. - `UNLICENSED`: There is no license: either this customer has never installed your application, or else has deleted it. + "kind": "A String", # The type of API resource. This is always `appsmarket#customerLicense`. + "state": "A String", # The customer's license status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The customer has a valid license. - `UNLICENSED`: There is no license. Either this customer has never installed your application or has deleted it. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.userLicense.html b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.userLicense.html index 26d14012c1..c90e56644d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.userLicense.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.userLicense.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(applicationId, userId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the user's licensing status for their permission to use a given app.

+

Gets the user's licensing status to determine if they have permission to use a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).

Method Details

close() @@ -88,11 +88,11 @@

Method Details

get(applicationId, userId, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the user's licensing status for their permission to use a given app.
+  
Gets the user's licensing status to determine if they have permission to use a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).
 
 Args:
-  applicationId: string, Application Id (required)
-  userId: string, User Id (required)
+  applicationId: string, The ID of the application. (required)
+  userId: string, The ID of the user. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ 

Method Details

"customerId": "A String", # The domain name of the user. "editionId": "A String", # (Deprecated) "enabled": True or False, # The domain administrator has activated the application for this domain. - "id": "A String", # The ID of user license. - "kind": "A String", # The type of API resource. This is always appsmarket#userLicense. + "id": "A String", # The ID of the user license. + "kind": "A String", # The type of API resource. This is always `appsmarket#userLicense`. "state": "A String", # The user's licensing status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The user has a valid license and should be permitted to use the application. - `UNLICENSED`: The administrator of this user's domain never assigned a seat for the application to this user. - `EXPIRED`: The administrator assigned a seat to this user, but the license is expired. "userId": "A String", # The email address of the user. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html index ce72d9991b..262df33e20 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the VPCSC Config for the Project.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index fadb773efd..310933b817 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
index 06ad358adc..3648a39bb9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.html
index cb5932bea5..a4c9a012c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.html
@@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the IAM policy for the specified catalog.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Tests the IAM permissions for the specified catalog.

Method Details

close() @@ -227,4 +230,34 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Tests the IAM permissions for the specified catalog.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.html b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.html index 76b5d3a1a5..054a2e9922 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

BigLake API . projects . catalogs . namespaces

Instance Methods

+

+ tables() +

+

Returns the tables Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -83,6 +88,9 @@

Instance Methods

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the IAM policy for the specified catalog.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Tests the IAM permissions for the specified namespace.

Method Details

close() @@ -222,4 +230,34 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Tests the IAM permissions for the specified namespace.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.html b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3079e8611a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.html @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + +

BigLake API . projects . catalogs . namespaces . tables

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the IAM policy for the specified Catalog.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the IAM policy for the specified catalog.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Tests the IAM permissions for the specified table.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the IAM policy for the specified Catalog.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the IAM policy for the specified catalog.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Tests the IAM permissions for the specified table.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html index 5a877c9694..afb8e5487a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html @@ -267,6 +267,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -473,6 +475,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -762,6 +766,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1043,6 +1049,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1240,6 +1248,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1365,6 +1375,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1530,6 +1542,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1736,6 +1750,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html index 16b7c6335d..0597c674b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.agents.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.agents.html
index c604adc369..37984cf8c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.agents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.agents.html
@@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -122,6 +123,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -129,6 +131,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -136,6 +139,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -143,6 +147,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -150,6 +155,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -231,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -238,6 +245,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -245,6 +253,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -252,6 +261,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -259,6 +269,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -266,6 +277,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -373,6 +385,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -380,6 +393,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -387,6 +401,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -394,6 +409,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -401,6 +417,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -408,6 +425,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -501,6 +519,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -508,6 +527,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -515,6 +535,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -522,6 +543,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -529,6 +551,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -536,6 +559,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -635,6 +659,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -642,6 +667,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -649,6 +675,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -656,6 +683,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -663,6 +691,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -670,6 +699,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -751,6 +781,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -758,6 +789,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -765,6 +797,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -772,6 +805,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -779,6 +813,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -786,6 +821,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html index 07915a36e2..baf5ebc373 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, source=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of the specified conversation.

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists conversations in the given app.

list_next()

@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists conversations in the given app.
 
 Args:
@@ -334,7 +334,13 @@ 

Method Details

filter: string, Optional. Filter to be applied when listing the conversations. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more details. pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list AgentService.ListConversations call. - source: string, Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. + source: string, Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. Will be deprecated in favor of `sources` field. + Allowed values + SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified source. + LIVE - The conversation is from the live end user. + SIMULATOR - The conversation is from the simulator. + EVAL - The conversation is from the evaluation. + sources: string, Optional. Indicate the sources of the conversations. If not set, all available sources will be applied by default. (repeated) Allowed values SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified source. LIVE - The conversation is from the live end user. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html index a85e685900..df8c4abeee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html @@ -131,21 +131,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -237,21 +241,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -369,21 +377,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -487,21 +499,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -611,21 +627,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -717,21 +737,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html index 0b59aba1cd..54bdd8eaab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html @@ -776,6 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"appId": "A String", # Optional. The ID to use for the imported app. * If not specified, a unique ID will be automatically assigned for the app. * Otherwise, the imported app will use this ID as the final component of its resource name. If an app with the same ID already exists at the specified location in the project, the content of the existing app will be replaced. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the app to import. * If the app is created on import, and the display name is specified, the imported app will use this display name. If a conflict is detected with an existing app, a timestamp will be appended to the display name to make it unique. * If the app is a reimport, this field should not be set. Providing a display name during reimport will result in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. "gcsUri": "A String", # The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI from which to import app. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. + "ignoreAppLock": True or False, # Optional. Flag for overriding the app lock during import. If set to true, the import process will ignore the app lock. "importOptions": { # Configuration options for the app import process. These options control how the import behaves, particularly when conflicts arise with existing app data. # Optional. Options governing the import process for the app. "conflictResolutionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy to use when resolving conflicts during import. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html index 11cb525a58..e339f54a73 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html @@ -326,6 +326,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -763,6 +767,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1226,6 +1234,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1676,6 +1688,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2130,6 +2146,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2567,6 +2587,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html index fdd3a63201..467845ed77 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html @@ -1224,6 +1224,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html index 20cd8f1cff..7f5f720a15 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html @@ -124,6 +124,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -131,6 +132,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -138,6 +140,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -145,6 +148,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -152,6 +156,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -159,6 +164,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -525,21 +531,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -818,6 +828,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1185,6 +1199,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1192,6 +1207,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1199,6 +1215,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1206,6 +1223,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1213,6 +1231,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1220,6 +1239,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1586,21 +1606,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -1879,6 +1903,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2271,6 +2299,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2278,6 +2307,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2285,6 +2315,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2292,6 +2323,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2299,6 +2331,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2306,6 +2339,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2672,21 +2706,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -2965,6 +3003,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -3344,6 +3386,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3351,6 +3394,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3358,6 +3402,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3365,6 +3410,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3372,6 +3418,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3379,6 +3426,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3745,21 +3793,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -4038,6 +4090,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.agents.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.agents.html index fdd458a768..b29fdb76f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.agents.html @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -122,6 +123,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -129,6 +131,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -136,6 +139,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -143,6 +147,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -150,6 +155,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -231,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -238,6 +245,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -245,6 +253,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -252,6 +261,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -259,6 +269,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -266,6 +277,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -373,6 +385,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -380,6 +393,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -387,6 +401,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -394,6 +409,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -401,6 +417,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -408,6 +425,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -501,6 +519,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -508,6 +527,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -515,6 +535,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -522,6 +543,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -529,6 +551,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -536,6 +559,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -635,6 +659,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -642,6 +667,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -649,6 +675,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -656,6 +683,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -663,6 +691,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -670,6 +699,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -751,6 +781,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -758,6 +789,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -765,6 +797,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -772,6 +805,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -779,6 +813,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -786,6 +821,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html index 2b60b365ca..6d101179a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, source=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of the specified conversation.

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists conversations in the given app.

list_next()

@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists conversations in the given app.
 
 Args:
@@ -379,7 +379,13 @@ 

Method Details

filter: string, Optional. Filter to be applied when listing the conversations. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more details. pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list AgentService.ListConversations call. - source: string, Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. + source: string, Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. Will be deprecated in favor of `sources` field. + Allowed values + SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified source. + LIVE - The conversation is from the live end user. + SIMULATOR - The conversation is from the simulator. + EVAL - The conversation is from the evaluation. + sources: string, Optional. Indicate the sources of the conversations. If not set, all available sources will be applied by default. (repeated) Allowed values SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified source. LIVE - The conversation is from the live end user. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html index 1cf344a280..04d14adc1a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html @@ -131,21 +131,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -237,21 +241,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -369,21 +377,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -487,21 +499,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -611,21 +627,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -717,21 +737,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html index 8f995d0367..b49460bef8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html @@ -848,6 +848,7 @@

Method Details

"appId": "A String", # Optional. The ID to use for the imported app. * If not specified, a unique ID will be automatically assigned for the app. * Otherwise, the imported app will use this ID as the final component of its resource name. If an app with the same ID already exists at the specified location in the project, the content of the existing app will be replaced. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the app to import. * If the app is created on import, and the display name is specified, the imported app will use this display name. If a conflict is detected with an existing app, a timestamp will be appended to the display name to make it unique. * If the app is a reimport, this field should not be set. Providing a display name during reimport will result in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. "gcsUri": "A String", # The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI from which to import app. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. + "ignoreAppLock": True or False, # Optional. Flag for overriding the app lock during import. If set to true, the import process will ignore the app lock. "importOptions": { # Configuration options for the app import process. These options control how the import behaves, particularly when conflicts arise with existing app data. # Optional. Options governing the import process for the app. "conflictResolutionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy to use when resolving conflicts during import. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html index 5c7cf02a82..3a5fe99ac6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html @@ -326,6 +326,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -763,6 +767,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1226,6 +1234,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1676,6 +1688,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2130,6 +2146,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2567,6 +2587,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html index 7311e27376..cd8a744073 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html @@ -1224,6 +1224,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html index 7343d6a519..9cf3af3388 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html @@ -124,6 +124,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -131,6 +132,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -138,6 +140,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -145,6 +148,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -152,6 +156,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -159,6 +164,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -544,21 +550,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -837,6 +847,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1204,6 +1218,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1211,6 +1226,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1218,6 +1234,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1225,6 +1242,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1232,6 +1250,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1239,6 +1258,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1624,21 +1644,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -1917,6 +1941,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2309,6 +2337,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2316,6 +2345,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2323,6 +2353,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2330,6 +2361,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2337,6 +2369,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2344,6 +2377,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2729,21 +2763,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -3022,6 +3060,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -3401,6 +3443,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3408,6 +3451,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3415,6 +3459,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3422,6 +3467,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3429,6 +3475,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3436,6 +3483,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3821,21 +3869,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -4114,6 +4166,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html index 79444d9522..73def8d2dd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html @@ -452,8 +452,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -802,8 +803,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -1314,8 +1316,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -1664,8 +1667,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -2389,8 +2393,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -2739,8 +2744,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -3482,8 +3488,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -3832,8 +3839,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -4344,8 +4352,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -4694,8 +4703,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -5419,8 +5429,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -5769,8 +5780,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -6530,8 +6542,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -6880,8 +6893,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -7392,8 +7406,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -7742,8 +7757,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -8467,8 +8483,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -8817,8 +8834,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -9566,8 +9584,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -9916,8 +9935,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -10428,8 +10448,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -10778,8 +10799,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -11503,8 +11525,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -11853,8 +11876,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -12607,8 +12631,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -12957,8 +12982,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -13469,8 +13495,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -13819,8 +13846,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -14544,8 +14572,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -14894,8 +14923,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -15631,8 +15661,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -15981,8 +16012,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -16493,8 +16525,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -16843,8 +16876,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -17568,8 +17602,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -17918,8 +17953,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -18655,8 +18691,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19005,8 +19042,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19517,8 +19555,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19867,8 +19906,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -20592,8 +20632,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -20942,8 +20983,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -21679,8 +21721,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22029,8 +22072,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22541,8 +22585,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22891,8 +22936,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -23616,8 +23662,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -23966,8 +24013,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html index 1908765ba4..00891b0f1b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html @@ -567,8 +567,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -917,8 +918,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -1429,8 +1431,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -1779,8 +1782,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -2504,8 +2508,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -2854,8 +2859,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -3586,8 +3592,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -3936,8 +3943,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -4448,8 +4456,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -4798,8 +4807,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -5523,8 +5533,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -5873,8 +5884,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -6605,8 +6617,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -6955,8 +6968,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -7467,8 +7481,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -7817,8 +7832,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -8542,8 +8558,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -8892,8 +8909,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -9622,8 +9640,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -9972,8 +9991,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -10484,8 +10504,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -10834,8 +10855,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -11559,8 +11581,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -11909,8 +11932,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -12637,8 +12661,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -12987,8 +13012,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -13499,8 +13525,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -13849,8 +13876,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -14574,8 +14602,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -14924,8 +14953,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -15652,8 +15682,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -16002,8 +16033,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -16514,8 +16546,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -16864,8 +16897,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -17589,8 +17623,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -17939,8 +17974,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19084,8 +19120,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19434,8 +19471,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19946,8 +19984,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -20296,8 +20335,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -21021,8 +21061,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -21371,8 +21412,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22103,8 +22145,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22453,8 +22496,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22965,8 +23009,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -23315,8 +23360,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -24040,8 +24086,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -24390,8 +24437,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -25122,8 +25170,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -25472,8 +25521,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -25984,8 +26034,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -26334,8 +26385,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -27059,8 +27111,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -27409,8 +27462,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -28139,8 +28193,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -28489,8 +28544,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -29001,8 +29057,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -29351,8 +29408,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -30076,8 +30134,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -30426,8 +30485,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -31154,8 +31214,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -31504,8 +31565,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -32016,8 +32078,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -32366,8 +32429,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -33091,8 +33155,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -33441,8 +33506,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -34169,8 +34235,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -34519,8 +34586,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -35031,8 +35099,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -35381,8 +35450,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -36106,8 +36176,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -36456,8 +36527,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html index 79308f2ee1..306308e288 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html @@ -354,6 +354,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -475,6 +485,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -781,6 +801,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -902,6 +932,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1098,6 +1138,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1219,6 +1269,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1376,6 +1436,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1497,6 +1567,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html index cb015babc9..59f6efd592 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. }
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

Updates the AutokeyConfig for a folder or a project. The caller must have both `cloudkms.autokeyConfigs.update` permission on the parent folder and `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on the provided key project. A KeyHandle creation in the folder's descendant projects will use this configuration to determine where to create the resulting CryptoKey.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ 

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. } @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html index e307ac1dc7..1b177bfb2e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. }
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

Updates the AutokeyConfig for a folder or a project. The caller must have both `cloudkms.autokeyConfigs.update` permission on the parent folder and `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on the provided key project. A KeyHandle creation in the folder's descendant projects will use this configuration to determine where to create the resulting CryptoKey.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ 

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. } @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html index d3155975da..7203e145cd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -99,6 +99,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ retiredResources() +

+

Returns the retiredResources Resource.

+

singleTenantHsmInstances()

@@ -118,7 +123,7 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the EkmConfig singleton resource for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -208,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
index da8d98b514..651b184cc8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
@@ -89,6 +89,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

decapsulate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Decapsulates data that was encapsulated with a public key retrieved from GetPublicKey corresponding to a CryptoKeyVersion with CryptoKey.purpose KEY_ENCAPSULATION.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Permanently deletes the given CryptoKeyVersion. Only possible if the version has not been previously imported and if its state is one of DESTROYED, IMPORT_FAILED, or GENERATION_FAILED. Successfully imported CryptoKeyVersions cannot be deleted at this time. The specified version will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.

destroy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED, and destroy_time will be set to the time destroy_scheduled_duration in the future. At that time, the state will automatically change to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.

@@ -320,6 +323,41 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Permanently deletes the given CryptoKeyVersion. Only possible if the version has not been previously imported and if its state is one of DESTROYED, IMPORT_FAILED, or GENERATION_FAILED. Successfully imported CryptoKeyVersions cannot be deleted at this time. The specified version will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the CryptoKeyVersion to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
destroy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED, and destroy_time will be set to the time destroy_scheduled_duration in the future. At that time, the state will automatically change to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
index 0ca723d178..e4a7f95686 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
@@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

decrypt(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Decrypts data that was protected by Encrypt. The CryptoKey.purpose must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Permanently deletes the given CryptoKey. All child CryptoKeyVersions must have been previously deleted using KeyManagementService.DeleteCryptoKeyVersion. The specified crypto key will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.

encrypt(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Encrypts data, so that it can only be recovered by a call to Decrypt. The CryptoKey.purpose must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.

@@ -289,6 +292,41 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Permanently deletes the given CryptoKey. All child CryptoKeyVersions must have been previously deleted using KeyManagementService.DeleteCryptoKeyVersion. The specified crypto key will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the CryptoKey to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
encrypt(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Encrypts data, so that it can only be recovered by a call to Decrypt. The CryptoKey.purpose must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.retiredResources.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.retiredResources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9506b1662
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.retiredResources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+
+
+
+

Cloud Key Management Service (KMS) API . projects . locations . retiredResources

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a specific RetiredResource resource, which represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists the RetiredResources which are the records of deleted CryptoKeys. RetiredResources prevent the reuse of these resource names after deletion.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a specific RetiredResource resource, which represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the RetiredResource to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A RetiredResource resource represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey. Its purpose is to provide visibility into retained user data and to prevent reuse of these names for new CryptoKeys.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the original resource was deleted and this RetiredResource record was created.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this RetiredResource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/retiredResources/*`.
+  "originalResource": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the original CryptoKey that was deleted in the format `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. The resource type of the original deleted resource.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists the RetiredResources which are the records of deleted CryptoKeys. RetiredResources prevent the reuse of these resource names after deletion.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project-specific location holding the RetiredResources, in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Optional limit on the number of RetiredResources to be included in the response. Further RetiredResources can subsequently be obtained by including the ListRetiredResourcesResponse.next_page_token in a subsequent request. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Optional pagination token, returned earlier via ListRetiredResourcesResponse.next_page_token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for KeyManagementService.ListRetiredResources.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in ListRetiredResourcesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page of results.
+  "retiredResources": [ # The list of RetiredResources.
+    { # A RetiredResource resource represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey. Its purpose is to provide visibility into retained user data and to prevent reuse of these names for new CryptoKeys.
+      "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the original resource was deleted and this RetiredResource record was created.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this RetiredResource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/retiredResources/*`.
+      "originalResource": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the original CryptoKey that was deleted in the format `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. The resource type of the original deleted resource.
+    },
+  ],
+  "totalSize": "A String", # The total number of RetiredResources that matched the query.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html index 6e95939188..4f69ae0d49 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html @@ -583,6 +583,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1111,6 +1123,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1674,6 +1698,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1972,6 +2008,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html index a6e4222681..8b536677d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html @@ -249,6 +249,8 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceProperties": { # Instance provisining properties. # Instance properties for this request. "scheduling": { # Defines the instance scheduling options. # Specifies the scheduling options. + "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum time that instances can run before Compute Engine + # terminates them. "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. }, }, @@ -271,6 +273,8 @@

Method Details

"estimatedUptime": "A String", # The estimated run time of the majority of Spot VMs in the request # before preemption. The estimate is best-effort only. It is based on # history data and current conditions. + "estimatedWaitDuration": "A String", # Output only. The likely maximum time that you will have to wait until + # Compute Engine provisions your instances. "obtainability": 3.14, # The obtainability score indicates the likelihood of successfully # obtaining (provisioning) the requested number of VMs. # The score range is 0.0 through 1.0. Higher is better. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html index ce1391a58d..086962001f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html @@ -831,6 +831,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1853,6 +1865,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3013,6 +3037,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3693,6 +3729,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html index 05a9e5f9ce..2270b4468e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html @@ -306,6 +306,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -977,6 +989,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1261,6 +1285,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2315,6 +2351,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3481,6 +3529,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3770,6 +3830,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5155,6 +5227,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index 8ca3bc2ebe..b23e40f029 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -315,6 +315,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -686,6 +698,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -1540,6 +1556,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -2548,6 +2569,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2832,6 +2865,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3103,6 +3148,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -3957,6 +4006,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -6066,6 +6120,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -6920,6 +6978,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -7836,6 +7899,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8193,6 +8268,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -9047,6 +9126,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -10080,6 +10164,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -10934,6 +11022,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -11910,6 +12003,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -12764,6 +12861,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -13680,6 +13782,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -13969,6 +14083,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15134,6 +15260,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15435,6 +15573,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -16289,6 +16431,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -17205,6 +17352,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html index 024fc0db95..3e571ac8b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html @@ -263,6 +263,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -607,6 +619,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1093,6 +1117,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html index 2d69a2fb87..a8c78a92c7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html @@ -378,6 +378,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html index 235f6146be..e421082b93 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html @@ -92,6 +92,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ convert(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Converts a persistent disk to support Gen4+ VMs.

createSnapshot(project, zone, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot

@@ -324,6 +327,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1464,6 +1479,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1766,6 +1793,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1891,6 +1930,314 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ convert(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Converts a persistent disk to support Gen4+ VMs.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "params": {
+    "forceStopInProgressSnapshot": True or False,
+    "provisionedIops": "A String",
+    "provisionedThroughput": "A String",
+    "quickConversionOnly": True or False,
+    "resetSupportedVmFamilies": True or False,
+    "targetDiskType": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
createSnapshot(project, zone, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot
@@ -2393,6 +2740,18 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2679,6 +3038,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4657,6 +5028,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5717,6 +6100,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6007,6 +6402,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7180,6 +7587,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7491,6 +7910,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7774,6 +8205,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8077,6 +8520,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -9017,6 +9472,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -9300,6 +9767,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -9590,6 +10069,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html index 0f6267d062..1c1ef18493 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html @@ -265,6 +265,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -740,6 +752,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1266,6 +1290,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html index 340623691e..cbeca451f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html @@ -331,6 +331,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -800,6 +812,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1269,6 +1293,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1550,6 +1586,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1835,6 +1883,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2103,6 +2163,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4224,6 +4296,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5207,6 +5291,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5999,6 +6095,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6469,6 +6577,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6939,6 +7059,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7220,6 +7352,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7501,6 +7645,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7782,6 +7938,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html index d84f0769a4..1d3bee7db5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html @@ -268,6 +268,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -908,6 +920,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1686,6 +1710,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2176,6 +2212,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html index 9ca6e736bb..984b459642 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html @@ -883,6 +883,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2012,6 +2024,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3274,6 +3298,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3573,6 +3609,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3863,6 +3911,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html index 34c81b0454..18cd25c89d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html @@ -221,6 +221,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of future reservations. "futureReservations": [ # A list of future reservations contained in this scope. { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -288,6 +293,7 @@

Method Details

# parent commitments will be extended to match the end date of the plan for # this commitment. }, + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339 # text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. @@ -352,7 +358,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -451,7 +457,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -789,6 +795,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1076,6 +1094,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1213,6 +1243,11 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -1280,6 +1315,7 @@

Method Details

# parent commitments will be extended to match the end date of the plan for # this commitment. }, + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339 # text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. @@ -1344,7 +1380,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1443,7 +1479,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1550,6 +1586,11 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -1617,6 +1658,7 @@

Method Details

# parent commitments will be extended to match the end date of the plan for # this commitment. }, + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339 # text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. @@ -1681,7 +1723,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1780,7 +1822,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2029,6 +2071,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2254,6 +2308,11 @@

Method Details

# defined by the server. "items": [ # [Output Only] A list of future reservation resources. { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -2321,6 +2380,7 @@

Method Details

# parent commitments will be extended to match the end date of the plan for # this commitment. }, + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339 # text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. @@ -2385,7 +2445,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2484,7 +2544,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2644,6 +2704,11 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -2711,6 +2776,7 @@

Method Details

# parent commitments will be extended to match the end date of the plan for # this commitment. }, + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339 # text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. @@ -2775,7 +2841,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2874,7 +2940,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -3125,6 +3191,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html index fe495386a5..ad6cabf22f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html @@ -271,6 +271,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -817,6 +829,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1377,6 +1401,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1664,6 +1700,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalFolderOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalFolderOperations.html index dd90493260..7e36eaceef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalFolderOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalFolderOperations.html @@ -240,6 +240,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -595,6 +607,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html index 3c824a0ccb..360a6a924a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html @@ -271,6 +271,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1399,6 +1411,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2659,6 +2683,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2947,6 +2983,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3236,6 +3284,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 647771f0fa..e062f0c038 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -311,6 +311,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -599,6 +611,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -925,6 +949,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1065,6 +1101,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1271,6 +1321,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -1281,6 +1345,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1635,6 +1713,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1861,6 +1951,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html index 1a00d6aff0..da80997ada 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html @@ -347,6 +347,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -717,6 +729,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1072,6 +1096,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1406,6 +1442,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html index 9473168689..22dfcf84c0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html @@ -260,6 +260,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -615,6 +627,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html index dd06820ab4..de8c369cc2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -262,6 +262,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -780,6 +792,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1435,6 +1459,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html index 2c45ea92ed..030a0827c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html @@ -573,6 +573,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1109,6 +1121,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1927,6 +1951,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.haControllers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.haControllers.html index 5659278b2f..bd401c955f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.haControllers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.haControllers.html @@ -220,7 +220,10 @@

Method Details

"haControllers": [ # List of HaControllers contained in this scope. { # HaController handles failover for a VM Instance. "backendServices": [ # Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to - # be pre-created and configured as managed. + # be pre-created. + # + # Currently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4 + # Internal Load Balancer (ILB). "A String", ], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 @@ -889,6 +892,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1171,6 +1186,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1309,7 +1336,10 @@

Method Details

{ # HaController handles failover for a VM Instance. "backendServices": [ # Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to - # be pre-created and configured as managed. + # be pre-created. + # + # Currently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4 + # Internal Load Balancer (ILB). "A String", ], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 @@ -1753,7 +1783,10 @@

Method Details

{ # HaController handles failover for a VM Instance. "backendServices": [ # Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to - # be pre-created and configured as managed. + # be pre-created. + # + # Currently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4 + # Internal Load Balancer (ILB). "A String", ], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 @@ -2328,6 +2361,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2552,7 +2597,10 @@

Method Details

"items": [ # A list of HaControllers in the specified project and region. { # HaController handles failover for a VM Instance. "backendServices": [ # Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to - # be pre-created and configured as managed. + # be pre-created. + # + # Currently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4 + # Internal Load Balancer (ILB). "A String", ], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 @@ -3046,7 +3094,10 @@

Method Details

{ # HaController handles failover for a VM Instance. "backendServices": [ # Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to - # be pre-created and configured as managed. + # be pre-created. + # + # Currently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4 + # Internal Load Balancer (ILB). "A String", ], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 @@ -3622,6 +3673,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html index 4b6749ebe7..a267673f9a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html @@ -830,6 +830,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1852,6 +1864,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3011,6 +3035,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3690,6 +3726,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html index 1419c9548d..d4e2fe37b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html @@ -268,6 +268,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -648,6 +660,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1165,6 +1189,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1523,6 +1559,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html index f872e6ccb9..2bf1016808 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html @@ -268,6 +268,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -656,6 +668,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1181,6 +1205,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1543,6 +1579,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html index fc899283cc..1e8a9ceced 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html @@ -280,6 +280,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -609,6 +621,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2923,6 +2947,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4449,6 +4485,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5610,6 +5658,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index 7a1d1d8d30..491f0b43e0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -265,6 +265,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -558,6 +570,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1593,6 +1617,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html index 9c15c75570..35f7fd4311 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ configureAcceleratorTopologies(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the accelerator topologies configuration.

createInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates instances with per-instance configurations in this managed instance

@@ -367,6 +370,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -742,6 +757,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -2286,6 +2303,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -2543,6 +2561,7 @@

Method Details

"allInstances": True or False, # Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of “instances”. # If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified # in the request. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instances": [ # The list of URLs of one or more instances for which you want to apply # updates. Each URL can be a full URL or a partial URL, such aszones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME]. "A String", @@ -2725,6 +2744,330 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, + "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error + # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. + "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error + # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the + # resource was not found. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is + # defined by the server. + "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. + # This value is inRFC3339 + # text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). + # Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an + # error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information + # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, + "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for + # Operation resources. + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. + "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a + # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. + "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, + # `update`, or `delete`, and so on. + "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. + # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of + # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be + # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation + # progresses. + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only + # applicable when performing regional operations. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, + # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and + # their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). + # Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is + # populated. + # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is + # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains + # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. + # + # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the + # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of + # message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any + # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the + # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: + # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, + "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. + # This value is inRFC3339 + # text format. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the + # following: + # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. + "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the + # operation. + "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation + # of the target resource. + "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For + # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk + # that the snapshot was created from. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: + # `user@example.com` or + # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. + "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the + # operation, this field will be populated. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute + # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there + # are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: + # value format. For example: + # + # "data": [ + # { + # "key": "scope", + # "value": "zones/us-east1-d" + # } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being + # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list + # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and + # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key + # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a + # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance + # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, + ], + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only + # applicable when performing per-zone operations. +}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ configureAcceleratorTopologies(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the accelerator topologies configuration.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of thezone
+where the managed instance group is located.
+It should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group.
+It should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # InstanceGroupManagers.ConfigureAcceleratorTopologies
+  "acceleratorTopologyActions": { # Map of accelerator topologies that should have their state changed to
+      # the specified value. The key is the hashed topology locus id. It can be
+      # obtained from the GetAvailableAcceleratorTopologies rpc.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
   "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
       # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
   "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
@@ -2845,11 +3188,6 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
-
createInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates instances with per-instance configurations in this managed instance
@@ -3091,6 +3429,18 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3377,6 +3727,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3698,6 +4060,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3982,6 +4356,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4258,6 +4644,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -5802,6 +6190,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -5987,8 +6376,113 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. "acceleratorTopologyHealth": "A String", + "acceleratorTopologyState": { # Specifies the topology state + "currentState": "A String", + "error": { # Reason why the topology state change failed + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this + # operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error + # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing + # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, + # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is + # QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. + # + # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it + # is not enabled: + # + # { "reason": "API_DISABLED" + # "domain": "googleapis.com" + # "metadata": { + # "resource": "projects/123", + # "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" + # } + # } + # + # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. + # + # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner + # instance in a region that is out of stock: + # + # { "reason": "STOCKOUT" + # "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", + # "metadata": { + # "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" + # } + # } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain + # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that + # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is + # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a + # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API + # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. + # + # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should + # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in + # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units + # should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than + # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, + # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of + # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the + # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular + # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a + # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents + # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. + # + # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling + # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing + # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user + # which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at + # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. + # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota + # type or metric. + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type + # or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. + # This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + "errorTimestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the last error happened + }, + "instancesHealth": "A String", + "parent": "A String", # Identified by the topology Id in the accelerator_topology_info map. Empty + # for the top-level topology }, }, + "multiMig": "A String", # URL to MMIG this MIG belongs to. }
@@ -6152,6 +6646,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -7696,6 +8192,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -8009,6 +8506,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8371,6 +8880,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -9915,6 +10426,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -12088,6 +12600,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -13632,6 +14146,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -13945,6 +14460,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14307,6 +14834,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14612,6 +15151,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14920,6 +15471,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15246,6 +15809,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15554,6 +16129,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15902,6 +16489,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -16197,6 +16796,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -16503,6 +17114,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -16811,6 +17434,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17130,6 +17765,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17449,6 +18096,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17765,6 +18424,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -19309,6 +19970,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -19622,6 +20284,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19984,6 +20658,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html index 2c4b6ddf34..2dcc19a601 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html @@ -295,6 +295,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -843,6 +855,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1274,6 +1298,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1971,6 +2007,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2273,6 +2321,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html index 0e090a461e..35a345ac82 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html @@ -328,6 +328,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index 75fef16c00..21b07b1c5c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -1615,6 +1615,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4583,6 +4595,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index 5ab6f43acc..421fd8ee4d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -478,6 +478,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -974,6 +986,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1267,6 +1291,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2541,6 +2577,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -3711,6 +3748,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5660,6 +5709,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5949,6 +6010,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6233,6 +6306,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6521,6 +6606,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6805,6 +6902,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7982,6 +8091,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -11169,6 +11279,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -11772,6 +11883,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -13035,6 +13158,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -14043,6 +14167,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14325,6 +14461,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14616,6 +14764,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14912,6 +15072,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15196,6 +15368,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15612,6 +15796,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15910,6 +16106,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -16195,6 +16403,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17365,6 +17585,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17666,6 +17898,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17957,6 +18201,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -18271,6 +18527,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -18563,6 +18831,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -18854,6 +19134,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19294,6 +19586,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19593,6 +19897,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19887,6 +20203,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -20181,6 +20509,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -20475,6 +20815,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -20776,6 +21128,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -21061,6 +21425,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -21345,6 +21721,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -21762,6 +22150,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -22053,6 +22453,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -22345,6 +22757,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -23549,6 +23973,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -24158,6 +24583,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -24495,6 +24932,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -24787,6 +25236,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -25288,6 +25749,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -25585,6 +26058,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -25879,6 +26364,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshotGroups.html index 1b8f0ae790..142bb2252e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshotGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshotGroups.html @@ -269,6 +269,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1016,6 +1028,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html index 635c718c8f..d4086bfe65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html @@ -577,6 +577,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1441,6 +1453,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2863,6 +2887,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachmentGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachmentGroups.html index 64405015fa..b4bb4f1745 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachmentGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachmentGroups.html @@ -777,6 +777,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1059,6 +1071,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2077,6 +2101,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2749,6 +2785,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html index 33f1ea2f74..8dd35a0896 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html @@ -857,6 +857,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2291,6 +2303,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3494,6 +3518,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4668,6 +4704,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html index fb2d9e993c..903de26348 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html @@ -399,6 +399,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -681,6 +693,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1771,6 +1795,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2430,6 +2466,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html index 10e21c6899..ba3b1bc327 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html @@ -280,6 +280,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -691,8 +703,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1507,8 +1518,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1670,6 +1680,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2165,8 +2187,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -2511,8 +2532,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -2674,6 +2694,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3836,6 +3868,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html index f8139764e3..a7d6aa1234 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html @@ -274,6 +274,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1112,6 +1124,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2631,6 +2655,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index 072c84c16d..b0bfc72f83 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -272,6 +272,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4664,6 +4676,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7835,6 +7859,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html index 619d40415d..dbc401d083 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html @@ -538,6 +538,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1344,6 +1356,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1917,6 +1941,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html index 07084ac22a..9a783416df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html @@ -493,6 +493,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -862,6 +874,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1182,6 +1206,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html index 7205f96201..d223c3a402 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -234,6 +234,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -723,6 +737,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1015,6 +1041,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1344,6 +1382,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1486,6 +1536,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1692,6 +1756,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone where
@@ -1705,6 +1783,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2059,6 +2151,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2287,6 +2391,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html index 1ce3250697..4eee15c4e8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -335,6 +335,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -809,6 +821,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1283,6 +1307,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2271,6 +2307,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2557,6 +2605,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4681,6 +4741,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6131,6 +6203,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6430,6 +6514,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6901,6 +6997,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7372,6 +7480,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7654,6 +7774,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7936,6 +8068,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8218,6 +8362,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html index 85ebc0f24a..404f60bb62 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html @@ -397,6 +397,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -687,6 +699,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -973,6 +997,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2727,6 +2763,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4030,6 +4078,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4318,6 +4378,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4607,6 +4679,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4888,6 +4972,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5281,6 +5377,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html index bdb63212fd..8cfa29e582 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html @@ -301,6 +301,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -881,6 +893,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1172,6 +1196,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2041,6 +2077,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2920,6 +2968,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3212,6 +3272,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4377,6 +4449,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4669,6 +4753,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html index 1fc26d706b..96c83ced43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html @@ -544,6 +544,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1363,6 +1375,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html index 8a130253ae..2fdaf9904d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html @@ -318,6 +318,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1105,6 +1117,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1396,6 +1420,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1680,6 +1716,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4044,6 +4092,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5412,6 +5472,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6450,6 +6522,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7240,6 +7324,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7526,6 +7622,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7812,6 +7920,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html index a8d91d212e..a20ef8762c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html @@ -318,6 +318,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html index 689e6981c4..3c92474a65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html @@ -570,6 +570,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1080,6 +1092,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1728,6 +1752,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.previewFeatures.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.previewFeatures.html index d0777697d5..d03e5c9de2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.previewFeatures.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.previewFeatures.html @@ -597,6 +597,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html index 4c2bf5ffa9..3ca24ed2e2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html @@ -297,6 +297,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -590,6 +602,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -870,6 +894,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1164,6 +1200,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2074,6 +2122,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2378,6 +2438,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2668,6 +2740,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2980,6 +3064,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3269,6 +3365,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3558,6 +3666,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3848,6 +3968,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4145,6 +4277,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html index 651d2f1b31..e764f60633 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html @@ -263,6 +263,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -549,6 +561,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -991,6 +1015,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1569,6 +1605,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1850,6 +1898,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 4d3eabee63..a27754e084 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -577,6 +577,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -864,6 +876,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1384,6 +1408,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2041,6 +2077,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2324,6 +2372,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html index f549b2f0e7..9c2dab4449 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html @@ -791,6 +791,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2256,6 +2268,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html index 3befef9e6d..994efa26d1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html @@ -269,6 +269,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1291,6 +1303,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2450,6 +2474,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3130,6 +3166,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendBuckets.html index 344c04d878..d2efee1976 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendBuckets.html @@ -282,6 +282,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1339,6 +1351,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2511,6 +2535,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index d105d2fe50..88ed7e2929 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -287,6 +287,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -559,6 +571,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -1413,6 +1429,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -2749,6 +2770,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -3603,6 +3628,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -4519,6 +4549,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4877,6 +4919,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -5731,6 +5777,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -6767,6 +6818,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -7621,6 +7676,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -8598,6 +8658,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -9452,6 +9516,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -10368,6 +10437,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -11535,6 +11616,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -11839,6 +11932,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -12693,6 +12790,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -13609,6 +13711,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html index da2c363b98..dfe8c278b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html @@ -337,6 +337,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -357,6 +358,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -505,7 +509,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -909,6 +913,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1191,6 +1207,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1444,6 +1472,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -1464,6 +1493,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1612,7 +1644,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1897,6 +1929,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -1917,6 +1950,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2065,7 +2101,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2380,6 +2416,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2714,6 +2762,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -2734,6 +2783,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2882,7 +2934,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -3252,6 +3304,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -3272,6 +3325,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -3420,7 +3476,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -3737,6 +3793,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3912,6 +3980,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -3932,6 +4001,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -4080,7 +4152,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -4297,6 +4369,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html index e839b37df9..0d7b7048ec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html @@ -513,6 +513,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -714,10 +726,12 @@

Method Details

"healthSources": [ # Health sources and their corresponding health states. { "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the associated HealthSource resource. - "source": "A String", # URL of the associated HealthSource resource. + "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource. }, ], "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck. + "kind": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of + # composite health checks. }
@@ -929,6 +943,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1454,6 +1480,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html index 1d54f5046e..c33e91e308 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html @@ -378,6 +378,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html index 9a746493ec..b791ac85a4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html @@ -314,6 +314,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -642,6 +654,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1269,6 +1293,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1555,6 +1591,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3530,6 +3578,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4590,6 +4650,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4879,6 +4951,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6051,6 +6135,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6362,6 +6458,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6645,6 +6753,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6948,6 +7068,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7888,6 +8020,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8171,6 +8315,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8461,6 +8617,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.html index 0ae32430bd..4dc684e9df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.html @@ -526,6 +526,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -946,6 +958,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1504,6 +1528,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html index bb02bf15b7..d8fbc26e84 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html @@ -544,6 +544,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -999,6 +1011,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1592,6 +1616,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html index a5ae668944..33834b4757 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html @@ -269,6 +269,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1293,6 +1305,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2454,6 +2478,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3135,6 +3171,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthSources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthSources.html index 8b26587365..b9e722c94d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthSources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthSources.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified HealthSource resource in the given region.

+

+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the most recent health check results for this

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region

@@ -513,6 +516,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -696,6 +711,49 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the most recent health check results for this
+regional HealthSource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  healthSource: string, Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth
+  "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the HealthSource.
+  "kind": "compute#healthSourceHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.
+  "sources": [ # Health state details of the sources.
+    {
+      "backends": [ # Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source
+          # backend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource
+          # is BACKEND_SERVICE.
+        {
+          "endpointCount": 42, # Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+          "group": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group
+              # behind the source backend service.
+          "healthyEndpointCount": 42, # Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "forwardingRule": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source
+          # resource if it is a L4ILB backend service.
+      "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a
+          # backend service URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region
@@ -907,6 +965,18 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1438,6 +1508,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index d4761f0a23..cc4100f9e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -265,6 +265,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -558,6 +570,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1591,6 +1615,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 97413d4549..b252820d81 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -360,6 +360,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -724,6 +736,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -859,6 +883,7 @@

Method Details

"allInstances": True or False, # Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of “instances”. # If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified # in the request. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instances": [ # The list of URLs of one or more instances for which you want to apply # updates. Each URL can be a full URL or a partial URL, such aszones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME]. "A String", @@ -1041,6 +1066,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1409,6 +1446,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1692,6 +1741,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2005,6 +2066,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2285,6 +2358,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2560,6 +2645,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -4104,6 +4191,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -4421,6 +4509,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -5965,6 +6055,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -6278,6 +6369,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6639,6 +6742,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -8183,6 +8288,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -10348,6 +10454,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -11892,6 +12000,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -12205,6 +12314,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -12565,6 +12686,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -12869,6 +13002,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -13165,6 +13310,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -13492,6 +13649,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -13799,6 +13968,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14146,6 +14327,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14437,6 +14630,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14733,6 +14938,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15040,6 +15257,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15358,6 +15587,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15676,6 +15917,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15991,6 +16244,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -17535,6 +17790,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -17848,6 +18104,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -18208,6 +18476,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html index de3531f034..e1d2d33184 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html @@ -754,6 +754,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 6cadd95e51..00f58febb0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -261,6 +261,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2860,6 +2872,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index cd659584b2..9f9efe2c5f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -1909,6 +1909,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html index a0f644a19a..a01bb5b4e4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html @@ -269,6 +269,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1017,6 +1029,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html index 7e0598dc6b..7688b826e2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html @@ -279,6 +279,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1143,6 +1155,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2565,6 +2589,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html index e4e8ec3ac8..7d480f11c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html @@ -260,6 +260,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -859,6 +871,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index be28dfce0b..3d55c38cc3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -314,6 +314,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -604,6 +616,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -934,6 +958,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1076,6 +1112,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1282,6 +1332,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, The name of the region where
@@ -1295,6 +1359,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1649,6 +1727,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1877,6 +1967,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index b628784b0f..e3a29b3c20 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -321,6 +321,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -796,6 +808,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1079,6 +1103,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1366,6 +1402,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3869,6 +3917,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5322,6 +5382,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5622,6 +5694,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6094,6 +6178,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6377,6 +6473,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6660,6 +6768,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkPolicies.html index ce82209dd4..e27d67cb9e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkPolicies.html @@ -293,6 +293,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -656,6 +668,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1242,6 +1266,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1871,6 +1907,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2515,6 +2563,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2880,6 +2940,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3163,6 +3235,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3446,6 +3530,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html index a25645e5fa..f0ffb71157 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html @@ -520,6 +520,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -940,6 +952,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html index bcf220a8e7..169b08b190 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html @@ -264,6 +264,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -620,6 +632,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -955,6 +979,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html index f2a7851a47..b4a8d3fb0e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html @@ -270,6 +270,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1740,6 +1752,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html index 65df4fc5b7..518c3eba1d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html @@ -764,6 +764,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1051,6 +1063,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3372,6 +3396,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5317,6 +5353,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6093,6 +6141,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6363,6 +6423,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6662,6 +6734,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshotSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshotSettings.html index 94f45faba4..433848a89d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshotSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshotSettings.html @@ -320,6 +320,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html index 5d2c34cd16..e638d8ec37 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html @@ -282,6 +282,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1617,6 +1629,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3274,6 +3298,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3591,6 +3627,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html index 62c66ab5d8..395ffbaea4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html @@ -263,6 +263,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -739,6 +751,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html index e6204431f3..af4f43258c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html @@ -272,6 +272,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -448,6 +460,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -648,6 +667,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -951,6 +977,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1212,6 +1250,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -1567,6 +1612,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -1870,6 +1922,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html index 3b5d3532fc..a08031a335 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html @@ -266,6 +266,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -732,6 +744,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1255,6 +1279,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index 8eec614c5b..0d410b9af2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -272,6 +272,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -934,6 +946,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1734,6 +1758,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2027,6 +2063,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2316,6 +2364,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html index d297a98bd1..757f2f5d8c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html @@ -263,6 +263,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -647,6 +659,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html index f998aeeedf..a38684e6db 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -264,6 +264,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7675,6 +7687,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7984,6 +8008,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15532,6 +15568,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19401,6 +19449,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html index d9b69380e2..f5b2b04898 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html @@ -250,6 +250,114 @@

Method Details

# zones. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] Full URL reference to the region which hosts the zone. + "resourceStatus": { + "upcomingMaintenances": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The upcoming maintenance schedule. + { # The periodic partial maintenance schedule includes 52 weeks worth of + # maintenance windows. + # LINT.IfChange(PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule) + "subType": "A String", # The maintenance type in which the zone is during the given window. + "targetResource": "A String", # The target resource that the maintenance window is for. + # For example, "projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a". + "type": "A String", + "windowEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The end civil timestamp of the window (not inclusive). + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + "windowStartTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The start civil timestamp of the window. + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + }, + ], + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the zone, either UP orDOWN. "supportsPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html index bd4d49496c..2d7be0bc4d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html @@ -636,6 +636,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html index ee2f5462e8..4db3964442 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html @@ -80,12 +80,18 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, zone, parentName, reservationSlot, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves information about the specified reservation slot.

+

+ getVersion(project, zone, parentName, reservationSlot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation slot.

list(project, zone, parentName, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of reservation slots under a single reservation.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ update(project, zone, parentName, reservationSlot, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a reservation slot in the specified sub-block.

Method Details

close() @@ -174,6 +180,312 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getVersion(project, zone, parentName, reservationSlot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation slot.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  parentName: string, The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of
+reservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservation_sub_block_name} (required)
+  reservationSlot: string, The name of the reservation slot.
+Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "sbomSelections": [ # The SBOM selection to return. Duplicate values in the list will be ignored.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
list(project, zone, parentName, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of reservation slots under a single reservation.
@@ -387,4 +699,350 @@ 

Method Details

+
+ update(project, zone, parentName, reservationSlot, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a reservation slot in the specified sub-block.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035. (required)
+  parentName: string, The name of the sub-block resource. (required)
+  reservationSlot: string, The name of the slot resource. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a reservation slot resource.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp, formatted asRFC3339 text.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for this resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#reservationSlot", # Output only. [Output Only] The type of resource. Alwayscompute#reservationSlot for reservation slots.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The name of the reservation slot.
+  "physicalTopology": { # Output only. [Output Only] The physical topology of the reservation slot.
+    "block": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity block within the cluster.
+    "cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation sub-block.
+    "host": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity host within the capacity sub-block.
+    "subBlock": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity sub-block within the capacity
+        # block.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A server-defined URL for this resource with the resource ID.
+  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share settings to create a shared slot. Set to empty
+      # to inherit the share settings from a parent resource.
+    "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this
+        # shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is
+        # DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+        # Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix.
+      "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+        "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the
+            # parent map.
+            # Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix.
+      },
+    },
+    "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when
+        # share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the
+            # parent map.
+      },
+    },
+    "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this
+        # shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is
+        # SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the reservation slot.
+  "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the reservation slot.
+    "physicalTopology": { # Output only. [Output Only] The physical topology of the reservation sub-block.
+      "block": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity block within the cluster.
+      "cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation sub-block.
+      "host": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity host within the capacity sub-block.
+      "subBlock": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity sub-block within the capacity
+          # block.
+    },
+    "rdmaIpAddresses": [ # Output only. The RDMA IP address of the physical host.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "runningInstances": [ # Output only. The URIs of the instances currently running on this slot.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The zone in which the reservation slot resides.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSubBlocks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSubBlocks.html index ef9540c638..ef18e3ae3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSubBlocks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSubBlocks.html @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, zone, parentName, reservationSubBlock, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves information about the specified reservation subBlock.

+

+ getVersion(project, zone, parentName, reservationSubBlock, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation subBlock.

list(project, zone, parentName, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of reservation subBlocks under a single reservation.

@@ -219,6 +222,312 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getVersion(project, zone, parentName, reservationSubBlock, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation subBlock.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  parentName: string, The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of
+reservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name} (required)
+  reservationSubBlock: string, The name of the reservation subBlock.
+Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "sbomSelections": [ # The SBOM selection to return.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
list(project, zone, parentName, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of reservation subBlocks under a single reservation.
@@ -631,6 +940,18 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -930,6 +1251,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html index a37ef5f9bb..63ebfdac46 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html @@ -272,6 +272,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -292,6 +293,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -440,7 +444,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -748,6 +752,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -925,6 +941,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -945,6 +962,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1093,7 +1113,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1576,6 +1596,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -1596,6 +1617,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1744,7 +1768,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1959,6 +1983,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2223,6 +2259,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -2243,6 +2280,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2391,7 +2431,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2672,6 +2712,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2964,6 +3016,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4045,6 +4109,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -4065,6 +4130,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -4213,7 +4281,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -4430,6 +4498,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html index cfcff21596..1940fa2f22 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html @@ -634,6 +634,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1626,6 +1638,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2388,6 +2412,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rolloutPlans.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rolloutPlans.html index 00ae363c0b..d459fb8c65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rolloutPlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rolloutPlans.html @@ -259,6 +259,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -750,6 +762,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html index 24e89af22d..5f065725f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html @@ -92,6 +92,12 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ pause(project, rollout, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Pauses a Rollout.

+

+ resume(project, rollout, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Resumes a Rollout.

Method Details

cancel(project, rollout, requestId=None, rollback=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -258,6 +264,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -544,6 +562,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -985,4 +1015,596 @@

Method Details

+
+ pause(project, rollout, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Pauses a Rollout.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Required. Project ID for this request. (required)
+  rollout: string, Required. Name of the Rollout resource to pause. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag of the Rollout.
+If this is provided, the request will only succeed if the etag matches
+the current etag of the Rollout.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ resume(project, rollout, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Resumes a Rollout.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Required. Project ID for this request. (required)
+  rollout: string, Required. Name of the Rollout resource to resume. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag of the Rollout.
+If this is provided, the request will only succeed if the etag matches
+the current etag of the Rollout.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html index f8986a1a90..161ea1030a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html @@ -1064,6 +1064,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1347,6 +1359,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1630,6 +1654,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4225,6 +4261,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6427,6 +6475,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6772,6 +6832,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7167,6 +7239,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -9126,6 +9210,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -9471,6 +9567,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -9866,6 +9974,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html index 820bbefcc8..942b604a1c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html @@ -262,6 +262,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -904,6 +916,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html index 7e2ffc651f..4b949dd49a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html @@ -775,6 +775,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2008,6 +2020,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4326,6 +4350,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6403,6 +6439,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7178,6 +7226,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7447,6 +7507,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7735,6 +7807,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html index a105b7ef49..6f51d65cf1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html @@ -618,6 +618,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1580,6 +1592,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2309,6 +2333,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html index 4a1c0227c3..aa34a677bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html @@ -268,6 +268,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1002,6 +1014,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html index 2e174209bb..246c322d4d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html @@ -318,6 +318,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotSettings.html index a241305e61..0ece668070 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotSettings.html @@ -318,6 +318,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html index 3a550c24c0..ad53be0a4f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html @@ -819,6 +819,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2176,6 +2188,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3819,6 +3843,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4134,6 +4170,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html index b064814c44..62d2e0389e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html @@ -550,6 +550,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1022,6 +1034,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html index e844a04a8c..25d624d7eb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html @@ -263,6 +263,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -661,6 +668,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -836,6 +855,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -1034,6 +1060,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -1337,6 +1370,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1597,6 +1642,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -1950,6 +2002,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -2253,6 +2312,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html index 743fbde42e..ff67b2144f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html @@ -631,6 +631,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1591,6 +1603,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3242,6 +3266,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3710,6 +3746,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html index 558e68e950..ba2fc43429 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html @@ -773,6 +773,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1065,6 +1077,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2304,6 +2328,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3547,6 +3583,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4712,6 +4760,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html index c7a7f46495..5f1cca8c2a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html @@ -265,6 +265,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -655,6 +667,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1181,6 +1205,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html index cc806eed05..c41cbabd16 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html @@ -552,6 +552,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1016,6 +1028,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1618,6 +1642,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1906,6 +1942,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html index ed9d2eeaa2..535f563490 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html @@ -662,6 +662,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1322,6 +1334,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2120,6 +2144,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2411,6 +2447,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2700,6 +2748,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2994,6 +3054,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3287,6 +3359,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3576,6 +3660,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html index b5d22734fe..092b6f68de 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html @@ -510,6 +510,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -900,6 +912,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1387,6 +1411,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html index 9de916b6d3..970436a883 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html @@ -301,6 +301,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -600,6 +612,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1157,6 +1181,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1661,6 +1697,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2191,6 +2239,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2485,6 +2545,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2775,6 +2847,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3067,6 +3151,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html index e328936a65..4e441ad1b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html @@ -277,6 +277,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -663,6 +675,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1145,6 +1169,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1436,6 +1472,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1725,6 +1773,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2018,6 +2078,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2311,6 +2383,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html index 0ba284522b..e02b59b1b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html @@ -511,6 +511,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -893,6 +905,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1373,6 +1397,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1662,6 +1698,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html index 1a956a0e56..8b0cbb1497 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html @@ -537,6 +537,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -981,6 +993,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1501,6 +1525,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html index 7ae0b927f5..b049f2d5c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html @@ -4035,6 +4035,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -11455,6 +11467,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -11774,6 +11798,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19331,6 +19367,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -23209,6 +23257,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html index 59af79399d..faed38e23f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html @@ -560,6 +560,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1093,6 +1105,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1633,6 +1657,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html index 4d0d3addbb..687845507f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html @@ -634,6 +634,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1270,6 +1282,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1887,6 +1911,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html index 382e266fea..bbf3af5e05 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html @@ -264,6 +264,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1018,6 +1030,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1914,6 +1938,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneFolderOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneFolderOperations.html index ca5af2b426..2df61f26c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneFolderOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneFolderOperations.html @@ -241,6 +241,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -597,6 +609,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html index 0c2e28c196..97d9124251 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html @@ -264,6 +264,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -620,6 +632,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -954,6 +978,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOrganizationOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOrganizationOperations.html index bac5ad9c66..a54db6688e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOrganizationOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOrganizationOperations.html @@ -242,6 +242,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -598,6 +610,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html index 392791a376..b8a12c30b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html @@ -2289,6 +2289,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2580,6 +2592,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6537,6 +6561,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html index 067b36663f..5d85f63661 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html @@ -272,6 +272,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -715,6 +727,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1446,6 +1470,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html index d5eb7d58c0..6f6f36a806 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html @@ -166,6 +166,114 @@

Method Details

# zones. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] Full URL reference to the region which hosts the zone. + "resourceStatus": { + "upcomingMaintenances": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The upcoming maintenance schedule. + { # The periodic partial maintenance schedule includes 52 weeks worth of + # maintenance windows. + # LINT.IfChange(PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule) + "subType": "A String", # The maintenance type in which the zone is during the given window. + "targetResource": "A String", # The target resource that the maintenance window is for. + # For example, "projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a". + "type": "A String", + "windowEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The end civil timestamp of the window (not inclusive). + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + "windowStartTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The start civil timestamp of the window. + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + }, + ], + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the zone, either UP orDOWN. "supportsPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. @@ -331,6 +439,114 @@

Method Details

# zones. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] Full URL reference to the region which hosts the zone. + "resourceStatus": { + "upcomingMaintenances": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The upcoming maintenance schedule. + { # The periodic partial maintenance schedule includes 52 weeks worth of + # maintenance windows. + # LINT.IfChange(PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule) + "subType": "A String", # The maintenance type in which the zone is during the given window. + "targetResource": "A String", # The target resource that the maintenance window is for. + # For example, "projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a". + "type": "A String", + "windowEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The end civil timestamp of the window (not inclusive). + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + "windowStartTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The start civil timestamp of the window. + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + }, + ], + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the zone, either UP orDOWN. "supportsPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html index 5cd8dfc5ea..94f97935d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html @@ -221,6 +221,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of future reservations. "futureReservations": [ # A list of future reservations contained in this scope. { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -342,7 +347,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -431,7 +436,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1191,6 +1196,11 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -1312,7 +1322,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1401,7 +1411,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1508,6 +1518,11 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -1629,7 +1644,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1718,7 +1733,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2191,6 +2206,11 @@

Method Details

# defined by the server. "items": [ # [Output Only] A list of future reservation resources. { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -2312,7 +2332,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2401,7 +2421,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2561,6 +2581,11 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -2682,7 +2707,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2771,7 +2796,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index afe2432147..a02c25ade9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -1062,6 +1062,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1266,6 +1280,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -1276,6 +1304,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1853,6 +1895,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html index 5156466e07..2339673fa1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -1492,6 +1492,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -4263,6 +4302,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -5425,6 +5503,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -6911,6 +7028,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -9356,6 +9512,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -14245,6 +14440,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index 98fe37484e..f270eec29a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -902,6 +902,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1158,6 +1160,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -1207,6 +1224,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -2317,6 +2338,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2573,6 +2596,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -2622,6 +2660,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -3730,6 +3772,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3986,6 +4030,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -4035,6 +4094,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -5140,6 +5203,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -5396,6 +5461,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -5445,6 +5525,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index f479a10398..fea56f04dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -657,6 +657,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2217,6 +2219,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2402,6 +2406,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -2568,6 +2573,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -2692,6 +2712,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -4726,6 +4750,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -4982,6 +5008,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -5031,6 +5072,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations # Policy for choosing target zone. For more information, seeCreate VMs in # bulk. @@ -7287,6 +7332,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -7472,6 +7519,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -7638,6 +7686,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -7762,6 +7825,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -10182,6 +10249,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -10367,6 +10436,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -10533,6 +10603,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -10657,6 +10742,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -11821,6 +11910,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -12006,6 +12097,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -12172,6 +12264,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -12296,6 +12403,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -17731,6 +17842,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -21805,6 +21931,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -21990,6 +22118,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -22156,6 +22285,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -22280,6 +22424,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -23278,6 +23426,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html index 88b287e708..201d455e80 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html @@ -259,6 +259,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -732,6 +744,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1195,6 +1219,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1653,6 +1689,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html index 4c25d4c805..3afa952e17 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html @@ -680,8 +680,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1124,8 +1123,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1777,8 +1775,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -2119,8 +2116,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html index b3944676cc..93870f7518 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html @@ -1067,6 +1067,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1323,6 +1325,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -1372,6 +1389,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -1804,6 +1825,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2019,6 +2042,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -3106,6 +3144,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3362,6 +3402,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -3411,6 +3466,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -3843,6 +3902,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -4058,6 +4119,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -5138,6 +5214,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -5394,6 +5472,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -5443,6 +5536,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -5875,6 +5972,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -6090,6 +6189,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html index faeb161037..72f614dc57 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -234,6 +234,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1481,6 +1495,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1685,6 +1713,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone where
@@ -1698,6 +1740,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2277,6 +2333,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html index d3ac79dc80..ba5febc2db 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html @@ -351,6 +351,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -455,7 +458,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -809,6 +812,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -913,7 +919,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1177,6 +1183,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1281,7 +1290,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1908,6 +1917,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2012,7 +2024,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2361,6 +2373,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2465,7 +2480,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2935,6 +2950,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -3039,7 +3057,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 1315563adb..511185e8c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -3301,6 +3301,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -4430,6 +4469,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -5915,6 +5993,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -8352,6 +8469,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -13207,6 +13363,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html index ea4fb7649f..0ecee48fb2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -1079,6 +1079,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1335,6 +1337,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -1384,6 +1401,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -2122,6 +2143,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2378,6 +2401,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -2427,6 +2465,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -3533,6 +3575,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3789,6 +3833,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -3838,6 +3897,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html index e6bc28349a..925758b1d0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html @@ -1257,6 +1257,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1513,6 +1515,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -1562,6 +1579,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations # Policy for choosing target zone. For more information, seeCreate VMs in # bulk. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html index 458c38a005..ed7d4da805 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html @@ -448,6 +448,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -911,6 +923,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1369,6 +1393,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 08b3b210b5..d6fc246bda 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -1073,6 +1073,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1277,6 +1291,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, The name of the region where
@@ -1290,6 +1318,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1869,6 +1911,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html index 8b336d3cfe..0d9d176f89 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -542,6 +542,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -1177,6 +1379,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -1793,6 +2197,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -2671,51 +3277,253 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. - "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - # - # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true - # indicates that - # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to - # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. - # - # Default is false. - "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For - # more information, see regular expression syntax. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. - # - # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is - # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - "A String", - ], - "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. - # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS - # policy is in effect. - "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers - # header. - "A String", - ], - "maxAge": 42, # Specifies how long results of a preflight request can be cached in + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + # + # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true + # indicates that + # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to + # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. + # + # Default is false. + "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For + # more information, see regular expression syntax. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + # + # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is + # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "A String", + ], + "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + "A String", + ], + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. + # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS + # policy is in effect. + "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers + # header. + "A String", + ], + "maxAge": 42, # Specifies how long results of a preflight request can be cached in # seconds. This field translates to the Access-Control-Max-Age # header. }, @@ -3300,6 +4108,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -3935,6 +4945,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -4551,6 +5763,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -5429,6 +6843,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -6707,6 +8323,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -7342,6 +9160,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -7958,6 +9978,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -8836,6 +11058,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -9516,6 +11940,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -10151,6 +12777,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -10731,42 +13559,244 @@

Method Details

# The value must # be from 1 to 1024 characters }, - ], - "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that - # contains the custom error content. Examples are: - # - # - # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, - # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. - # - # If load balancer cannot reach - # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will - # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). - # - # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. - }, - "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / - # and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following - # a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include - # any text after the first ? or #, and - # those chars are not allowed here. - "A String", - ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer - # performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header - # transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected - # backend. - # - # - # Only one of urlRedirect, service orrouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. - # - # - # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support - # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that + # contains the custom error content. Examples are: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # + # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, + # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. + # + # If load balancer cannot reach + # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will + # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). + # + # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, + "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / + # and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following + # a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include + # any text after the first ? or #, and + # those chars are not allowed here. + "A String", + ], + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer + # performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header + # transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected + # backend. + # + # + # Only one of urlRedirect, service orrouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + # + # + # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support + # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -11645,6 +14675,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -12570,6 +15802,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -13205,6 +16639,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -13821,6 +17457,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -14699,6 +18537,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -15557,41 +19597,243 @@

Method Details

# The value must # be from 1 to 1024 characters }, - ], - "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that - # contains the custom error content. Examples are: - # - # - # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, - # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. - # - # If load balancer cannot reach - # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will - # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). - # - # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. - }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the - # hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing - # actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding - # the request to the selected backend. - # - # - # Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService - # or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. - # - # - # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support - # the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. - # - # - # defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound - # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field - # set to true. + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that + # contains the custom error content. Examples are: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # + # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, + # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. + # + # If load balancer cannot reach + # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will + # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). + # + # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the + # hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing + # actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding + # the request to the selected backend. + # + # + # Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService + # or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + # + # + # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support + # the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. + # + # + # defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound + # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field + # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -16227,6 +20469,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -16843,6 +21287,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -17721,6 +22367,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html index d3f572a95e..d35d236dd2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html @@ -292,6 +292,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -396,7 +399,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -900,6 +903,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1004,7 +1010,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1507,6 +1513,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1611,7 +1620,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2109,6 +2118,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2213,7 +2225,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -3885,6 +3897,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -3989,7 +4004,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html index fd07908b6d..b8dac93024 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html @@ -372,6 +372,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -1007,6 +1209,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -1623,6 +2027,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -2501,56 +3107,258 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. - "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - # - # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true - # indicates that - # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to - # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. - # - # Default is false. - "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For - # more information, see regular expression syntax. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. - # - # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is - # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - "A String", - ], - "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. - "A String", - ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. - # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS - # policy is in effect. - "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers - # header. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. "A String", ], - "maxAge": 42, # Specifies how long results of a preflight request can be cached in - # seconds. This field translates to the Access-Control-Max-Age - # header. - }, - "faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test - # the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + # + # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true + # indicates that + # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to + # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. + # + # Default is false. + "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For + # more information, see regular expression syntax. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + # + # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is + # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "A String", + ], + "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + "A String", + ], + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. + # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS + # policy is in effect. + "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers + # header. + "A String", + ], + "maxAge": 42, # Specifies how long results of a preflight request can be cached in + # seconds. This field translates to the Access-Control-Max-Age + # header. + }, + "faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test + # the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault # injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be # introduced by a load balancer on a percentage of requests before sending # those requests to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can @@ -3498,6 +4306,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -4133,6 +5143,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -4749,12 +5961,214 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. - "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - # - # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + # + # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living # Standard. @@ -5627,6 +7041,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -6255,6 +7871,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -6890,49 +8708,251 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. - "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - # - # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true - # indicates that - # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to - # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. - # - # Default is false. - "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For - # more information, see regular expression syntax. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. - # - # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is - # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - "A String", - ], - "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. - # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS - # policy is in effect. - "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers - # header. - "A String", + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + # + # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true + # indicates that + # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to + # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. + # + # Default is false. + "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For + # more information, see regular expression syntax. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + # + # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is + # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "A String", + ], + "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + "A String", + ], + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. + # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS + # policy is in effect. + "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers + # header. + "A String", ], "maxAge": 42, # Specifies how long results of a preflight request can be cached in # seconds. This field translates to the Access-Control-Max-Age @@ -7506,6 +9526,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -8384,6 +10606,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -9682,12 +12106,214 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. - "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - # - # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + # + # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living # Standard. @@ -10317,6 +12943,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -10933,6 +13761,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -11811,6 +14841,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -12490,6 +15722,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -13125,6 +16559,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -13741,6 +17377,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -14619,6 +18457,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -15553,6 +19593,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -16188,6 +20430,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -16804,6 +21248,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -17682,6 +22328,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -18567,41 +23415,243 @@

Method Details

# The value must # be from 1 to 1024 characters }, - ], - "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that - # contains the custom error content. Examples are: - # - # - # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, - # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. - # - # If load balancer cannot reach - # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will - # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). - # - # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. - }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the - # hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing - # actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding - # the request to the selected backend. - # - # - # Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService - # or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. - # - # - # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support - # the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. - # - # - # defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound - # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field - # set to true. + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that + # contains the custom error content. Examples are: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # + # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, + # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. + # + # If load balancer cannot reach + # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will + # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). + # + # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the + # hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing + # actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding + # the request to the selected backend. + # + # + # Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService + # or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + # + # + # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support + # the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. + # + # + # defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound + # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field + # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -19237,6 +24287,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -19853,6 +25105,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -20731,6 +26185,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html index e8a24dba46..b51a271666 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Instance Methods

list(filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, parentId=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all the policies that have been configured for the specified

- listAssociations(targetResource=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ listAssociations(includeInheritedPolicies=None, targetResource=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists associations of a specified target, i.e., organization or folder.

list_next()

@@ -3686,10 +3686,13 @@

Method Details

- listAssociations(targetResource=None, x__xgafv=None) + listAssociations(includeInheritedPolicies=None, targetResource=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists associations of a specified target, i.e., organization or folder.
 
 Args:
+  includeInheritedPolicies: boolean, If set to "true", the response will contain a list of all associations for
+the containing folders and the containing organization of the target. The
+parameter has no effect if the target is an organization.
   targetResource: string, The target resource to list associations. It is an organization, or a
 folder.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html
index b67242761d..1bf5016f62 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ 

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2229,7 +2229,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2655,7 +2655,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 333c380362..0c2b8705ae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -1062,6 +1062,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1205,6 +1219,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -1215,6 +1243,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1731,6 +1773,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html index a6a313b7fa..ec8229d71a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -750,6 +750,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -2870,6 +2881,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -3351,6 +3373,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -4186,6 +4219,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -5482,6 +5526,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html index f739bd9ab6..9c449a76f0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html @@ -842,6 +842,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1109,6 +1111,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -2154,6 +2160,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2421,6 +2429,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -3469,6 +3481,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3736,6 +3750,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -4776,6 +4794,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -5043,6 +5063,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index d8f7d589e5..c667b05749 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -642,6 +642,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2145,6 +2147,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2558,6 +2562,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -4424,6 +4432,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -4691,6 +4701,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations # Policy for choosing target zone. For more information, seeCreate VMs in # bulk. @@ -6885,6 +6899,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -7298,6 +7314,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -9084,6 +9104,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -9497,6 +9519,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -10600,6 +10626,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -11013,6 +11041,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -19715,6 +19747,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -20128,6 +20162,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -21126,6 +21164,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html index d17119a9fb..ba416d22b4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html @@ -259,6 +259,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -725,6 +737,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1181,6 +1205,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1632,6 +1668,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html index 15d91902bf..d96e8a8577 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html @@ -677,8 +677,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1121,8 +1120,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1774,8 +1772,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -2116,8 +2113,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html index 9edd059feb..cc99212da6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html @@ -1007,6 +1007,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1274,6 +1276,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -1706,6 +1712,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2926,6 +2934,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3193,6 +3203,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -3625,6 +3639,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -4838,6 +4854,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -5105,6 +5123,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -5537,6 +5559,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html index f3b5218ddb..8747aa4dae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -234,6 +234,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1420,6 +1434,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1563,6 +1591,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone where
@@ -1576,6 +1618,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2094,6 +2150,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html index cd2d720c50..1219ffb214 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html @@ -340,6 +340,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -438,7 +441,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -783,6 +786,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -881,7 +887,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1136,6 +1142,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1234,7 +1243,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1852,6 +1861,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1950,7 +1962,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2256,6 +2268,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2354,7 +2369,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 7f9d0e744f..5f17131aa1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -2196,6 +2196,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -2674,6 +2685,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -3508,6 +3530,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -4796,6 +4829,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html index fcb43e70f0..13154466e7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -1014,6 +1014,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1281,6 +1283,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -1959,6 +1965,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2226,6 +2234,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -3267,6 +3279,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3534,6 +3548,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html index 340e096b1c..f117f8674a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html @@ -1143,6 +1143,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1410,6 +1412,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations # Policy for choosing target zone. For more information, seeCreate VMs in # bulk. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html index 0257993ae7..9b1f2eda82 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html @@ -448,6 +448,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -904,6 +916,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1355,6 +1379,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 1c8474230e..8d4cfbd344 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -1073,6 +1073,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1216,6 +1230,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, The name of the region where
@@ -1229,6 +1257,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1747,6 +1789,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html index 961ed28829..b374a41550 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html @@ -287,6 +287,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -385,7 +388,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -880,6 +883,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -978,7 +984,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1472,6 +1478,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1570,7 +1579,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2059,6 +2068,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2157,7 +2169,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -3820,6 +3832,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -3918,7 +3933,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.html index 046966081c..c8beb21406 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -109,6 +109,12 @@

Instance Methods

executeSqlQuery(connection, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Executes a SQL statement specified in the body of the request. An example of this SQL statement in the case of Salesforce connector would be 'select * from Account a, Order o where a.Id = o.AccountId'.

+

+ generateConnectionToolspecOverride(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Generate toolspec override for the given list of toolNames.

+

+ listCustomToolNames(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists custom tool names.

refreshAccessToken(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

RefreshAccessToken exchanges the OAuth refresh token (and other necessary data) for a new access token (and new associated credentials).

@@ -256,6 +262,70 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ generateConnectionToolspecOverride(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Generate toolspec override for the given list of toolNames.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the Connection. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "toolNames": [ # list of tools to be generated.
+    {
+      "entityName": "A String", # Entity name for which the tool was generated.
+      "name": "A String", # Tool name that was generated in the list tools call.
+      "operation": "A String", # Operation for which the tool was generated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "toolSpec": { # tool spec that has tool_defitions array containing the tools for all sted tool_names.
+    "toolDefinitions": [ # List of tool definitions.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+    ],
+    "toolSpecVersion": "A String", # Version of the tool spec. Format: providerId/connectorId/versionId/toolSpecId
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listCustomToolNames(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists custom tool names.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the Connection. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "toolNames": [ # List of custom tools.
+    {
+      "entityName": "A String", # Entity name for which the tool was generated.
+      "name": "A String", # Tool name that was generated in the list tools call.
+      "operation": "A String", # Operation for which the tool was generated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
refreshAccessToken(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
RefreshAccessToken exchanges the OAuth refresh token (and other necessary data) for a new access token (and new associated credentials).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index c2c0bde883..ffc244da21 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ 

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -588,6 +588,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -820,6 +826,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -855,6 +864,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1029,6 +1040,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1064,6 +1078,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1151,6 +1167,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1186,6 +1205,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1338,6 +1359,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1373,6 +1397,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1550,7 +1576,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1659,7 +1685,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -2036,7 +2062,7 @@

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -2206,6 +2232,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -2438,6 +2470,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2473,6 +2508,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2647,6 +2684,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2682,6 +2722,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2769,6 +2811,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2804,6 +2849,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2956,6 +3003,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2991,6 +3041,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3168,7 +3220,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -3277,7 +3329,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -3518,7 +3570,7 @@

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -3688,6 +3740,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -3920,6 +3978,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3955,6 +4016,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4129,6 +4192,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4164,6 +4230,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4251,6 +4319,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4286,6 +4357,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4438,6 +4511,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4473,6 +4549,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4650,7 +4728,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -4759,7 +4837,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -5190,6 +5268,12 @@

Method Details

{ # SetMaintenancePolicyRequest sets the maintenance policy for a cluster. "clusterId": "A String", # Required. The name of the cluster to update. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Required. The maintenance policy to be set for the cluster. An empty field clears the existing maintenance policy. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -5864,7 +5948,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -6083,6 +6167,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6118,6 +6205,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -6133,6 +6222,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6168,6 +6260,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index 95d5369a1a..e50ee1ca2c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -294,6 +294,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -329,6 +332,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -506,7 +511,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -891,6 +896,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -926,6 +934,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1103,7 +1113,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1315,6 +1325,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1350,6 +1363,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1527,7 +1542,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -2025,6 +2040,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2060,6 +2078,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2148,7 +2168,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodePoolId": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the node pool to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field. "nodeVersion": "A String", # Required. The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an upgrade). Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - "latest": picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - "1.X": picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - "1.X.Y": picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - "1.X.Y-gke.N": picks an explicit Kubernetes version - "-": picks the Kubernetes master version diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html index d057a64e92..6487ad81ad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -689,6 +689,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -921,6 +927,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -956,6 +965,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1130,6 +1141,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1165,6 +1179,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1252,6 +1268,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1287,6 +1306,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1439,6 +1460,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1474,6 +1498,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1651,7 +1677,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1760,7 +1786,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -2137,7 +2163,7 @@

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -2307,6 +2333,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -2539,6 +2571,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2574,6 +2609,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2748,6 +2785,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2783,6 +2823,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2870,6 +2912,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2905,6 +2950,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3057,6 +3104,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3092,6 +3142,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3269,7 +3321,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -3378,7 +3430,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -3663,7 +3715,7 @@

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -3833,6 +3885,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -4065,6 +4123,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4100,6 +4161,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4274,6 +4337,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4309,6 +4375,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4396,6 +4464,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4431,6 +4502,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4583,6 +4656,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4618,6 +4694,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4795,7 +4873,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -4904,7 +4982,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -5368,6 +5446,12 @@

Method Details

{ # SetMaintenancePolicyRequest sets the maintenance policy for a cluster. "clusterId": "A String", # Required. The name of the cluster to update. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Required. The maintenance policy to be set for the cluster. An empty field clears the existing maintenance policy. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -5891,7 +5975,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -6110,6 +6194,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6145,6 +6232,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -6160,6 +6249,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6195,6 +6287,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index 8591d60407..21488afd1e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -359,6 +359,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -394,6 +397,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -571,7 +576,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -956,6 +961,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -991,6 +999,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1168,7 +1178,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1380,6 +1390,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1415,6 +1428,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1592,7 +1607,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -2015,6 +2030,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2050,6 +2068,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2138,7 +2158,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodePoolId": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the node pool to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field. "nodeVersion": "A String", # Required. The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an upgrade). Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - "latest": picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - "1.X": picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - "1.X.Y": picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - "1.X.Y-gke.N": picks an explicit Kubernetes version - "-": picks the Kubernetes master version diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 76e134d4a4..df67010c72 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -688,6 +688,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -939,6 +945,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -974,6 +983,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1150,6 +1161,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1185,6 +1199,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1280,6 +1296,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1315,6 +1334,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1479,6 +1500,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1514,6 +1538,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1695,7 +1721,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1824,7 +1850,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -2242,7 +2268,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -2414,6 +2440,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -2665,6 +2697,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2700,6 +2735,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2876,6 +2913,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2911,6 +2951,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3006,6 +3048,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3041,6 +3086,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3205,6 +3252,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3240,6 +3290,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3421,7 +3473,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -3550,7 +3602,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -3825,7 +3877,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -3997,6 +4049,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -4248,6 +4306,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4283,6 +4344,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4459,6 +4522,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4494,6 +4560,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4589,6 +4657,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4624,6 +4695,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4788,6 +4861,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4823,6 +4899,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -5004,7 +5082,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -5133,7 +5211,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -5587,6 +5665,12 @@

Method Details

{ # SetMaintenancePolicyRequest sets the maintenance policy for a cluster. "clusterId": "A String", # Required. The name of the cluster to update. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Required. The maintenance policy to be set for the cluster. An empty field clears the existing maintenance policy. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -6279,7 +6363,7 @@

Method Details

"desiredClusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # The desired telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -6512,6 +6596,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6547,6 +6634,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -6562,6 +6651,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6597,6 +6689,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index 6ee2636086..02db90d0eb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -306,6 +306,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -341,6 +344,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -522,7 +527,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -921,6 +926,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -956,6 +964,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1137,7 +1147,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1361,6 +1371,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1396,6 +1409,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1577,7 +1592,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -2076,6 +2091,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2111,6 +2129,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2201,7 +2221,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodePoolId": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the node pool to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field. "nodeVersion": "A String", # Required. The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an upgrade). Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - "latest": picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - "1.X": picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - "1.X.Y": picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - "1.X.Y-gke.N": picks an explicit Kubernetes version - "-": picks the Kubernetes master version diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html index bd3e1b83d2..d1c2d90cfa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -799,6 +799,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -1050,6 +1056,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1085,6 +1094,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1261,6 +1272,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1296,6 +1310,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1391,6 +1407,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1426,6 +1445,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1590,6 +1611,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1625,6 +1649,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1806,7 +1832,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1935,7 +1961,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -2353,7 +2379,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -2525,6 +2551,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -2776,6 +2808,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2811,6 +2846,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2987,6 +3024,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3022,6 +3062,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3117,6 +3159,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3152,6 +3197,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3316,6 +3363,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3351,6 +3401,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3532,7 +3584,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -3661,7 +3713,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -3980,7 +4032,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -4152,6 +4204,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -4403,6 +4461,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4438,6 +4499,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4614,6 +4677,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4649,6 +4715,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4744,6 +4812,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4779,6 +4850,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4943,6 +5016,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4978,6 +5054,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -5159,7 +5237,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -5288,7 +5366,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -5765,6 +5843,12 @@

Method Details

{ # SetMaintenancePolicyRequest sets the maintenance policy for a cluster. "clusterId": "A String", # Required. The name of the cluster to update. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Required. The maintenance policy to be set for the cluster. An empty field clears the existing maintenance policy. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -6306,7 +6390,7 @@

Method Details

"desiredClusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # The desired telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -6539,6 +6623,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6574,6 +6661,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -6589,6 +6678,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6624,6 +6716,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index c9d29db05d..2d07ee34e9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -371,6 +371,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -406,6 +409,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -587,7 +592,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -986,6 +991,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1021,6 +1029,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1202,7 +1212,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1426,6 +1436,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1461,6 +1474,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1642,7 +1657,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -2066,6 +2081,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2101,6 +2119,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2191,7 +2211,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodePoolId": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the node pool to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field. "nodeVersion": "A String", # Required. The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an upgrade). Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - "latest": picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - "1.X": picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - "1.X.Y": picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - "1.X.Y-gke.N": picks an explicit Kubernetes version - "-": picks the Kubernetes master version diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html index 3aa880abbb..724ee9e4d7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. +{ # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Optional. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Optional. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Optional. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. +{ # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Optional. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Optional. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html index 3fc5822d2c..95fb8c1817 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. +{ # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. This map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. Field IDs can contain letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). Field IDs must be at least 1 character long and at most 64 characters long. Field IDs must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. This map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. Field IDs can contain letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). Field IDs must be at least 1 character long and at most 64 characters long. Field IDs must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. This map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. Field IDs can contain letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). Field IDs must be at least 1 character long and at most 64 characters long. Field IDs must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. +{ # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. This map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. Field IDs can contain letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). Field IDs must be at least 1 character long and at most 64 characters long. Field IDs must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. This map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. Field IDs can contain letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). Field IDs must be at least 1 character long and at most 64 characters long. Field IDs must start with a letter or underscore. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html index 8089c480ae..53c9a795a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html @@ -356,6 +356,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -449,7 +450,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -719,6 +721,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -812,7 +815,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -1066,6 +1070,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -1159,7 +1164,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -1420,6 +1426,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -1513,7 +1520,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -1834,6 +1842,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -1927,7 +1936,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -2238,6 +2248,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -2331,7 +2342,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -2579,6 +2591,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -2672,7 +2685,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html index ebc1c33c47..9aaa627862 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html @@ -438,6 +438,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -531,7 +532,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html index 490d7bb395..0a28f0f207 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -344,6 +344,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -437,7 +438,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -690,6 +692,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -783,7 +786,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -1044,6 +1048,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -1137,7 +1142,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -1568,6 +1574,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -1661,7 +1668,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -1974,6 +1982,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -2067,7 +2076,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -2314,6 +2324,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -2407,7 +2418,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html index 23dc6ec338..78160f9b1e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html @@ -345,6 +345,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -438,7 +439,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -844,6 +846,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -937,7 +940,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html index d088b2be62..0d077f9482 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html @@ -344,6 +344,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -437,7 +438,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -843,6 +845,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -936,7 +939,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html index 3877584a4f..1c65b1b25f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@

Method Details

"rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@

Method Details

"rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@

Method Details

"rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@

Method Details

"rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -2112,7 +2112,7 @@

Method Details

"rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -2189,7 +2189,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html index a7d33a562b..1838f758d0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@

Method Details

"rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@

Method Details

"rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html index 6e07d14c90..9e5ff2417a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@

Instance Methods

Deletes an Entry.

get(name, aspectTypes=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets an Entry. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).

+

Gets an Entry.

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists Entries within an EntryGroup. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).

+

Lists Entries within an EntryGroup.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

get(name, aspectTypes=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets an Entry. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).
+  
Gets an Entry.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Entry: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}. (required)
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists Entries within an EntryGroup. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).
+  
Lists Entries within an EntryGroup.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent Entry Group: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
index cba7bf8c06..12230093ce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -149,6 +149,11 @@ 

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ policyIntents() +

+

Returns the policyIntents Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -163,7 +168,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

lookupEntry(name, aspectTypes=None, entry=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).

+

Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system.

searchEntries(name, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, scope=None, semanticSearch=None, x__xgafv=None)

Searches for Entries matching the given query and scope.

@@ -255,7 +260,7 @@

Method Details

lookupEntry(name, aspectTypes=None, entry=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).
+  
Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.policyIntents.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.policyIntents.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b175cdadd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.policyIntents.html
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+
+
+
+

Cloud Dataplex API . projects . locations . policyIntents

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members, or principals, to a single role. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of members, or principals, with a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one principal.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the bindings in the Policy.
+    { # Associates members, or principals, with a role.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: All workforce identities in a group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workforce identity pool. principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workload identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: A workload identity pool group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workload identity pool. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see here (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members, or principals, to a single role. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of members, or principals, with a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one principal.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the bindings in the Policy.
+      { # Associates members, or principals, with a role.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: All workforce identities in a group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workforce identity pool. principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workload identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: A workload identity pool group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workload identity pool. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see here (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used:paths: "bindings, etag"
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members, or principals, to a single role. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of members, or principals, with a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one principal.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the bindings in the Policy.
+    { # Associates members, or principals, with a role.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: All workforce identities in a group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workforce identity pool. principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workload identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: A workload identity pool group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workload identity pool. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see here (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for TestIamPermissions method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the resource. Permissions with wildcards (such as * or storage.*) are not allowed. For more information see IAM Overview (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for TestIamPermissions method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of TestPermissionsRequest.permissions that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html index affac1ddd4..875e267de3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@

Method Details

} batchId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the batch, which will become the final component of the batch's resource name.This value must be 4-63 characters. Valid characters are /[a-z][0-9]-/. - requestId: string, Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateBatchRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.CreateBatchRequest)s with the same request_id, the second request is ignored and the Operation that corresponds to the first Batch created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters. + requestId: string, Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateBatchRequests with the same request_id, the second request is ignored and the operation that corresponds to the first Batch created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.conversions.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.conversions.html index 3a18b404e3..68b087f7f2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.conversions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.conversions.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

"conversions": [ # The set of conversions to insert. { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The original conversion that was inserted or updated and whether there were any errors. "conversion": { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. # The original conversion that was inserted or updated. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Method Details

"conversions": [ # The set of conversions to update. { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The original conversion that was inserted or updated and whether there were any errors. "conversion": { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. # The original conversion that was inserted or updated. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicFeeds.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicFeeds.html index 821e96e3c2..d694bf5b2f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicFeeds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicFeeds.html @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@

Instance Methods

Inserts a new dynamic feed.

retransform(dynamicFeedId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retransforms a dynamic feed.

+

Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).

update(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a new dynamic feed.

+

Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.

Method Details

close() @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -212,8 +212,8 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynnamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. See - "dynamicFeed": { # Contains dynamic feed information. # Required. Dynamic feed to insert. +{ # Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. + "dynamicFeed": { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. # Required. Dynamic feed to insert. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@

Method Details

retransform(dynamicFeedId, x__xgafv=None) -
Retransforms a dynamic feed.
+  
Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).
 
 Args:
   dynamicFeedId: string, Required. Dynamic feed ID. (required)
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -523,13 +523,13 @@

Method Details

update(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a new dynamic feed.
+  
Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Contains dynamic feed information.
+{ #  *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information.
   "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field.
     "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided.
     "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field.
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicProfiles.html index a2cc237039..69a1f35949 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicProfiles.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

generateCode(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Generates code for a dynamic profile.

+

Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.

get(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a dynamic profile by ID.

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

generateCode(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None) -
Generates code for a dynamic profile.
+  
Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.
 
 Args:
   dynamicProfileId: string, Required. Dynamic profile ID. (required)
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response message for DfareportingDynamicProfiles.GenerateCode. - "code": "A String", # Generated code for the dynamic profile. + "code": "A String", # Generated code for the dynamic profile. The code will need to be unescaped. }
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains dynamic profile information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains dynamic profile information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreativeAssets.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreativeAssets.html index da16198ef7..02bcbc4478 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreativeAssets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreativeAssets.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DfareportingStudioCreativeAssets.Insert. "assets": [ # The list of studio creative assets. - { # Contains studio creative asset information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative asset information. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the studio creative asset. This is a read-only field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreatives.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreatives.html index 477b09bd11..e05a94999b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreatives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreatives.html @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains studio creative information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains studio creative information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, @@ -173,11 +173,11 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains studio creative information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.ads.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.ads.html index 3ab8e7efe9..2e994507c8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.ads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.ads.html @@ -278,6 +278,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -604,6 +607,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -928,6 +934,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1303,6 +1312,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1648,6 +1660,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1972,6 +1987,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -2298,6 +2316,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -2622,6 +2643,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.conversions.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.conversions.html index 7ffcf71707..43e94aaf0a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.conversions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.conversions.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

"conversions": [ # The set of conversions to insert. { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The original conversion that was inserted or updated and whether there were any errors. "conversion": { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. # The original conversion that was inserted or updated. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Method Details

"conversions": [ # The set of conversions to update. { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The original conversion that was inserted or updated and whether there were any errors. "conversion": { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. # The original conversion that was inserted or updated. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.countries.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.countries.html index d0d35cec82..989a95c1c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.countries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.countries.html @@ -110,6 +110,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }
@@ -135,6 +138,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#countriesListResponse". diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicFeeds.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicFeeds.html index dbb88e9434..8955384a59 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicFeeds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicFeeds.html @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@

Instance Methods

Inserts a new dynamic feed.

retransform(dynamicFeedId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retransforms a dynamic feed.

+

Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).

update(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a new dynamic feed.

+

Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.

Method Details

close() @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -212,8 +212,8 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynnamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. See - "dynamicFeed": { # Contains dynamic feed information. # Required. Dynamic feed to insert. +{ # Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. + "dynamicFeed": { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. # Required. Dynamic feed to insert. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@

Method Details

retransform(dynamicFeedId, x__xgafv=None) -
Retransforms a dynamic feed.
+  
Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).
 
 Args:
   dynamicFeedId: string, Required. Dynamic feed ID. (required)
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -523,13 +523,13 @@

Method Details

update(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a new dynamic feed.
+  
Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Contains dynamic feed information.
+{ #  *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information.
   "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field.
     "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided.
     "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field.
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicProfiles.html index bd3296ca2b..cae97dbe3a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicProfiles.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

generateCode(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Generates code for a dynamic profile.

+

Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.

get(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a dynamic profile by ID.

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

generateCode(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None) -
Generates code for a dynamic profile.
+  
Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.
 
 Args:
   dynamicProfileId: string, Required. Dynamic profile ID. (required)
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response message for DfareportingDynamicProfiles.GenerateCode. - "code": "A String", # Generated code for the dynamic profile. + "code": "A String", # Generated code for the dynamic profile. The code will need to be unescaped. }
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains dynamic profile information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains dynamic profile information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreativeAssets.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreativeAssets.html index 9fc0e7391e..7ecf1437a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreativeAssets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreativeAssets.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DfareportingStudioCreativeAssets.Insert. "assets": [ # The list of studio creative assets. - { # Contains studio creative asset information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative asset information. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the studio creative asset. This is a read-only field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreatives.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreatives.html index 2aaef1d180..3c913e7420 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreatives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreatives.html @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains studio creative information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains studio creative information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, @@ -173,11 +173,11 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains studio creative information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.targetingTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.targetingTemplates.html index 84442bda23..a3ed591f98 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.targetingTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.targetingTemplates.html @@ -164,6 +164,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -338,6 +341,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -510,6 +516,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -706,6 +715,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -897,6 +909,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1069,6 +1084,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1243,6 +1261,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1415,6 +1436,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignDetails.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignDetails.html index a0d1231772..4f1914f3e7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignDetails.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignDetails.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- get(profileId, id, accountId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(profileId, id, accountId=None, countryDartId=None, tvDataProvider=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets one TvCampaignDetail by ID.

Method Details

@@ -87,13 +87,25 @@

Method Details

- get(profileId, id, accountId=None, x__xgafv=None) + get(profileId, id, accountId=None, countryDartId=None, tvDataProvider=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets one TvCampaignDetail by ID.
 
 Args:
   profileId: string, Required. User profile ID associated with this request. (required)
   id: string, Required. TV Campaign ID. (required)
   accountId: string, Required. Account ID associated with this request.
+  countryDartId: string, Optional. Country Dart ID. If not specified, defaults to 256 (US).
+  tvDataProvider: string, Optional. TV data provider. If not specified, defaults to `COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US`.
+    Allowed values
+      INVALID_TV_DATA_PROVIDER - 
+      IBOPE_AR - 
+      IBOPE_BR - 
+      IBOPE_CL - 
+      IBOPE_CO - 
+      TNS_VN - 
+      COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US - 
+      COMSCORE_CA - 
+      SAMBA_AU - 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignSummaries.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignSummaries.html
index 64f3951b6e..d9e27ea9fa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignSummaries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignSummaries.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- list(profileId, accountId=None, name=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(profileId, accountId=None, countryDartId=None, name=None, tvDataProvider=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of TV campaign summaries.

Method Details

@@ -87,13 +87,25 @@

Method Details

- list(profileId, accountId=None, name=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(profileId, accountId=None, countryDartId=None, name=None, tvDataProvider=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of TV campaign summaries.
 
 Args:
   profileId: string, Required. User profile ID associated with this request. (required)
   accountId: string, Required. Account ID associated with this request.
+  countryDartId: string, Optional. Country Dart ID. If not specified, defaults to 256 (US).
   name: string, Required. Search string to filter the list of TV campaign summaries. Matches any substring. Required field.
+  tvDataProvider: string, Optional. TV data provider. If not specified, defaults to `COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US`.
+    Allowed values
+      INVALID_TV_DATA_PROVIDER - 
+      IBOPE_AR - 
+      IBOPE_BR - 
+      IBOPE_CL - 
+      IBOPE_CO - 
+      TNS_VN - 
+      COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US - 
+      COMSCORE_CA - 
+      SAMBA_AU - 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
index fab3dd2bfd..fedec100fc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html
@@ -119,13 +119,16 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a Engine.

+

Creates an Engine.

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a Engine.

+

Deletes an Engine.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a Engine.

+

Gets an Engine.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all the Engines associated with the project.

@@ -135,6 +138,9 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates an Engine

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.

Method Details

close() @@ -143,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a Engine.
+  
Creates an Engine.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}`. (required)
@@ -277,7 +283,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a Engine.
+  
Deletes an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to delete the Engine, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Engine to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned. (required)
@@ -312,7 +318,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a Engine.
+  
Gets an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. (required)
@@ -420,6 +426,41 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists all the Engines associated with the project.
@@ -761,4 +802,62 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html index 697d5ce2ca..b22e9a0c95 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html @@ -103,6 +103,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -133,6 +139,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -169,6 +181,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -200,6 +218,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -230,6 +254,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.billingAccounts.billingAccountLicenseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.billingAccounts.billingAccountLicenseConfigs.html index 7015c72809..2fd853af47 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.billingAccounts.billingAccountLicenseConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.billingAccounts.billingAccountLicenseConfigs.html @@ -141,8 +141,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -180,6 +187,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about license configs at billing account level. "autoRenew": True or False, # Whether the BillingAccountLicenseConfig is auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed subscription end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -225,6 +238,12 @@

Method Details

"billingAccountLicenseConfigs": [ # All BillingAccountLicenseConfigs for the given billing account. { # Information about license configs at billing account level. "autoRenew": True or False, # Whether the BillingAccountLicenseConfig is auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed subscription end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -309,8 +328,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.html index caf7f4f225..b9499f5520 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.html @@ -131,6 +131,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this project is created. "customerProvidedConfig": { # Customer provided configurations. # Optional. Customer provided configurations. "notebooklmConfig": { # Configuration for NotebookLM. # Optional. Configuration for NotebookLM settings. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for NotebookLM. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name. + }, + }, "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. # Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. "responseTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing LLM responses. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the LLM response. "userPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing user prompts. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the user prompt. @@ -177,6 +182,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this project is created. "customerProvidedConfig": { # Customer provided configurations. # Optional. Customer provided configurations. "notebooklmConfig": { # Configuration for NotebookLM. # Optional. Configuration for NotebookLM settings. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for NotebookLM. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name. + }, + }, "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. # Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. "responseTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing LLM responses. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the LLM response. "userPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing user prompts. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the user prompt. @@ -222,6 +232,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this project is created. "customerProvidedConfig": { # Customer provided configurations. # Optional. Customer provided configurations. "notebooklmConfig": { # Configuration for NotebookLM. # Optional. Configuration for NotebookLM settings. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for NotebookLM. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name. + }, + }, "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. # Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. "responseTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing LLM responses. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the LLM response. "userPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing user prompts. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the user prompt. @@ -329,6 +344,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this project is created. "customerProvidedConfig": { # Customer provided configurations. # Optional. Customer provided configurations. "notebooklmConfig": { # Configuration for NotebookLM. # Optional. Configuration for NotebookLM settings. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for NotebookLM. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name. + }, + }, "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. # Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. "responseTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing LLM responses. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the LLM response. "userPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing user prompts. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the user prompt. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html index 7c6a6fe1b5..ab96a28061 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

Starts an immediate synchronization process for a DataConnector. Third Party Connector Users must specify which entities should be synced. FHIR Connectors must provide a timestamp to indicate the point in time from which data should be synced.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Connector name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/ {collection_id}/dataConnector (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Connector name of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 25c8cf02a5..33e3ea3bd7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -162,6 +162,38 @@ 

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -240,6 +272,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -728,6 +761,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1829,6 +1894,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1890,6 +1956,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2475,6 +2542,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2536,6 +2604,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3091,6 +3160,38 @@

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -3169,6 +3270,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -3657,6 +3759,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html index 88831f1a62..dc08ba18d7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -380,6 +380,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -664,6 +696,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -974,6 +1038,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1272,6 +1368,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1574,6 +1702,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1859,6 +2019,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html index 9cff4cec6c..019fa2c659 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html @@ -93,21 +93,9 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes an Agent.

-

- disableAgent(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Disables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `DISABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED` or`SUSPENDED`, otherwise it returns an error.

-

- enableAgent(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Enables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `ENABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `DISABLED` or 'SUSPENDED', otherwise it returns an error.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets an Agent.

-

- getAgentView(name, adminView=None, languageCode=None, maxSuggestedPrompts=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns a AgentView for a given Agent, which contains additional information about the Agent.

-

- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.

list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all Agents under an Assistant which were created by the caller.

@@ -117,12 +105,6 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates an Agent

-

- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. Policy can only contain `roles/discoveryengine.agentUser`, `roles/discoveryengine.agentViewer` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentEditor` roles.

-

- suspendAgent(name, suspensionReason=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Suspends an Agent. It is still available for viewing but not for use. The `state` of the Agent becomes `SUSPENDED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED`, otherwise it returns an error.

Method Details

close() @@ -280,136 +262,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- disableAgent(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Disables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `DISABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED` or`SUSPENDED`, otherwise it returns an error.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the Agent to disable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` (required)
-  revisionId: string, Optional. The Revision ID of the Agent to disable. If not specified, the latest revision will be disabled.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Performs a predefined, specific task.
-  "a2aAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses A2A. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an A2A agent.
-    "cloudMarketplaceConfig": { # Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace. # Optional. Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace.
-      "entitlement": "A String", # Required. The Marketplace Entitlement this agent is associated with. Format: `projects/{project}/entitlements/{entitlement}`.
-      "order": "A String", # Output only. The Marketplace Order this agent belongs to. Format: `billingAccounts/{billing_account}/orders/{order}`
-    },
-    "jsonAgentCard": "A String", # Optional. The agent card is a JSON string.
-  },
-  "adkAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of an agent that uses ADK and is deployed to Agent Engine (formerly known as Reasoning Engine). # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an ADK agent.
-    "provisionedReasoningEngine": { # Keeps track of the reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. This message is not intended to keep track of agent's lifecycle. Instead it is only used to define parameters to connect to the agent that is already deployed to a reasoning engine. # Optional. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to.
-      "reasoningEngine": "A String", # Required. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`
-    },
-  },
-  "authorizationConfig": { # Describes the authorizations required. # Optional. The authorizations that are required by the agent.
-    "agentAuthorization": "A String", # Optional. The authorization that is required to invoke the agent. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request auth header.
-    "toolAuthorizations": [ # Optional. List of required authorizations for agent to access other resources. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request body.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was created.
-  "customPlaceholderText": "A String", # Optional. The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.
-  "deploymentFailureReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.
-  "description": "A String", # Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "dialogflowAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses a Dialogflow agent. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as a Dialogflow agent.
-    "dialogflowAgent": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the underlying Dialogflow Agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "icon": { # Represents an image. # Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI.
-    "content": "A String", # Base64-encoded image file contents.
-    "uri": "A String", # Image URI.
-  },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The code of the language of the text in the description, display_name and starter_prompts fields.
-  "managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`
-  "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.
-  "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent.
-    "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent.
-  },
-  "starterPrompts": [ # Optional. The starter prompt suggestions to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-    { # The starter prompt suggestion to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-      "text": "A String", # Required. The text of the starter prompt.
-    },
-  ],
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the agent.
-  "suspensionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was most recently updated.
-}
-
- -
- enableAgent(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Enables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `ENABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `DISABLED` or 'SUSPENDED', otherwise it returns an error.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the Agent to enable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` (required)
-  revisionId: string, Optional. The Revision ID of the Agent to enable. If not specified, the latest revision will be enabled.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Performs a predefined, specific task.
-  "a2aAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses A2A. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an A2A agent.
-    "cloudMarketplaceConfig": { # Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace. # Optional. Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace.
-      "entitlement": "A String", # Required. The Marketplace Entitlement this agent is associated with. Format: `projects/{project}/entitlements/{entitlement}`.
-      "order": "A String", # Output only. The Marketplace Order this agent belongs to. Format: `billingAccounts/{billing_account}/orders/{order}`
-    },
-    "jsonAgentCard": "A String", # Optional. The agent card is a JSON string.
-  },
-  "adkAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of an agent that uses ADK and is deployed to Agent Engine (formerly known as Reasoning Engine). # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an ADK agent.
-    "provisionedReasoningEngine": { # Keeps track of the reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. This message is not intended to keep track of agent's lifecycle. Instead it is only used to define parameters to connect to the agent that is already deployed to a reasoning engine. # Optional. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to.
-      "reasoningEngine": "A String", # Required. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`
-    },
-  },
-  "authorizationConfig": { # Describes the authorizations required. # Optional. The authorizations that are required by the agent.
-    "agentAuthorization": "A String", # Optional. The authorization that is required to invoke the agent. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request auth header.
-    "toolAuthorizations": [ # Optional. List of required authorizations for agent to access other resources. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request body.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was created.
-  "customPlaceholderText": "A String", # Optional. The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.
-  "deploymentFailureReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.
-  "description": "A String", # Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "dialogflowAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses a Dialogflow agent. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as a Dialogflow agent.
-    "dialogflowAgent": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the underlying Dialogflow Agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "icon": { # Represents an image. # Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI.
-    "content": "A String", # Base64-encoded image file contents.
-    "uri": "A String", # Image URI.
-  },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The code of the language of the text in the description, display_name and starter_prompts fields.
-  "managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`
-  "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.
-  "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent.
-    "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent.
-  },
-  "starterPrompts": [ # Optional. The starter prompt suggestions to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-    { # The starter prompt suggestion to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-      "text": "A String", # Required. The text of the starter prompt.
-    },
-  ],
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the agent.
-  "suspensionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was most recently updated.
-}
-
-
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets an Agent.
@@ -474,98 +326,6 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- getAgentView(name, adminView=None, languageCode=None, maxSuggestedPrompts=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns a AgentView for a given Agent, which contains additional information about the Agent.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the Agent to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` (required)
-  adminView: boolean, Optional. Indicates whether to consider if the caller is an admin. If set, and the caller is an admin, the response will consider admin-only permissions. Otherwise, a caller with admin permissions will get a response as an unprivileged user.
-  languageCode: string, Optional. The UI language currently shown to the user. Specifying this field request that the texts in the AgentView in the response should be translated to this language.
-  maxSuggestedPrompts: integer, Optional. The maximum number of suggested prompts to return per agent.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for the AgentService.GetAgentView method.
-  "agentView": { # The data for displaying an Agent. # The data for displaying an Agent.
-    "agentOrigin": "A String", # Immutable. The origin of the Agent.
-    "agentSharingState": "A String", # Output only. The sharing state of the agent.
-    "agentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the agent.
-    "customPlaceholderText": "A String", # The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.
-    "deploymentFailureReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.
-    "description": "A String", # Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query and to generate the first version of the steps for the agent that can be modified by the user. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-    "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the agent. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-    "icon": { # Represents an image. # Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI.
-      "content": "A String", # Base64-encoded image file contents.
-      "uri": "A String", # Image URI.
-    },
-    "name": "A String", # Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`
-    "rejectionReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.
-    "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the Agent.
-    "suggestedPrompts": [ # Optional. The suggested prompts for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.
-      { # A suggested prompt for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.
-        "text": "A String", # Required. The text of the suggested prompt. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-      },
-    ],
-    "suspensionReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.
-    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the agent was last updated.
-    "userAnnotations": { # Per-user annotations for an Agent, based on UserAnnotation. # Optional. Per-user annotations of the current caller for the agent.
-      "pinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the agent is pinned, pinned agent will be displayed on the top of the agent list.
-      "viewed": True or False, # Optional. Whether the agent has been viewed by the user.
-    },
-    "userPermissions": { # The permissions of the user on an Agent. # The permissions of the user for this Agent.
-      "canDelete": True or False, # If the user can delete this Agent.
-      "canEdit": True or False, # If the user can edit this Agent.
-      "canProposeUsers": True or False, # If the user can propose other users to share the Agent with.
-      "canRequestReview": True or False, # If the user can request a review for this Agent.
-      "canRun": True or False, # If the user can run this Agent.
-      "canView": True or False, # If the user can view the source of this Agent.
-      "canWithdraw": True or False, # If the user can withdraw this Agent.
-    },
-  },
-}
-
- -
- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
-
list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists all Agents under an Assistant which were created by the caller.
@@ -769,127 +529,4 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. Policy can only contain `roles/discoveryengine.agentUser`, `roles/discoveryengine.agentViewer` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentEditor` roles.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-        },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-      },
-    ],
-    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  },
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
- -
- suspendAgent(name, suspensionReason=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Suspends an Agent. It is still available for viewing but not for use. The `state` of the Agent becomes `SUSPENDED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED`, otherwise it returns an error.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the Agent to suspend. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` (required)
-  suspensionReason: string, Required. The reason for suspending the Agent. This will be shown to the users of the Agent.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Performs a predefined, specific task.
-  "a2aAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses A2A. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an A2A agent.
-    "cloudMarketplaceConfig": { # Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace. # Optional. Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace.
-      "entitlement": "A String", # Required. The Marketplace Entitlement this agent is associated with. Format: `projects/{project}/entitlements/{entitlement}`.
-      "order": "A String", # Output only. The Marketplace Order this agent belongs to. Format: `billingAccounts/{billing_account}/orders/{order}`
-    },
-    "jsonAgentCard": "A String", # Optional. The agent card is a JSON string.
-  },
-  "adkAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of an agent that uses ADK and is deployed to Agent Engine (formerly known as Reasoning Engine). # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an ADK agent.
-    "provisionedReasoningEngine": { # Keeps track of the reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. This message is not intended to keep track of agent's lifecycle. Instead it is only used to define parameters to connect to the agent that is already deployed to a reasoning engine. # Optional. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to.
-      "reasoningEngine": "A String", # Required. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`
-    },
-  },
-  "authorizationConfig": { # Describes the authorizations required. # Optional. The authorizations that are required by the agent.
-    "agentAuthorization": "A String", # Optional. The authorization that is required to invoke the agent. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request auth header.
-    "toolAuthorizations": [ # Optional. List of required authorizations for agent to access other resources. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request body.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was created.
-  "customPlaceholderText": "A String", # Optional. The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.
-  "deploymentFailureReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.
-  "description": "A String", # Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "dialogflowAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses a Dialogflow agent. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as a Dialogflow agent.
-    "dialogflowAgent": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the underlying Dialogflow Agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "icon": { # Represents an image. # Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI.
-    "content": "A String", # Base64-encoded image file contents.
-    "uri": "A String", # Image URI.
-  },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The code of the language of the text in the description, display_name and starter_prompts fields.
-  "managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`
-  "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.
-  "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent.
-    "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent.
-  },
-  "starterPrompts": [ # Optional. The starter prompt suggestions to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-    { # The starter prompt suggestion to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-      "text": "A String", # Required. The text of the starter prompt.
-    },
-  ],
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the agent.
-  "suspensionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was most recently updated.
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html index c6b29c95a9..d8fb4b95ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html @@ -99,12 +99,6 @@

Instance Methods

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all Assistants under an Engine.

-

- listAvailableAgentViews(parent, adminView=None, agentOrigin=None, filter=None, languageCode=None, maxSuggestedPrompts=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, sortBy=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the data for displaying the Agents under an Assistant which are available to the caller.

-

- listAvailableAgentViews_next()

-

Retrieves the next page of results.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -366,90 +360,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- listAvailableAgentViews(parent, adminView=None, agentOrigin=None, filter=None, languageCode=None, maxSuggestedPrompts=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, sortBy=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists the data for displaying the Agents under an Assistant which are available to the caller.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}` (required)
-  adminView: boolean, Optional. Indicates whether to consider if the caller is an admin. If set, and the caller is an admin, the response will consider admin-only permissions. Otherwise, a caller with admin permissions will get a response as an unprivileged user.
-  agentOrigin: string, Optional. The origin of the Agent.
-    Allowed values
-      AGENT_ORIGIN_UNSPECIFIED - The origin is unspecified.
-      GOOGLE - Agent defined by Google.
-      ORGANIZATION - Agent defined by the organization.
-      USER - Agent defined by the user.
-  filter: string, Optional. The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the files being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. Allowed fields are: * `display_name` * `state` Some examples of filters would be: * `display_name = 'agent_1'` * `display_name = 'agent_1' AND state = ENABLED` For a full description of the filter format, please see https://google.aip.dev/160.
-  languageCode: string, Optional. The UI language currently shown to the user. Specifying this field request that the texts in the AgentViews in the response should be translated to this language.
-  maxSuggestedPrompts: integer, Optional. The maximum number of suggested prompts to return per agent.
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of AgentViews to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000; anything above that will be coerced down to 1000.
-  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token ListAvailableAgentViewsResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous AgentService.ListAvailableAgentViews call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListAvailableAgentViews must match the call that provided the page token.
-  sortBy: string, Optional. The field to sort by. Can have the following values: - display-name: The display name of the agent. - description: The description of the agent. - create-time: The creation time of the agent. - state: The state of the agent.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for the AgentService.ListAvailableAgentViews method.
-  "agentViews": [ # The agent sources visible to the caller under the parent Assistant.
-    { # The data for displaying an Agent.
-      "agentOrigin": "A String", # Immutable. The origin of the Agent.
-      "agentSharingState": "A String", # Output only. The sharing state of the agent.
-      "agentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the agent.
-      "customPlaceholderText": "A String", # The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.
-      "deploymentFailureReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.
-      "description": "A String", # Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query and to generate the first version of the steps for the agent that can be modified by the user. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-      "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the agent. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-      "icon": { # Represents an image. # Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI.
-        "content": "A String", # Base64-encoded image file contents.
-        "uri": "A String", # Image URI.
-      },
-      "name": "A String", # Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`
-      "rejectionReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.
-      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the Agent.
-      "suggestedPrompts": [ # Optional. The suggested prompts for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.
-        { # A suggested prompt for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.
-          "text": "A String", # Required. The text of the suggested prompt. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-        },
-      ],
-      "suspensionReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.
-      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the agent was last updated.
-      "userAnnotations": { # Per-user annotations for an Agent, based on UserAnnotation. # Optional. Per-user annotations of the current caller for the agent.
-        "pinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the agent is pinned, pinned agent will be displayed on the top of the agent list.
-        "viewed": True or False, # Optional. Whether the agent has been viewed by the user.
-      },
-      "userPermissions": { # The permissions of the user on an Agent. # The permissions of the user for this Agent.
-        "canDelete": True or False, # If the user can delete this Agent.
-        "canEdit": True or False, # If the user can edit this Agent.
-        "canProposeUsers": True or False, # If the user can propose other users to share the Agent with.
-        "canRequestReview": True or False, # If the user can request a review for this Agent.
-        "canRun": True or False, # If the user can run this Agent.
-        "canView": True or False, # If the user can view the source of this Agent.
-        "canWithdraw": True or False, # If the user can withdraw this Agent.
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
-}
-
- -
- listAvailableAgentViews_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
-
list_next()
Retrieves the next page of results.
@@ -579,10 +489,45 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request for the AssistantService.StreamAssist method. + "actionSpec": { # Specification of actions for the request. # Optional. Specification of actions for the request. + "actionDisabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, actions will not be served for the request. This only works for enterprise edition. + }, "generationSpec": { # Assistant generation specification for the request. This allows to override the default generation configuration at the engine level. # Optional. Specification of the generation configuration for the request. "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The Vertex AI model_id used for the generative model. If not set, the default Assistant model will be used. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. Current user query. Empty query is only supported if `file_ids` are provided. In this case, the answer will be generated based on those context files. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -615,6 +560,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customer might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index 2941b0f03e..9f595704b4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -124,13 +124,16 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a Engine.

+

Creates an Engine.

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a Engine.

+

Deletes an Engine.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a Engine.

+

Gets an Engine.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.

getWorkspaceSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)

Get Workspace settings for the end user.

@@ -145,13 +148,16 @@

Instance Methods

Updates an Engine

pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.

tune(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

Method Details

close() @@ -160,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a Engine.
+  
Creates an Engine.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}`. (required)
@@ -303,7 +309,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a Engine.
+  
Deletes an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to delete the Engine, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Engine to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned. (required)
@@ -338,7 +344,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a Engine.
+  
Gets an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. (required)
@@ -455,6 +461,41 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
getWorkspaceSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)
Get Workspace settings for the end user.
@@ -844,7 +885,7 @@ 

Method Details

pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the engine to pause. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
@@ -969,7 +1010,7 @@ 

Method Details

resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the engine to resume. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
@@ -1092,9 +1133,67 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
tune(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the engine to tune. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index f9b3f286e8..d9ef8d2b65 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -162,6 +162,38 @@ 

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -240,6 +272,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -728,6 +761,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1829,6 +1894,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1890,6 +1956,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2475,6 +2542,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2536,6 +2604,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3091,6 +3160,38 @@

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -3169,6 +3270,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -3657,6 +3759,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html index 1f097c8c5a..60f0d2a235 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html @@ -395,6 +395,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -679,6 +711,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -989,6 +1053,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1287,6 +1383,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1589,6 +1717,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1874,6 +2034,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html index 61291a6cf1..3c05ffdb19 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html @@ -216,6 +216,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -446,6 +451,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -680,6 +690,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -924,6 +939,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -1178,6 +1198,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -1399,6 +1424,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 22b24c376b..9c1a29f2ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -162,6 +162,38 @@

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -240,6 +272,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -728,6 +761,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1829,6 +1894,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1890,6 +1956,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2475,6 +2542,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2536,6 +2604,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3091,6 +3160,38 @@

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -3169,6 +3270,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -3657,6 +3759,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html index 1478d5cbcb..9cbb486b53 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -380,6 +380,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -664,6 +696,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -974,6 +1038,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1272,6 +1368,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1574,6 +1702,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1859,6 +2019,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html index f07ed2a0f1..16c68cff8b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html @@ -236,6 +236,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -297,6 +298,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -563,6 +565,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -624,6 +627,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -866,6 +870,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -927,6 +932,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html index 9cc2b61ec3..9dbe449dc4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -157,6 +157,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ completeExternalIdentities(parent, entityTypeFilter=None, maxSuggestions=None, prefixQuery=None, useScimIdentities=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

This method provides suggestions for users and groups managed in an external identity provider, based on the provided prefix.

estimateDataSize(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Estimates the data size to be used by a customer.

@@ -196,6 +199,45 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ completeExternalIdentities(parent, entityTypeFilter=None, maxSuggestions=None, prefixQuery=None, useScimIdentities=None, x__xgafv=None) +
This method provides suggestions for users and groups managed in an external identity provider, based on the provided prefix.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent location resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
+  entityTypeFilter: string, Optional. The type of entities to fetch. If not set, all entity types will be returned.
+    Allowed values
+      ENTITY_TYPE_FILTER_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified entity type filter.
+      USERS - Fetch only users.
+      GROUPS - Fetch only groups.
+  maxSuggestions: integer, Optional. The maximum number of user and group results to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 6 results will be returned. The limit is distributed as evenly as possible across users and groups. For example, if max_suggestions is 7, the service may return 4 users and 3 groups. If there are fewer suggestions of one type than half the limit, the other type may return more suggestions up to the max_suggestions limit.
+  prefixQuery: string, Required. The prefix to search for. For users, this prefix is matched against the `primary_email`. For groups, this prefix is matched against the `display_name`. The matching is case-insensitive.
+  useScimIdentities: boolean, Optional. Whether to use scim identities for external identity completion. If false, we will call the Microsoft graph API to fetch the external identities.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for CompletionService.CompleteExternalIdentities.
+  "externalIdentities": [ # The list of external identities that match the query.
+    { # External identity representing either a user or group. This user or group is from an external identity provider (IdP).
+      "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the user or group.
+      "externalId": "A String", # The unique 3P ID(external_id) of the entity (user or group).
+      "groupMetadata": { # Metadata corresponding to the external group. # Metadata corresponding to the external user.
+      },
+      "userMetadata": { # Metadata corresponding to the external user. # Metadata corresponding to the external user.
+        "familyName": "A String", # The user's family name.
+        "givenName": "A String", # The user's given name.
+        "primaryEmail": "A String", # The user's primary email address.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
estimateDataSize(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Estimates the data size to be used by a customer.
@@ -1041,6 +1083,11 @@ 

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -1292,6 +1339,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html index e7824d74ce..449dab1edf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html @@ -119,8 +119,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -167,8 +174,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -221,8 +235,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -270,8 +291,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -318,8 +346,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 295fc3035f..4b6d4acd93 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -237,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -1774,6 +1775,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1835,6 +1837,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2416,6 +2419,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2477,6 +2481,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3106,6 +3111,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html index 8b8cbe58b2..a0ec3226e2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html @@ -514,6 +514,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customer might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index 805c2845da..583909ebd2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -114,13 +114,16 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a Engine.

+

Creates an Engine.

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a Engine.

+

Deletes an Engine.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a Engine.

+

Gets an Engine.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all the Engines associated with the project.

@@ -132,13 +135,16 @@

Instance Methods

Updates an Engine

pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.

tune(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

Method Details

close() @@ -147,7 +153,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a Engine.
+  
Creates an Engine.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}`. (required)
@@ -281,7 +287,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a Engine.
+  
Deletes an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to delete the Engine, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Engine to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned. (required)
@@ -316,7 +322,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a Engine.
+  
Gets an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. (required)
@@ -424,6 +430,41 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists all the Engines associated with the project.
@@ -767,7 +808,7 @@ 

Method Details

pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the engine to pause. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
@@ -883,7 +924,7 @@ 

Method Details

resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the engine to resume. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
@@ -997,9 +1038,67 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
tune(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the engine to tune. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index 7b5d7dcb44..dd6380d93e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -237,6 +237,7 @@ 

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -1774,6 +1775,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1835,6 +1837,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2416,6 +2419,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2477,6 +2481,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3106,6 +3111,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index d594af4fef..3fcb721e0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -237,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -1774,6 +1775,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1835,6 +1837,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2416,6 +2419,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2477,6 +2481,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3106,6 +3111,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html index 95fd95ab6e..79aa3f9742 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html @@ -233,6 +233,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -294,6 +295,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -556,6 +558,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -617,6 +620,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -855,6 +859,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -916,6 +921,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html index dfd49aa68a..a33970d746 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html @@ -103,6 +103,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -133,6 +139,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -169,6 +181,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -200,6 +218,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -230,6 +254,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroupAds.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroupAds.html index 44b476250f..1f765d4a55 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroupAds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroupAds.html @@ -122,8 +122,9 @@

Method Details

"finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. @@ -131,19 +132,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, @@ -157,19 +159,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -184,16 +187,18 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, @@ -203,19 +208,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -228,8 +234,9 @@

Method Details

"headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. @@ -238,12 +245,12 @@

Method Details

], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -265,8 +272,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, @@ -309,8 +317,9 @@

Method Details

"finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. @@ -318,19 +327,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, @@ -344,19 +354,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -371,16 +382,18 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, @@ -390,19 +403,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -415,8 +429,9 @@

Method Details

"headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. @@ -425,12 +440,12 @@

Method Details

], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -452,8 +467,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html index 3b7c557e0b..fd5b6a0258 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html @@ -243,20 +243,21 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "adUrls": [ # List of URLs used by the ad. + "adUrls": [ # Output only. List of URLs used by the ad. { # Additional URLs related to the ad, including beacons. "type": "A String", # The type of the Ad URL. "url": "A String", # The URL string value. }, ], - "advertiserId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Output only. Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. @@ -264,19 +265,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, @@ -290,19 +292,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -317,16 +320,18 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, @@ -336,19 +341,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -361,8 +367,9 @@

Method Details

"headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. @@ -371,12 +378,12 @@

Method Details

], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -398,8 +405,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, @@ -562,20 +570,21 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "adUrls": [ # List of URLs used by the ad. + "adUrls": [ # Output only. List of URLs used by the ad. { # Additional URLs related to the ad, including beacons. "type": "A String", # The type of the Ad URL. "url": "A String", # The URL string value. }, ], - "advertiserId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Output only. Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. @@ -583,19 +592,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, @@ -609,19 +619,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -636,16 +647,18 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, @@ -655,19 +668,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -680,8 +694,9 @@

Method Details

"headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. @@ -690,12 +705,12 @@

Method Details

], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -717,8 +732,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html index 3d8f7e8e27..3c0732eefb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html @@ -487,10 +487,10 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A single ad group associated with a line item. - "adGroupFormat": "A String", # The format of the ads in the ad group. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. - "advertiserId": "A String", # The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. - "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. + "adGroupFormat": "A String", # Required. The format of the ads in the ad group. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. + "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, @@ -513,11 +513,11 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_SHARE_OF_VOICE` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "entityStatus": "A String", # Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. - "lineItemId": "A String", # The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the ad group. - "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # The settings of the product feed in this ad group. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. + "lineItemId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group. + "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group. "isFeedDisabled": True or False, # Whether the product feed has opted-out of showing products. "productMatchDimensions": [ # A list of dimensions used to match products. { # A dimension used to match products. @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@

Method Details

], "productMatchType": "A String", # How products are selected by the product feed. }, - "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. + "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. "audienceExpansionLevel": "A String", # Output only. Magnitude of expansion for eligible first-party user lists under this ad group. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "audienceExpansionSeedListExcluded": True or False, # Output only. Whether to exclude seed list for audience expansion. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "enableOptimizedTargeting": True or False, # Required. Whether to enable Optimized Targeting for the line item. Optimized targeting is not compatible with all bid strategies. Attempting to set this field to `true` for a line item using the BiddingStrategy field fixed_bid or one of the following combinations of BiddingStrategy fields and BiddingStrategyPerformanceGoalType will result in an error: maximize_auto_spend_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` performance_goal_auto_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` @@ -559,10 +559,10 @@

Method Details

{ "adGroups": [ # The list of ad groups. This list will be absent if empty. { # A single ad group associated with a line item. - "adGroupFormat": "A String", # The format of the ads in the ad group. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. - "advertiserId": "A String", # The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. - "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. + "adGroupFormat": "A String", # Required. The format of the ads in the ad group. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. + "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, @@ -585,11 +585,11 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_SHARE_OF_VOICE` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "entityStatus": "A String", # Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. - "lineItemId": "A String", # The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the ad group. - "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # The settings of the product feed in this ad group. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. + "lineItemId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group. + "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group. "isFeedDisabled": True or False, # Whether the product feed has opted-out of showing products. "productMatchDimensions": [ # A list of dimensions used to match products. { # A dimension used to match products. @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@

Method Details

], "productMatchType": "A String", # How products are selected by the product feed. }, - "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. + "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. "audienceExpansionLevel": "A String", # Output only. Magnitude of expansion for eligible first-party user lists under this ad group. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "audienceExpansionSeedListExcluded": True or False, # Output only. Whether to exclude seed list for audience expansion. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "enableOptimizedTargeting": True or False, # Required. Whether to enable Optimized Targeting for the line item. Optimized targeting is not compatible with all bid strategies. Attempting to set this field to `true` for a line item using the BiddingStrategy field fixed_bid or one of the following combinations of BiddingStrategy fields and BiddingStrategyPerformanceGoalType will result in an error: maximize_auto_spend_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` performance_goal_auto_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html index d401b3c403..06193e4083 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A single ad associated with an ad group. "adGroupAdId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad. Assigned by the system. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to. *Caution*: Parent ad groups for Demand Gen ads are not currently retrieveable using `advertisers.adGroups.list` or `advertisers.adGroups.get`. Demand Gen ads can be identified by the absence of the `ad_details` union field. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to. "adPolicy": { # A single ad policy associated with an ad group ad. # Output only. The policy approval status of the ad. "adPolicyApprovalStatus": "A String", # The policy approval status of an ad, indicating the approval decision. "adPolicyReviewStatus": "A String", # The policy review status of an ad, indicating where in the review process the ad is currently. @@ -243,73 +243,76 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "adUrls": [ # List of URLs used by the ad. + "adUrls": [ # Output only. List of URLs used by the ad. { # Additional URLs related to the ad, including beacons. "type": "A String", # The type of the Ad URL. "url": "A String", # The URL string value. }, ], "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. - "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. + "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Output only. Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, - "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. + "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "displayVideoSourceAd": { # The ad sourced from a DV360 creative. # Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "displayVideoSourceAd": { # The ad sourced from a DV360 creative. # Output only. Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative. "creativeId": "A String", # The ID of the source creative. }, - "entityStatus": "A String", # The entity status of the ad. - "inStreamAd": { # Details for an in-stream ad. # Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. The entity status of the ad. + "inStreamAd": { # Details for an in-stream ad. # Output only. Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. "a_key": "A String", }, }, - "mastheadAd": { # Details for a Masthead Ad. # Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826). + "mastheadAd": { # Details for a Masthead Ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826). "autoplayVideoDuration": "A String", # The duration of time the video will autoplay. "autoplayVideoStartMillisecond": "A String", # The amount of time in milliseconds after which the video will start to play. "callToActionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. @@ -317,66 +320,70 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the ad. - "nonSkippableAd": { # Details for a non-skippable ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives. + "nonSkippableAd": { # Details for a non-skippable ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. "a_key": "A String", }, }, - "videoDiscoverAd": { # Details for a video discovery ad. # Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery. + "videoDiscoverAd": { # Details for a video discovery ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery. "description1": "A String", # First text line for the ad. "description2": "A String", # Second text line for the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, - "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. + "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. "actionButtonLabels": [ # The list of text assets shown on the call-to-action button. "A String", ], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -398,8 +405,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, @@ -428,7 +436,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupAds": [ # The list of ads. This list will be absent if empty. { # A single ad associated with an ad group. "adGroupAdId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad. Assigned by the system. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to. *Caution*: Parent ad groups for Demand Gen ads are not currently retrieveable using `advertisers.adGroups.list` or `advertisers.adGroups.get`. Demand Gen ads can be identified by the absence of the `ad_details` union field. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to. "adPolicy": { # A single ad policy associated with an ad group ad. # Output only. The policy approval status of the ad. "adPolicyApprovalStatus": "A String", # The policy approval status of an ad, indicating the approval decision. "adPolicyReviewStatus": "A String", # The policy review status of an ad, indicating where in the review process the ad is currently. @@ -562,73 +570,76 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "adUrls": [ # List of URLs used by the ad. + "adUrls": [ # Output only. List of URLs used by the ad. { # Additional URLs related to the ad, including beacons. "type": "A String", # The type of the Ad URL. "url": "A String", # The URL string value. }, ], "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. - "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. + "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Output only. Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, - "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. + "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "displayVideoSourceAd": { # The ad sourced from a DV360 creative. # Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "displayVideoSourceAd": { # The ad sourced from a DV360 creative. # Output only. Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative. "creativeId": "A String", # The ID of the source creative. }, - "entityStatus": "A String", # The entity status of the ad. - "inStreamAd": { # Details for an in-stream ad. # Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. The entity status of the ad. + "inStreamAd": { # Details for an in-stream ad. # Output only. Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. "a_key": "A String", }, }, - "mastheadAd": { # Details for a Masthead Ad. # Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826). + "mastheadAd": { # Details for a Masthead Ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826). "autoplayVideoDuration": "A String", # The duration of time the video will autoplay. "autoplayVideoStartMillisecond": "A String", # The amount of time in milliseconds after which the video will start to play. "callToActionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. @@ -636,66 +647,70 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the ad. - "nonSkippableAd": { # Details for a non-skippable ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives. + "nonSkippableAd": { # Details for a non-skippable ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. "a_key": "A String", }, }, - "videoDiscoverAd": { # Details for a video discovery ad. # Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery. + "videoDiscoverAd": { # Details for a video discovery ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery. "description1": "A String", # First text line for the ad. "description2": "A String", # Second text line for the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, - "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. + "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. "actionButtonLabels": [ # The list of text assets shown on the call-to-action button. "A String", ], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -717,8 +732,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html index e2322f44b0..bb08cfbf9a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html @@ -492,10 +492,10 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A single ad group associated with a line item. - "adGroupFormat": "A String", # The format of the ads in the ad group. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. - "advertiserId": "A String", # The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. - "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. + "adGroupFormat": "A String", # Required. The format of the ads in the ad group. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. + "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, @@ -518,11 +518,11 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_SHARE_OF_VOICE` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "entityStatus": "A String", # Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. - "lineItemId": "A String", # The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the ad group. - "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # The settings of the product feed in this ad group. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. + "lineItemId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group. + "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group. "isFeedDisabled": True or False, # Whether the product feed has opted-out of showing products. "productMatchDimensions": [ # A list of dimensions used to match products. { # A dimension used to match products. @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@

Method Details

], "productMatchType": "A String", # How products are selected by the product feed. }, - "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. + "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. "audienceExpansionLevel": "A String", # Output only. Magnitude of expansion for eligible first-party user lists under this ad group. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "audienceExpansionSeedListExcluded": True or False, # Output only. Whether to exclude seed list for audience expansion. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "enableOptimizedTargeting": True or False, # Required. Whether to enable Optimized Targeting for the line item. Optimized targeting is not compatible with all bid strategies. Attempting to set this field to `true` for a line item using the BiddingStrategy field fixed_bid or one of the following combinations of BiddingStrategy fields and BiddingStrategyPerformanceGoalType will result in an error: maximize_auto_spend_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` performance_goal_auto_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` @@ -564,10 +564,10 @@

Method Details

{ "adGroups": [ # The list of ad groups. This list will be absent if empty. { # A single ad group associated with a line item. - "adGroupFormat": "A String", # The format of the ads in the ad group. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. - "advertiserId": "A String", # The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. - "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. + "adGroupFormat": "A String", # Required. The format of the ads in the ad group. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. + "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, @@ -590,11 +590,11 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_SHARE_OF_VOICE` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "entityStatus": "A String", # Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. - "lineItemId": "A String", # The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the ad group. - "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # The settings of the product feed in this ad group. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. + "lineItemId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group. + "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group. "isFeedDisabled": True or False, # Whether the product feed has opted-out of showing products. "productMatchDimensions": [ # A list of dimensions used to match products. { # A dimension used to match products. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@

Method Details

], "productMatchType": "A String", # How products are selected by the product feed. }, - "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. + "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. "audienceExpansionLevel": "A String", # Output only. Magnitude of expansion for eligible first-party user lists under this ad group. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "audienceExpansionSeedListExcluded": True or False, # Output only. Whether to exclude seed list for audience expansion. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "enableOptimizedTargeting": True or False, # Required. Whether to enable Optimized Targeting for the line item. Optimized targeting is not compatible with all bid strategies. Attempting to set this field to `true` for a line item using the BiddingStrategy field fixed_bid or one of the following combinations of BiddingStrategy fields and BiddingStrategyPerformanceGoalType will result in an error: maximize_auto_spend_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` performance_goal_auto_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html index cc7d736e76..63ccd60208 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

"requests": [ # Required. The request messages specifying the ResourcePolicy objects to update. A maximum of 100 objects can be updated in a batch. { # Request message for the UpdateResourcePolicy method as well as an individual update message for the BatchUpdateResourcePolicies method. "resourcePolicy": { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. # Required. The ResourcePolicy to update. The ResourcePolicy's `name` field is used to identify the ResourcePolicy to be updated, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for the BatchUpdateResourcePolicies method. "resourcePolicies": [ # ResourcePolicy objects after the updates have been applied. { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # If the result list is too large to fit in a single response, then a token is returned. If the string is empty or omitted, then this response is the last page of results. This token can be used in a subsequent call to ListResourcePolicies to find the next group of ResourcePolicy objects. Page tokens are short-lived and should not be persisted. "resourcePolicies": [ # The ResourcePolicy objects retrieved. { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domainStats.html b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domainStats.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..263d286c0c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domainStats.html @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ + + + +

Gmail Postmaster Tools API . domainStats

+

Instance Methods

+

+ batchQuery(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Executes a batch of QueryDomainStats requests for multiple domains. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for any of the requested domains.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ batchQuery(body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Executes a batch of QueryDomainStats requests for multiple domains. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for any of the requested domains.
+
+Args:
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for BatchQueryDomainStats.
+  "requests": [ # Required. A list of individual query requests. Each request can be for a different domain. A maximum of 100 requests can be included in a single batch.
+    { # Request message for QueryDomainStats.
+      "aggregationGranularity": "A String", # Optional. The granularity at which to aggregate the statistics. If unspecified, defaults to DAILY.
+      "metricDefinitions": [ # Required. The specific metrics to query. You can define a custom name for each metric, which will be used in the response.
+        { # Defines a specific metric to query, including a user-defined name, the base metric type, and optional filters.
+          "baseMetric": { # Specifies the base metric to query, which can be a predefined standard metric or a user-defined custom metric (if supported in the future). # Required. The underlying metric to query.
+            "standardMetric": "A String", # A predefined standard metric.
+          },
+          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Optional filters to apply to the metric.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name for this metric. This name will be used as the key for this metric's value in the response.
+        },
+      ],
+      "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of DomainStats resources to return in the response. The server may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, a default value of 10 will be used. The maximum value is 200.
+      "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any. If the aggregation granularity is DAILY, the page token will be the encoded date + "/" + metric name. If the aggregation granularity is OVERALL, the page token will be the encoded metric name.
+      "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent resource name where the stats are queried. Format: domains/{domain}
+      "timeQuery": { # The date ranges or specific dates for which you want to retrieve data. # Required. The time range or specific dates for which to retrieve the metrics.
+        "dateList": { # A set of specific dates. # A list of specific dates.
+          "dates": [ # Required. The list of specific dates for which to retrieve data.
+            { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "dateRanges": { # A set of date ranges. # A list of date ranges.
+          "dateRanges": [ # Required. The list of date ranges for which to retrieve data.
+            { # A single date range defined by a start and end date.
+              "end": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The inclusive end date of the date range.
+                "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+                "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+                "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+              },
+              "start": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The inclusive start date of the date range.
+                "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+                "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+                "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for BatchQueryDomainStats.
+  "results": [ # A list of responses, one for each query in the BatchQueryDomainStatsRequest. The order of responses will correspond to the order of requests.
+    { # Represents the result of a single QueryDomainStatsRequest within a batch.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error status if the individual query failed.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "response": { # Response message for QueryDomainStats. # The successful response for the individual query.
+        "domainStats": [ # The list of domain statistics. Each DomainStat object contains the value for a metric requested in the QueryDomainStatsRequest.
+          { # Email statistics for a domain for a specified time period or date.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The specific date for these stats, if granularity is DAILY. This field is populated if the QueryDomainStatsRequest specified a DAILY aggregation granularity.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "metric": "A String", # The user-defined name from MetricDefinition.name in the request, used to correlate this result with the requested metric.
+            "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the DomainStat resource. Format: domains/{domain}/domainStats/{domain_stat} The `{domain_stat}` segment is an opaque, server-generated ID. We recommend using the `metric` field to identify queried metrics instead of parsing the name.
+            "value": { # The actual value of a statistic. # The value of the corresponding metric.
+              "doubleValue": 3.14, # Double value.
+              "floatValue": 3.14, # Float value.
+              "intValue": "A String", # Integer value.
+              "stringList": { # Represents a list of strings. # List of string values.
+                "values": [ # The string values.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValue": "A String", # String value.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.domainStats.html b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.domainStats.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae579ab906 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.domainStats.html @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ + + + +

Gmail Postmaster Tools API . domains . domainStats

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ query(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of domain statistics for a given domain and time period. Returns statistics only for dates where data is available. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for the domain.

+

+ query_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ query(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of domain statistics for a given domain and time period. Returns statistics only for dates where data is available. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for the domain.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name where the stats are queried. Format: domains/{domain} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for QueryDomainStats.
+  "aggregationGranularity": "A String", # Optional. The granularity at which to aggregate the statistics. If unspecified, defaults to DAILY.
+  "metricDefinitions": [ # Required. The specific metrics to query. You can define a custom name for each metric, which will be used in the response.
+    { # Defines a specific metric to query, including a user-defined name, the base metric type, and optional filters.
+      "baseMetric": { # Specifies the base metric to query, which can be a predefined standard metric or a user-defined custom metric (if supported in the future). # Required. The underlying metric to query.
+        "standardMetric": "A String", # A predefined standard metric.
+      },
+      "filter": "A String", # Optional. Optional filters to apply to the metric.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name for this metric. This name will be used as the key for this metric's value in the response.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of DomainStats resources to return in the response. The server may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, a default value of 10 will be used. The maximum value is 200.
+  "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any. If the aggregation granularity is DAILY, the page token will be the encoded date + "/" + metric name. If the aggregation granularity is OVERALL, the page token will be the encoded metric name.
+  "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent resource name where the stats are queried. Format: domains/{domain}
+  "timeQuery": { # The date ranges or specific dates for which you want to retrieve data. # Required. The time range or specific dates for which to retrieve the metrics.
+    "dateList": { # A set of specific dates. # A list of specific dates.
+      "dates": [ # Required. The list of specific dates for which to retrieve data.
+        { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "dateRanges": { # A set of date ranges. # A list of date ranges.
+      "dateRanges": [ # Required. The list of date ranges for which to retrieve data.
+        { # A single date range defined by a start and end date.
+          "end": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The inclusive end date of the date range.
+            "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+            "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+            "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+          },
+          "start": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The inclusive start date of the date range.
+            "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+            "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+            "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for QueryDomainStats.
+  "domainStats": [ # The list of domain statistics. Each DomainStat object contains the value for a metric requested in the QueryDomainStatsRequest.
+    { # Email statistics for a domain for a specified time period or date.
+      "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The specific date for these stats, if granularity is DAILY. This field is populated if the QueryDomainStatsRequest specified a DAILY aggregation granularity.
+        "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+        "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+        "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+      },
+      "metric": "A String", # The user-defined name from MetricDefinition.name in the request, used to correlate this result with the requested metric.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the DomainStat resource. Format: domains/{domain}/domainStats/{domain_stat} The `{domain_stat}` segment is an opaque, server-generated ID. We recommend using the `metric` field to identify queried metrics instead of parsing the name.
+      "value": { # The actual value of a statistic. # The value of the corresponding metric.
+        "doubleValue": 3.14, # Double value.
+        "floatValue": 3.14, # Float value.
+        "intValue": "A String", # Integer value.
+        "stringList": { # Represents a list of strings. # List of string values.
+          "values": [ # The string values.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValue": "A String", # String value.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+}
+
+ +
+ query_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.html b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c789825aff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.html @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ + + + +

Gmail Postmaster Tools API . domains

+

Instance Methods

+

+ domainStats() +

+

Returns the domainStats Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves detailed information about a domain registered by you. Returns NOT_FOUND if the domain is not registered by you. Domain represents the metadata of a domain that has been registered within the system and linked to a user.

+

+ getComplianceStatus(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the compliance status for a given domain. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access compliance status for the domain.

+

+ list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of all domains registered by you, along with their corresponding metadata. The order of domains in the response is unspecified and non-deterministic. Newly registered domains will not necessarily be added to the end of this list.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves detailed information about a domain registered by you. Returns NOT_FOUND if the domain is not registered by you. Domain represents the metadata of a domain that has been registered within the system and linked to a user.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the domain. Format: `domains/{domain_name}`, where domain_name is the fully qualified domain name (i.e., mymail.mydomain.com). (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Information about a domain registered by the user.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp at which the domain was added to the user's account.
+  "lastVerifyTime": "A String", # The timestamp at which the domain was last verified by the user.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the domain. Format: `domains/{domain_name}`, where domain_name is the fully qualified domain name (i.e., mymail.mydomain.com).
+  "permission": "A String", # Output only. User's permission of this domain.
+  "verificationState": "A String", # Output only. Information about a user's verification history and properties for the domain.
+}
+
+ +
+ getComplianceStatus(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the compliance status for a given domain. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access compliance status for the domain.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the domain's compliance status to retrieve. Format: `domains/{domain_id}/complianceStatus`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Compliance status for a domain.
+  "complianceData": { # Compliance data for a given domain. # Compliance data for the registrable domain part of the domain in `name`. For example, if `name` is `domains/example.com/complianceStatus`, this field contains compliance data for `example.com`.
+    "domainId": "A String", # Domain that this data is for.
+    "honorUnsubscribeVerdict": { # Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the unsubscribe honoring compliance requirement. # Unsubscribe honoring compliance verdict.
+      "reason": "A String", # The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.
+      "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status.
+        "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+      },
+    },
+    "oneClickUnsubscribeVerdict": { # Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the one-click unsubscribe compliance requirement. # One-click unsubscribe compliance verdict.
+      "reason": "A String", # The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.
+      "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status.
+        "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+      },
+    },
+    "rowData": [ # Data for each of the rows of the table. Each message contains all the data that backs a single row.
+      { # Data for a single row of the compliance status table.
+        "requirement": "A String", # The compliance requirement.
+        "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status for the requirement.
+          "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the domain's compliance status. Format: `domains/{domain_id}/complianceStatus`.
+  "subdomainComplianceData": { # Compliance data for a given domain. # Compliance data calculated specifically for the subdomain in `name`. This field is only populated if the domain in `name` is a subdomain that differs from its registrable domain (e.g., `sub.example.com`), and if compliance data is available for that specific subdomain.
+    "domainId": "A String", # Domain that this data is for.
+    "honorUnsubscribeVerdict": { # Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the unsubscribe honoring compliance requirement. # Unsubscribe honoring compliance verdict.
+      "reason": "A String", # The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.
+      "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status.
+        "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+      },
+    },
+    "oneClickUnsubscribeVerdict": { # Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the one-click unsubscribe compliance requirement. # One-click unsubscribe compliance verdict.
+      "reason": "A String", # The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.
+      "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status.
+        "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+      },
+    },
+    "rowData": [ # Data for each of the rows of the table. Each message contains all the data that backs a single row.
+      { # Data for a single row of the compliance status table.
+        "requirement": "A String", # The compliance requirement.
+        "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status for the requirement.
+          "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of all domains registered by you, along with their corresponding metadata. The order of domains in the response is unspecified and non-deterministic. Newly registered domains will not necessarily be added to the end of this list.
+
+Args:
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer domains than requested. If unspecified, the default value for this field is 10. The maximum value for this field is 200.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListDomains.
+  "domains": [ # The domains that have been registered by the user.
+    { # Information about a domain registered by the user.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp at which the domain was added to the user's account.
+      "lastVerifyTime": "A String", # The timestamp at which the domain was last verified by the user.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the domain. Format: `domains/{domain_name}`, where domain_name is the fully qualified domain name (i.e., mymail.mydomain.com).
+      "permission": "A String", # Output only. User's permission of this domain.
+      "verificationState": "A String", # Output only. Information about a user's verification history and properties for the domain.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.html b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f5777c9181 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + +

Gmail Postmaster Tools API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ domainStats() +

+

Returns the domainStats Resource.

+ +

+ domains() +

+

Returns the domains Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index ba855d7c33..8a6d38258d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@

Method Details

}, "newSpotInstances": { # When set in a ComputeResourceConfig, indicates that [spot VM](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/spot) instances should be created. # Optional. Immutable. If set, indicates that this resource should use spot VMs. "machineType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-resource) to use, e.g. `n2-standard-2`. - "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the termination action of the instance + "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Termination action for the instance. If not specified, Compute Engine sets the termination action to DELETE. "zone": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the zone in which VM instances should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, }, @@ -184,15 +184,15 @@

Method Details

"startupScript": "A String", # Optional. [Startup script](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/startup-scripts/linux) to be run on each login node instance. Max 256KB. The script must complete within the system-defined default timeout of 5 minutes. For tasks that require more time, consider running them in the background using methods such as `&` or `nohup`. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each login node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], "zone": "A String", # Required. Name of the zone in which login nodes should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, - "nodeSets": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm nodesets, which define groups of compute resources that can be used by Slurm. At least one compute node is required. + "nodeSets": [ # Optional. Compute resource configuration for the Slurm nodesets in your cluster. If not specified, the cluster won't create any nodes. { # Configuration for Slurm nodesets in the cluster. Nodesets are groups of compute nodes used by Slurm that are responsible for running workloads submitted to the cluster. - "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's [compute_resources](Cluster.compute_resources). + "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's compute_resources. "computeInstance": { # When set in a SlurmNodeSet, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine VM instances. # Optional. If set, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine instances. "bootDisk": { # A [Persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks) used as the boot disk for a Compute Engine VM instance. # Optional. Boot disk for the compute instance "sizeGb": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Size of the disk in gigabytes. Must be at least 10GB. @@ -208,13 +208,13 @@

Method Details

"staticNodeCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of nodes to be statically created for this nodeset. The cluster will attempt to ensure that at least this many nodes exist at all times. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each compute node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], }, ], - "partitions": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm partitions, which group one or more nodesets. Acts as a queue against which jobs can be submitted. At least one partition is required. + "partitions": [ # Optional. Configuration for the Slurm partitions in your cluster. Each partition can contain one or more nodesets, and you can submit separate jobs on each partition. If you don't specify at least one partition in your cluster, you can't submit jobs to the cluster. { # Configuration for Slurm partitions in the cluster. Partitions are groups of nodesets, and are how clients specify where their workloads should be run. "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the partition, which is how users will identify it. Must conform to [RFC-1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (lower-case, alphanumeric, and at most 63 characters). "nodeSetIds": [ # Required. IDs of the nodesets that make up this partition. Values must match SlurmNodeSet.id. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@

Method Details

}, "newSpotInstances": { # When set in a ComputeResourceConfig, indicates that [spot VM](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/spot) instances should be created. # Optional. Immutable. If set, indicates that this resource should use spot VMs. "machineType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-resource) to use, e.g. `n2-standard-2`. - "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the termination action of the instance + "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Termination action for the instance. If not specified, Compute Engine sets the termination action to DELETE. "zone": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the zone in which VM instances should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, }, @@ -439,15 +439,15 @@

Method Details

"startupScript": "A String", # Optional. [Startup script](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/startup-scripts/linux) to be run on each login node instance. Max 256KB. The script must complete within the system-defined default timeout of 5 minutes. For tasks that require more time, consider running them in the background using methods such as `&` or `nohup`. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each login node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], "zone": "A String", # Required. Name of the zone in which login nodes should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, - "nodeSets": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm nodesets, which define groups of compute resources that can be used by Slurm. At least one compute node is required. + "nodeSets": [ # Optional. Compute resource configuration for the Slurm nodesets in your cluster. If not specified, the cluster won't create any nodes. { # Configuration for Slurm nodesets in the cluster. Nodesets are groups of compute nodes used by Slurm that are responsible for running workloads submitted to the cluster. - "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's [compute_resources](Cluster.compute_resources). + "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's compute_resources. "computeInstance": { # When set in a SlurmNodeSet, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine VM instances. # Optional. If set, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine instances. "bootDisk": { # A [Persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks) used as the boot disk for a Compute Engine VM instance. # Optional. Boot disk for the compute instance "sizeGb": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Size of the disk in gigabytes. Must be at least 10GB. @@ -463,13 +463,13 @@

Method Details

"staticNodeCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of nodes to be statically created for this nodeset. The cluster will attempt to ensure that at least this many nodes exist at all times. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each compute node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], }, ], - "partitions": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm partitions, which group one or more nodesets. Acts as a queue against which jobs can be submitted. At least one partition is required. + "partitions": [ # Optional. Configuration for the Slurm partitions in your cluster. Each partition can contain one or more nodesets, and you can submit separate jobs on each partition. If you don't specify at least one partition in your cluster, you can't submit jobs to the cluster. { # Configuration for Slurm partitions in the cluster. Partitions are groups of nodesets, and are how clients specify where their workloads should be run. "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the partition, which is how users will identify it. Must conform to [RFC-1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (lower-case, alphanumeric, and at most 63 characters). "nodeSetIds": [ # Required. IDs of the nodesets that make up this partition. Values must match SlurmNodeSet.id. @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@

Method Details

}, "newSpotInstances": { # When set in a ComputeResourceConfig, indicates that [spot VM](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/spot) instances should be created. # Optional. Immutable. If set, indicates that this resource should use spot VMs. "machineType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-resource) to use, e.g. `n2-standard-2`. - "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the termination action of the instance + "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Termination action for the instance. If not specified, Compute Engine sets the termination action to DELETE. "zone": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the zone in which VM instances should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, }, @@ -634,15 +634,15 @@

Method Details

"startupScript": "A String", # Optional. [Startup script](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/startup-scripts/linux) to be run on each login node instance. Max 256KB. The script must complete within the system-defined default timeout of 5 minutes. For tasks that require more time, consider running them in the background using methods such as `&` or `nohup`. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each login node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], "zone": "A String", # Required. Name of the zone in which login nodes should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, - "nodeSets": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm nodesets, which define groups of compute resources that can be used by Slurm. At least one compute node is required. + "nodeSets": [ # Optional. Compute resource configuration for the Slurm nodesets in your cluster. If not specified, the cluster won't create any nodes. { # Configuration for Slurm nodesets in the cluster. Nodesets are groups of compute nodes used by Slurm that are responsible for running workloads submitted to the cluster. - "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's [compute_resources](Cluster.compute_resources). + "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's compute_resources. "computeInstance": { # When set in a SlurmNodeSet, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine VM instances. # Optional. If set, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine instances. "bootDisk": { # A [Persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks) used as the boot disk for a Compute Engine VM instance. # Optional. Boot disk for the compute instance "sizeGb": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Size of the disk in gigabytes. Must be at least 10GB. @@ -658,13 +658,13 @@

Method Details

"staticNodeCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of nodes to be statically created for this nodeset. The cluster will attempt to ensure that at least this many nodes exist at all times. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each compute node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], }, ], - "partitions": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm partitions, which group one or more nodesets. Acts as a queue against which jobs can be submitted. At least one partition is required. + "partitions": [ # Optional. Configuration for the Slurm partitions in your cluster. Each partition can contain one or more nodesets, and you can submit separate jobs on each partition. If you don't specify at least one partition in your cluster, you can't submit jobs to the cluster. { # Configuration for Slurm partitions in the cluster. Partitions are groups of nodesets, and are how clients specify where their workloads should be run. "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the partition, which is how users will identify it. Must conform to [RFC-1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (lower-case, alphanumeric, and at most 63 characters). "nodeSetIds": [ # Required. IDs of the nodesets that make up this partition. Values must match SlurmNodeSet.id. @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@

Method Details

}, "newSpotInstances": { # When set in a ComputeResourceConfig, indicates that [spot VM](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/spot) instances should be created. # Optional. Immutable. If set, indicates that this resource should use spot VMs. "machineType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-resource) to use, e.g. `n2-standard-2`. - "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the termination action of the instance + "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Termination action for the instance. If not specified, Compute Engine sets the termination action to DELETE. "zone": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the zone in which VM instances should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, }, @@ -838,15 +838,15 @@

Method Details

"startupScript": "A String", # Optional. [Startup script](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/startup-scripts/linux) to be run on each login node instance. Max 256KB. The script must complete within the system-defined default timeout of 5 minutes. For tasks that require more time, consider running them in the background using methods such as `&` or `nohup`. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each login node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], "zone": "A String", # Required. Name of the zone in which login nodes should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, - "nodeSets": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm nodesets, which define groups of compute resources that can be used by Slurm. At least one compute node is required. + "nodeSets": [ # Optional. Compute resource configuration for the Slurm nodesets in your cluster. If not specified, the cluster won't create any nodes. { # Configuration for Slurm nodesets in the cluster. Nodesets are groups of compute nodes used by Slurm that are responsible for running workloads submitted to the cluster. - "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's [compute_resources](Cluster.compute_resources). + "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's compute_resources. "computeInstance": { # When set in a SlurmNodeSet, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine VM instances. # Optional. If set, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine instances. "bootDisk": { # A [Persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks) used as the boot disk for a Compute Engine VM instance. # Optional. Boot disk for the compute instance "sizeGb": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Size of the disk in gigabytes. Must be at least 10GB. @@ -862,13 +862,13 @@

Method Details

"staticNodeCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of nodes to be statically created for this nodeset. The cluster will attempt to ensure that at least this many nodes exist at all times. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each compute node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], }, ], - "partitions": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm partitions, which group one or more nodesets. Acts as a queue against which jobs can be submitted. At least one partition is required. + "partitions": [ # Optional. Configuration for the Slurm partitions in your cluster. Each partition can contain one or more nodesets, and you can submit separate jobs on each partition. If you don't specify at least one partition in your cluster, you can't submit jobs to the cluster. { # Configuration for Slurm partitions in the cluster. Partitions are groups of nodesets, and are how clients specify where their workloads should be run. "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the partition, which is how users will identify it. Must conform to [RFC-1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (lower-case, alphanumeric, and at most 63 characters). "nodeSetIds": [ # Required. IDs of the nodesets that make up this partition. Values must match SlurmNodeSet.id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html index 86c0777b9b..1ad4790bf0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html
index 5365f8ed04..4a1146a5a4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ 

Method Details

"filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, - "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. The configuration for OAuth 2.0 client used to get the additional user attributes. This should be used when users can't get the desired claims in authentication credentials. Currently, this configuration is only supported with OIDC protocol. + "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. Defines the configuration for the OAuth 2.0 client that is used to get the additional user attributes in a separate backchannel call to the identity provider. This should be used when users can't get the required claims in authentication credentials. Currently, the OAuth 2.0 protocol is the only supported authorization method for this backchannel call. "attributesType": "A String", # Required. Represents the IdP and type of claims that should be fetched. "clientId": "A String", # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client ID for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. "clientSecret": { # Representation of a client secret configured for the OIDC provider. # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client secret for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@

Method Details

"filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, - "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. The configuration for OAuth 2.0 client used to get the additional user attributes. This should be used when users can't get the desired claims in authentication credentials. Currently, this configuration is only supported with OIDC protocol. + "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. Defines the configuration for the OAuth 2.0 client that is used to get the additional user attributes in a separate backchannel call to the identity provider. This should be used when users can't get the required claims in authentication credentials. Currently, the OAuth 2.0 protocol is the only supported authorization method for this backchannel call. "attributesType": "A String", # Required. Represents the IdP and type of claims that should be fetched. "clientId": "A String", # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client ID for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. "clientSecret": { # Representation of a client secret configured for the OIDC provider. # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client secret for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@

Method Details

"filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, - "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. The configuration for OAuth 2.0 client used to get the additional user attributes. This should be used when users can't get the desired claims in authentication credentials. Currently, this configuration is only supported with OIDC protocol. + "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. Defines the configuration for the OAuth 2.0 client that is used to get the additional user attributes in a separate backchannel call to the identity provider. This should be used when users can't get the required claims in authentication credentials. Currently, the OAuth 2.0 protocol is the only supported authorization method for this backchannel call. "attributesType": "A String", # Required. Represents the IdP and type of claims that should be fetched. "clientId": "A String", # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client ID for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. "clientSecret": { # Representation of a client secret configured for the OIDC provider. # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client secret for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

"filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, - "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. The configuration for OAuth 2.0 client used to get the additional user attributes. This should be used when users can't get the desired claims in authentication credentials. Currently, this configuration is only supported with OIDC protocol. + "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. Defines the configuration for the OAuth 2.0 client that is used to get the additional user attributes in a separate backchannel call to the identity provider. This should be used when users can't get the required claims in authentication credentials. Currently, the OAuth 2.0 protocol is the only supported authorization method for this backchannel call. "attributesType": "A String", # Required. Represents the IdP and type of claims that should be fetched. "clientId": "A String", # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client ID for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. "clientSecret": { # Representation of a client secret configured for the OIDC provider. # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client secret for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html index 16154e1af5..8837a57ba2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html @@ -179,6 +179,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "oauthSettings": { # Configuration for OAuth login&consent flow behavior as well as for OAuth Credentials. # Optional. Settings to configure IAP's OAuth behavior. + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID + "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID "loginHint": "A String", # Domain hint to send as hd=? parameter in OAuth request flow. Enables redirect to primary IDP by skipping Google's login screen. https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect#hd-param Note: IAP does not verify that the id token's hd claim matches this value since access behavior is managed by IAM policies. "programmaticClients": [ # Optional. List of client ids allowed to use IAP programmatically. "A String", @@ -383,6 +386,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "oauthSettings": { # Configuration for OAuth login&consent flow behavior as well as for OAuth Credentials. # Optional. Settings to configure IAP's OAuth behavior. + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID + "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID "loginHint": "A String", # Domain hint to send as hd=? parameter in OAuth request flow. Enables redirect to primary IDP by skipping Google's login screen. https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect#hd-param Note: IAP does not verify that the id token's hd claim matches this value since access behavior is managed by IAM policies. "programmaticClients": [ # Optional. List of client ids allowed to use IAP programmatically. "A String", @@ -498,6 +504,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "oauthSettings": { # Configuration for OAuth login&consent flow behavior as well as for OAuth Credentials. # Optional. Settings to configure IAP's OAuth behavior. + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID + "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID "loginHint": "A String", # Domain hint to send as hd=? parameter in OAuth request flow. Enables redirect to primary IDP by skipping Google's login screen. https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect#hd-param Note: IAP does not verify that the id token's hd claim matches this value since access behavior is managed by IAM policies. "programmaticClients": [ # Optional. List of client ids allowed to use IAP programmatically. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index a308e720f3..27c0753eb2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -724,6 +724,7 @@ ## gmailpostmastertools * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v1.html) * [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v1beta1.html) +* [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.html) ## groupsmigration @@ -812,10 +813,6 @@ * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/licensing_v1.html) -## lifesciences -* [v2beta](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/lifesciences_v2beta.html) - - ## localservices * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/localservices_v1.html) diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html index 66de1cff74..66e7c26a98 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, }, - "service": [ # Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `product_management` services may be provided. + "service": [ # Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `products_management` services may be provided. { # Additional instructions to add account services during creation of the account. "accountAggregation": { # `AccountAggregation` payload. # The provider is an [aggregator](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487) for the account. Payload for service type Account Aggregation. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html index 575e67c63f..e12f9d95a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, }, - "service": [ # Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `product_management` services may be provided. + "service": [ # Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `products_management` services may be provided. { # Additional instructions to add account services during creation of the account. "accountAggregation": { # `AccountAggregation` payload. # The provider is an [aggregator](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487) for the account. Payload for service type Account Aggregation. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html index a5314c81db..e8b933e210 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index 2e0c4601ef..0837f9ef5a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index b0d5fac24e..0bca5180cb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html
index 38d064f5e9..a92d7426da 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html
@@ -123,6 +123,7 @@ 

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`. "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the ThreatPrevention configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the UrlFiltering configuration. } securityProfileGroupId: string, Required. Short name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile_group1". @@ -218,6 +219,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`. "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the ThreatPrevention configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the UrlFiltering configuration. }
@@ -253,6 +255,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`. "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the ThreatPrevention configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the UrlFiltering configuration. }, ], }
@@ -294,6 +297,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`. "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the ThreatPrevention configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the UrlFiltering configuration. } updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the SecurityProfileGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html index 00dc5c87c3..82caacf1bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html @@ -147,6 +147,17 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": { # UrlFilteringProfile defines filters based on URL. # The URL filtering configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "urlFilters": [ # Optional. The list of filtering configs in which each config defines an action to take for some URL match. + { # A URL filter defines an action to take for some URL match. + "filteringAction": "A String", # Required. The action taken when this filter is applied. + "priority": 42, # Required. The priority of this filter within the URL Filtering Profile. Lower integers indicate higher priorities. The priority of a filter must be unique within a URL Filtering Profile. + "urls": [ # Required. The list of strings that a URL must match with for this filter to be applied. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, } securityProfileId: string, Required. Short name of the SecurityProfile resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile1". @@ -266,6 +277,17 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": { # UrlFilteringProfile defines filters based on URL. # The URL filtering configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "urlFilters": [ # Optional. The list of filtering configs in which each config defines an action to take for some URL match. + { # A URL filter defines an action to take for some URL match. + "filteringAction": "A String", # Required. The action taken when this filter is applied. + "priority": 42, # Required. The priority of this filter within the URL Filtering Profile. Lower integers indicate higher priorities. The priority of a filter must be unique within a URL Filtering Profile. + "urls": [ # Required. The list of strings that a URL must match with for this filter to be applied. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, }
@@ -325,6 +347,17 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": { # UrlFilteringProfile defines filters based on URL. # The URL filtering configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "urlFilters": [ # Optional. The list of filtering configs in which each config defines an action to take for some URL match. + { # A URL filter defines an action to take for some URL match. + "filteringAction": "A String", # Required. The action taken when this filter is applied. + "priority": 42, # Required. The priority of this filter within the URL Filtering Profile. Lower integers indicate higher priorities. The priority of a filter must be unique within a URL Filtering Profile. + "urls": [ # Required. The list of strings that a URL must match with for this filter to be applied. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, }, ], }
@@ -390,6 +423,17 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": { # UrlFilteringProfile defines filters based on URL. # The URL filtering configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "urlFilters": [ # Optional. The list of filtering configs in which each config defines an action to take for some URL match. + { # A URL filter defines an action to take for some URL match. + "filteringAction": "A String", # Required. The action taken when this filter is applied. + "priority": 42, # Required. The priority of this filter within the URL Filtering Profile. Lower integers indicate higher priorities. The priority of a filter must be unique within a URL Filtering Profile. + "urls": [ # Required. The list of strings that a URL must match with for this filter to be applied. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, } updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the SecurityProfile resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html index ba780f898b..8f3474edae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
index 1c3f27efc8..e631609f9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
@@ -147,6 +147,9 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } @@ -266,6 +269,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }
@@ -327,6 +333,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }, ], @@ -396,6 +405,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 353da48ce5..d3af920bf2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
index 427fd366f0..b99a737d13 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
@@ -147,6 +147,9 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } @@ -266,6 +269,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }
@@ -327,6 +333,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }, ], @@ -396,6 +405,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html index 3ec6890233..1179f104fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -156,6 +157,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html index 4eef29dc34..e690190589 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html @@ -139,6 +139,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -155,6 +156,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html index 5daf0c570f..89fe6ca084 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html +++ b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html @@ -535,6 +535,10 @@

Method Details

"reviewsUri": "A String", # A link to show reviews of this place on Google Maps. "writeAReviewUri": "A String", # A link to write a review for this place on Google Maps. }, + "googleMapsTypeLabel": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # The type label of the place on Google Maps, localized to the request language if applicable, for example, "Restaurant", "Cafe", "Airport", etc. The type label may be different from the primary type display name and may not be a supported type in [Places API Place Types table](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types). + "languageCode": "A String", # The text's BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to language_code below. + }, "googleMapsUri": "A String", # A URL providing more information about this place. "iconBackgroundColor": "A String", # Background color for icon_mask in hex format, e.g. #909CE1. "iconMaskBaseUri": "A String", # A truncated URL to an icon mask. User can access different icon type by appending type suffix to the end (eg, ".svg" or ".png"). @@ -1146,6 +1150,10 @@

Method Details

"reviewsUri": "A String", # A link to show reviews of this place on Google Maps. "writeAReviewUri": "A String", # A link to write a review for this place on Google Maps. }, + "googleMapsTypeLabel": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # The type label of the place on Google Maps, localized to the request language if applicable, for example, "Restaurant", "Cafe", "Airport", etc. The type label may be different from the primary type display name and may not be a supported type in [Places API Place Types table](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types). + "languageCode": "A String", # The text's BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to language_code below. + }, "googleMapsUri": "A String", # A URL providing more information about this place. "iconBackgroundColor": "A String", # Background color for icon_mask in hex format, e.g. #909CE1. "iconMaskBaseUri": "A String", # A truncated URL to an icon mask. User can access different icon type by appending type suffix to the end (eg, ".svg" or ".png"). @@ -1897,6 +1905,10 @@

Method Details

"reviewsUri": "A String", # A link to show reviews of this place on Google Maps. "writeAReviewUri": "A String", # A link to write a review for this place on Google Maps. }, + "googleMapsTypeLabel": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # The type label of the place on Google Maps, localized to the request language if applicable, for example, "Restaurant", "Cafe", "Airport", etc. The type label may be different from the primary type display name and may not be a supported type in [Places API Place Types table](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types). + "languageCode": "A String", # The text's BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to language_code below. + }, "googleMapsUri": "A String", # A URL providing more information about this place. "iconBackgroundColor": "A String", # Background color for icon_mask in hex format, e.g. #909CE1. "iconMaskBaseUri": "A String", # A truncated URL to an icon mask. User can access different icon type by appending type suffix to the end (eg, ".svg" or ".png"). diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index fbb682e3a0..2177501864 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -135,9 +135,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -213,9 +210,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -287,9 +281,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -365,9 +356,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -459,9 +447,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -537,9 +522,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -612,9 +594,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -690,9 +669,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -768,9 +744,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -846,9 +819,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -924,9 +894,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1002,9 +969,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index 60684086b4..eead6ab89e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -135,9 +135,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -213,9 +210,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -287,9 +281,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -365,9 +356,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -459,9 +447,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -537,9 +522,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -612,9 +594,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -690,9 +669,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -768,9 +744,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -846,9 +819,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -924,9 +894,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1002,9 +969,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index 756b034064..9434f0b6a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -135,9 +135,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -213,9 +210,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -287,9 +281,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -365,9 +356,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -459,9 +447,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -537,9 +522,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -612,9 +594,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -690,9 +669,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -768,9 +744,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -846,9 +819,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -924,9 +894,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1002,9 +969,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index 1fad3c6c59..a9b88e2763 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -135,9 +135,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -213,9 +210,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -287,9 +281,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -365,9 +356,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -459,9 +447,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -537,9 +522,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -612,9 +594,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -690,9 +669,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -768,9 +744,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -846,9 +819,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -924,9 +894,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1002,9 +969,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index bfcb7775f5..e5adc708b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -136,9 +136,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -215,9 +212,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -290,9 +284,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -369,9 +360,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -464,9 +452,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -543,9 +528,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -619,9 +601,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -698,9 +677,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -777,9 +753,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,9 +829,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -935,9 +905,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1014,9 +981,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index b1970b86a3..970e6cb332 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -136,9 +136,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -215,9 +212,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -290,9 +284,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -369,9 +360,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -464,9 +452,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -543,9 +528,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -619,9 +601,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -698,9 +677,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -777,9 +753,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,9 +829,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -935,9 +905,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1014,9 +981,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index 7b568bad2e..27715c4ebc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -136,9 +136,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -215,9 +212,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -290,9 +284,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -369,9 +360,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -464,9 +452,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -543,9 +528,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -619,9 +601,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -698,9 +677,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -777,9 +753,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,9 +829,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -935,9 +905,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1014,9 +981,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index ec31a646a4..ba38e80260 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -136,9 +136,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -215,9 +212,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -290,9 +284,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -369,9 +360,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -464,9 +452,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -543,9 +528,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -619,9 +601,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -698,9 +677,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -777,9 +753,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,9 +829,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -935,9 +905,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1014,9 +981,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 417348bf66..e5a4405ebe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -331,8 +331,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -602,8 +605,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -839,8 +845,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -1059,8 +1068,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html index 5031c9b473..3184579b2a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -100,6 +100,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

+

+ getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

@@ -139,6 +142,34 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Regional certificate authority resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Shared regional certificate authority
+  "managedServerCa": { # CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication. # CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication.
+    "caCerts": [ # The PEM encoded CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication
+      { # The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.
+        "certificates": [ # The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority`
+}
+
+
list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 577e068f6c..3074663328 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -331,8 +331,11 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -602,8 +605,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -839,8 +845,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -1059,8 +1068,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 17fcf5e0bf..360244210e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -100,6 +100,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

+

+ getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

@@ -139,6 +142,34 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Regional certificate authority resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Shared regional certificate authority
+  "managedServerCa": { # CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication. # CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication.
+    "caCerts": [ # The PEM encoded CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication
+      { # The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.
+        "certificates": [ # The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority`
+}
+
+
list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
index bdb7425de6..5461ff75ea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.instances.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.instances.html index 4ed6792322..e2a274197c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.instances.html @@ -331,6 +331,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. @@ -625,6 +626,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. @@ -970,6 +972,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. @@ -1281,6 +1284,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. @@ -1599,6 +1603,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. @@ -1906,6 +1911,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html index 754a42aa81..9e4e989642 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/specs/blob/main/specs/serving/overview.md#revision + { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references one or more container images. Revisions are created by updates to a Service. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of this resource, in this case "Revision". "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

{ # ListRevisionsResponse is a list of Revision resources. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "items": [ # List of Revisions. - { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/specs/blob/main/specs/serving/overview.md#revision + { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references one or more container images. Revisions are created by updates to a Service. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of this resource, in this case "Revision". "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html index 3e69482698..800b6e5c0c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -953,7 +953,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -2067,7 +2067,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.workerpools.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.workerpools.html index ad079cd54f..8e9b7424b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.workerpools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.workerpools.html @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html index e0eec54e02..af9f4b3e7a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html index 464a17818a..2e5746e7a8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/specs/blob/main/specs/serving/overview.md#revision + { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references one or more container images. Revisions are created by updates to a Service. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of this resource, in this case "Revision". "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

{ # ListRevisionsResponse is a list of Revision resources. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "items": [ # List of Revisions. - { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/specs/blob/main/specs/serving/overview.md#revision + { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references one or more container images. Revisions are created by updates to a Service. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of this resource, in this case "Revision". "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html index 79b8896191..5990d95e40 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html index 10bc98510a..14541c64f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -309,6 +309,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the condition. "type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server assigned unique identifier for the trigger. The value is a UUID4 string and guaranteed to remain unchanged until the resource is deleted. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. "urls": [ # Output only. All URLs serving traffic for this Instance. @@ -644,6 +645,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the condition. "type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server assigned unique identifier for the trigger. The value is a UUID4 string and guaranteed to remain unchanged until the resource is deleted. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. "urls": [ # Output only. All URLs serving traffic for this Instance. @@ -917,6 +919,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the condition. "type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server assigned unique identifier for the trigger. The value is a UUID4 string and guaranteed to remain unchanged until the resource is deleted. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. "urls": [ # Output only. All URLs serving traffic for this Instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html index e9ce9ec05d..2a5e6acb15 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html @@ -347,6 +347,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -748,6 +750,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -1136,6 +1140,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -1484,6 +1490,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html index ab4d5cd638..ea0cf8d470 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, ], - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -357,6 +357,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -463,7 +465,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, ], - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -617,6 +619,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html index 19fb801a8c..60f733def0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, ], - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -318,6 +318,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -424,7 +426,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, ], - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -578,6 +580,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.services.html index daf735ec71..36dc1e7568 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.services.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Service for which search is performed. services/{service} {service} the name of a service, for example 'service.googleapis.com'. (required) - pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results returned by this request. Currently, the default maximum is set to 1000. If `page_size` isn't provided or the size provided is a number larger than 1000, it's automatically set to 1000. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results returned by this request. Currently, the default maximum is set to 256. If `page_size` <= 256, the request proceeds. Else, the request fails with an `TU_INVALID_PAGE_SIZE` error. pageToken: string, Optional. The continuation token, which is used to page through large result sets. To get the next page of results, set this parameter to the value of `nextPageToken` from the previous response. query: string, Optional. Set a query `{expression}` for querying tenancy units. Your `{expression}` must be in the format: `field_name=literal_string`. The `field_name` is the name of the field you want to compare. Supported fields are `tenant_resources.tag` and `tenant_resources.resource`. For example, to search tenancy units that contain at least one tenant resource with a given tag 'xyz', use the query `tenant_resources.tag=xyz`. To search tenancy units that contain at least one tenant resource with a given resource name 'projects/123456', use the query `tenant_resources.resource=projects/123456`. Multiple expressions can be joined with `AND`s. Tenancy units must match all expressions to be included in the result set. For example, `tenant_resources.tag=xyz AND tenant_resources.resource=projects/123456` x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/solar_v1.dataLayers.html b/docs/dyn/solar_v1.dataLayers.html index 911c97cfa2..db6559180b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/solar_v1.dataLayers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/solar_v1.dataLayers.html @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Method Details

"imageryQuality": "A String", # The quality of the result's imagery. "maskUrl": "A String", # The URL for the building mask image: one bit per pixel saying whether that pixel is considered to be part of a rooftop or not. "monthlyFluxUrl": "A String", # The URL for the monthly flux map (sunlight on roofs, broken down by month) of the region. Values are kWh/kW/year. The GeoTIFF pointed to by this URL will contain twelve bands, corresponding to January...December, in order. - "rgbUrl": "A String", # The URL for an image of RGB data (aerial photo) of the region. + "rgbUrl": "A String", # The URL for an image of RGB data (aerial or satellite photo) of the region. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html index 348c141311..a3a32db87c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html @@ -167,9 +167,6 @@

Instance Methods

restoreBackup(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Restores a backup of a Cloud SQL instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.

-

- restoreBackupMcp(targetProject, targetInstance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Restores a backup of a Cloud SQL instance for Model Context Protocol (MCP) server.

rotateServerCa(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.

@@ -1164,6 +1161,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "destinationInstanceName": "A String", # Required. Name of the Cloud SQL instance to be created as a clone. + "destinationNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified URI of the VPC network to which the cloned instance will be connected via Private Services Access for private IP. For example:`projects/my-network-project/global/networks/my-network`. This field is only required for cross-project cloning. + "destinationProject": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the destination project where the cloned instance will be created. To perform a cross-project clone, this field is required. If not specified, the clone is created in the same project as the source instance. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#cloneContext`. "pitrTimestampMs": "A String", # Reserved for future use. "pointInTime": "A String", # Timestamp, if specified, identifies the time to which the source instance is cloned. @@ -6109,179 +6108,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- restoreBackupMcp(targetProject, targetInstance, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Restores a backup of a Cloud SQL instance for Model Context Protocol (MCP) server.
-
-Args:
-  targetProject: string, Required. Project ID of the target project. (required)
-  targetInstance: string, Required. Cloud SQL instance ID of the target. This does not include the project ID. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Instance restore backup request for MCP.
-  "backupId": "A String", # Required. The identifier of the backup to restore. This will be one of the following: 1. An int64 containing a backup_run_id. 2. A backup name of the format 'projects/{project}/backups/{backup-uid}'. 3. A backupDR name of the format 'projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}/backups/{backup-uid}'.
-  "sourceInstance": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud SQL instance ID of the source instance containing the backup. Only necessary if the backup_id is a backup_run_id.
-  "sourceProject": "A String", # Required. The project ID of the source instance containing the backup.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
-  "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable.
-    "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup.
-    "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup.
-    "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup.
-    "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup.
-  },
-  "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message.
-    "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type.
-    "message": "A String", # The warning message.
-    "region": "A String", # The region name for REGION_UNREACHABLE warning.
-  },
-  "backupContext": { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
-    "backupId": "A String", # The identifier of the backup.
-    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#backupContext`.
-    "name": "A String", # The name of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/backups/{backup}
-  },
-  "endTime": "A String", # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
-  "error": { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      { # Database instance operation error.
-        "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operationError`.
-        "message": "A String", # Additional information about the error encountered.
-      },
-    ],
-    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operationErrors`.
-  },
-  "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
-      "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
-      "exportLogEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The end timestamp when transaction log will be included in the export operation. [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format (for example, `2023-10-01T16:19:00.094`) in UTC. When omitted, all available logs until current time will be included. Only applied to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
-      "exportLogStartTime": "A String", # Optional. The begin timestamp when transaction log will be included in the export operation. [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format (for example, `2023-10-01T16:19:00.094`) in UTC. When omitted, all available logs from the beginning of retention period will be included. Only applied to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
-      "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
-      "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
-    },
-    "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as CSV. `MySQL` and `PostgreSQL` instances only.
-      "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
-      "fieldsTerminatedBy": "A String", # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
-      "linesTerminatedBy": "A String", # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
-      "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
-      "selectQuery": "A String", # The select query used to extract the data.
-    },
-    "databases": [ # Databases to be exported. `MySQL instances:` If `fileType` is `SQL` and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the `mysql` system database. If `fileType` is `CSV`, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the `csvExportOptions.selectQuery` property, which takes precedence over this property. `PostgreSQL instances:` If you don't specify a database by name, all user databases in the instance are exported. This excludes system databases and Cloud SQL databases used to manage internal operations. Exporting all user databases is only available for directory-formatted parallel export. If `fileType` is `CSV`, this database must match the one specified in the `csvExportOptions.selectQuery` property. `SQL Server instances:` You must specify one database to be exported, and the `fileType` must be `BAK`.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri.
-    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`.
-    "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export.
-    "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
-      "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
-      },
-      "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel.
-      "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance.
-        "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation.
-        "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean.
-      },
-      "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas.
-      "tables": [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "threads": 42, # Optional. The number of threads to use for parallel export.
-    },
-    "tdeExportOptions": { # Optional. Export parameters specific to SQL Server TDE certificates
-      "certificatePath": "A String", # Required. Path to the TDE certificate public key in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. The instance must have write access to the bucket. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-      "name": "A String", # Required. Certificate name. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-      "privateKeyPassword": "A String", # Required. Password that encrypts the private key.
-      "privateKeyPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the TDE certificate private key in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. The instance must have write access to the location. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-    },
-    "uri": "A String", # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If `fileType` is `SQL` and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
-  },
-  "importContext": { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
-    "bakImportOptions": { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
-      "bakType": "A String", # Type of the bak content, FULL or DIFF
-      "encryptionOptions": {
-        "certPath": "A String", # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
-        "keepEncrypted": True or False, # Optional. Whether the imported file remains encrypted.
-        "pvkPassword": "A String", # Password that encrypts the private key
-        "pvkPath": "A String", # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
-      },
-      "noRecovery": True or False, # Whether or not the backup importing will restore database with NORECOVERY option. Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
-      "recoveryOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the backup importing request will just bring database online without downloading Bak content only one of "no_recovery" and "recovery_only" can be true otherwise error will return. Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
-      "stopAt": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the import should stop. This timestamp is in the [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format (for example, `2023-10-01T16:19:00.094`). This field is equivalent to the STOPAT keyword and applies to Cloud SQL for SQL Server only.
-      "stopAtMark": "A String", # Optional. The marked transaction where the import should stop. This field is equivalent to the STOPATMARK keyword and applies to Cloud SQL for SQL Server only.
-      "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the backup set being restored is striped. Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
-    },
-    "csvImportOptions": { # Options for importing data as CSV.
-      "columns": [ # The columns to which CSV data is imported. If not specified, all columns of the database table are loaded with CSV data.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
-      "fieldsTerminatedBy": "A String", # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
-      "linesTerminatedBy": "A String", # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
-      "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
-      "table": "A String", # The table to which CSV data is imported.
-    },
-    "database": "A String", # The target database for the import. If `fileType` is `SQL`, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. For entire instance parallel import operations, the database is overridden by the database name stored in subdirectory name. If `fileType` is `CSV`, one database must be specified.
-    "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri.\`SQL`: The file contains SQL statements. \`CSV`: The file contains CSV data.
-    "importUser": "A String", # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#importContext`.
-    "sqlImportOptions": { # Optional. Options for importing data from SQL statements.
-      "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the import should be parallel.
-      "postgresImportOptions": { # Optional. Options for importing from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance.
-        "clean": True or False, # Optional. The --clean flag for the pg_restore utility. This flag applies only if you enabled Cloud SQL to import files in parallel.
-        "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. The --if-exists flag for the pg_restore utility. This flag applies only if you enabled Cloud SQL to import files in parallel.
-      },
-      "threads": 42, # Optional. The number of threads to use for parallel import.
-    },
-    "tdeImportOptions": { # Optional. Import parameters specific to SQL Server TDE certificates
-      "certificatePath": "A String", # Required. Path to the TDE certificate public key in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. The instance must have read access to the file. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-      "name": "A String", # Required. Certificate name. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-      "privateKeyPassword": "A String", # Required. Password that encrypts the private key.
-      "privateKeyPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the TDE certificate private key in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. The instance must have read access to the file. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-    },
-    "uri": "A String", # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when `fileType` is `SQL`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
-  },
-  "insertTime": "A String", # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
-  "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operation`.
-  "name": "A String", # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  "operationType": "A String", # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * `CREATE` * `DELETE` * `UPDATE` * `RESTART` * `IMPORT` * `EXPORT` * `BACKUP_VOLUME` * `RESTORE_VOLUME` * `CREATE_USER` * `DELETE_USER` * `CREATE_DATABASE` * `DELETE_DATABASE`
-  "preCheckMajorVersionUpgradeContext": { # Pre-check major version upgrade context. # This field is only populated when the operation_type is PRE_CHECK_MAJOR_VERSION_UPGRADE. The PreCheckMajorVersionUpgradeContext message itself contains the details for that pre-check, such as the target database version for the upgrade and the results of the check (including any warnings or errors found).
-    "kind": "A String", # Optional. This is always `sql#preCheckMajorVersionUpgradeContext`.
-    "preCheckResponse": [ # Output only. The responses from the precheck operation.
-      { # Structured PreCheckResponse containing message, type, and required actions.
-        "actionsRequired": [ # The actions that the user needs to take. Use repeated for multiple actions.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "message": "A String", # The message to be displayed to the user.
-        "messageType": "A String", # The type of message whether it is an info, warning, or error.
-      },
-    ],
-    "targetDatabaseVersion": "A String", # Required. The target database version to upgrade to.
-  },
-  "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
-  "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
-  "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
-  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
-    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
-  },
-  "targetId": "A String", # Name of the resource on which this operation runs.
-  "targetLink": "A String",
-  "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
-  "user": "A String", # The email address of the user who initiated this operation.
-}
-
-
rotateServerCa(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
index d40aae0252..c7b9e07a59 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

list(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

Lists users in the specified Cloud SQL instance.

- update(project, instance, body=None, databaseRoles=None, host=None, name=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ update(project, instance, body=None, databaseRoles=None, host=None, name=None, revokeExistingRoles=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates an existing user in a Cloud SQL instance.

Method Details

@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@

Method Details

- update(project, instance, body=None, databaseRoles=None, host=None, name=None, x__xgafv=None) + update(project, instance, body=None, databaseRoles=None, host=None, name=None, revokeExistingRoles=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates an existing user in a Cloud SQL instance.
 
 Args:
@@ -616,6 +616,7 @@ 

Method Details

databaseRoles: string, Optional. List of database roles to grant to the user. body.database_roles will be ignored for update request. (repeated) host: string, Optional. Host of the user in the instance. name: string, Name of the user in the instance. + revokeExistingRoles: boolean, Optional. Specifies whether to revoke existing roles that are not present in the `database_roles` field. If `false` or unset, the database roles specified in `database_roles` are added to the user's existing roles. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html index 618a5fea88..36c4117a41 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html @@ -1161,6 +1161,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "destinationInstanceName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance to be created as a clone. + "destinationNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified URI of the VPC network to which the cloned instance will be connected via Private Services Access for private IP. For example:`projects/my-network-project/global/networks/my-network`. This field is only required for cross-project cloning. + "destinationProject": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the destination project where the cloned instance will be created. To perform a cross-project clone, this field is required. If not specified, the clone is created in the same project as the source instance. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#cloneContext`. "pitrTimestampMs": "A String", # Reserved for future use. "pointInTime": "A String", # Timestamp, if specified, identifies the time to which the source instance is cloned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html index bc334bd4af..d172d3b69f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@

Method Details

databaseRoles: string, Optional. List of database roles to grant to the user. body.database_roles will be ignored for update request. (repeated) host: string, Optional. Host of the user in the instance. name: string, Name of the user in the instance. - revokeExistingRoles: boolean, Optional. revoke the existing roles granted to the user. + revokeExistingRoles: boolean, Optional. Specifies whether to revoke existing roles that are not present in the `database_roles` field. If `false` or unset, the database roles specified in `database_roles` are added to the user's existing roles. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.folders.html index 621dc68d84..4c836f1048 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.folders.html @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@

Instance Methods

delete(bucket, folder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)

Permanently deletes a folder. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.

+

+ deleteRecursive(bucket, folder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)

+

Deletes a folder recursively. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.

get(bucket, folder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)

Returns metadata for the specified folder. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.

@@ -113,6 +116,42 @@

Method Details

+
+ deleteRecursive(bucket, folder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None) +
Deletes a folder recursively. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.
+
+Args:
+  bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the folder resides. (required)
+  folder: string, Name of a folder. (required)
+  ifMetagenerationMatch: string, If set, only deletes the folder if its metageneration matches this value.
+  ifMetagenerationNotMatch: string, If set, only deletes the folder if its metageneration does not match this value.
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is "false", it means the operation is still in progress. If "true", the operation is completed, and either "error" or "response" is available.
+  "error": { # The "Status" type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each "Status" message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English.
+  },
+  "kind": "storage#operation", # The kind of item this is. For operations, this is always storage#operation.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the "name" should be a resource name ending with "operations/{operationId}".
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as "Delete", the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type "XxxResponse", where "Xxx" is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is "TakeSnapshot()", the inferred response type is "TakeSnapshotResponse".
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # The link to this long running operation.
+}
+
+
get(bucket, folder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)
Returns metadata for the specified folder. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
index 83cb2f7f76..8011615db1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -183,6 +183,7 @@ 

Method Details

], }, ], + "isMultiBucketJob": True or False, # Output only. If true, this Job operates on multiple buckets. Multibucket jobs are subject to different quota limits than single-bucket jobs. "loggingConfig": { # Specifies the Cloud Logging behavior. # Optional. Logging configuration. "logActionStates": [ # Required. States in which Action are logged.If empty, no logs are generated. "A String", @@ -326,6 +327,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "isMultiBucketJob": True or False, # Output only. If true, this Job operates on multiple buckets. Multibucket jobs are subject to different quota limits than single-bucket jobs. "loggingConfig": { # Specifies the Cloud Logging behavior. # Optional. Logging configuration. "logActionStates": [ # Required. States in which Action are logged.If empty, no logs are generated. "A String", @@ -425,6 +427,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "isMultiBucketJob": True or False, # Output only. If true, this Job operates on multiple buckets. Multibucket jobs are subject to different quota limits than single-bucket jobs. "loggingConfig": { # Specifies the Cloud Logging behavior. # Optional. Logging configuration. "logActionStates": [ # Required. States in which Action are logged.If empty, no logs are generated. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html index e5febe59f9..c825a855ec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html @@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3562,7 +3562,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4759,7 +4759,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5972,7 +5972,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7173,7 +7173,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8370,7 +8370,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9569,7 +9569,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10766,7 +10766,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html index 032f986807..4e3e932ff3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html @@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3511,7 +3511,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4119,7 +4119,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5530,7 +5530,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6138,7 +6138,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7548,7 +7548,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8156,7 +8156,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9582,7 +9582,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10190,7 +10190,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11623,7 +11623,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12231,7 +12231,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -13643,7 +13643,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14251,7 +14251,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15661,7 +15661,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16269,7 +16269,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17681,7 +17681,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -18289,7 +18289,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -19699,7 +19699,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -20307,7 +20307,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html index 81b34dbf26..c688eb4543 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html @@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3894,7 +3894,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5178,7 +5178,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6478,7 +6478,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7766,7 +7766,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9050,7 +9050,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10336,7 +10336,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11620,7 +11620,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html index 0967ee63bf..a7a37fd16c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html @@ -1697,7 +1697,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3848,7 +3848,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4356,7 +4356,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5987,7 +5987,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6495,7 +6495,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8125,7 +8125,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8633,7 +8633,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10279,7 +10279,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10787,7 +10787,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12421,7 +12421,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12929,7 +12929,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14559,7 +14559,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15067,7 +15067,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16699,7 +16699,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17207,7 +17207,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -18837,7 +18837,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -19345,7 +19345,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html index 21df093ff0..3f6427009c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3209,7 +3209,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4007,7 +4007,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4793,7 +4793,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5575,7 +5575,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6359,7 +6359,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7141,7 +7141,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html index 641a00eb6f..31b7773f51 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3296,7 +3296,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4125,7 +4125,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4942,7 +4942,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5755,7 +5755,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6570,7 +6570,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7383,7 +7383,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html index 3ca673c1d3..2c9e7e5723 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3292,7 +3292,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4388,7 +4388,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5500,7 +5500,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6600,7 +6600,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7696,7 +7696,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8794,7 +8794,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9890,7 +9890,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html index 9d80c4ff6e..a44841db2f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3266,7 +3266,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3750,7 +3750,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5102,7 +5102,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5586,7 +5586,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6937,7 +6937,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7421,7 +7421,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8788,7 +8788,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9272,7 +9272,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10627,7 +10627,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11111,7 +11111,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12462,7 +12462,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12946,7 +12946,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14299,7 +14299,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14783,7 +14783,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16134,7 +16134,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16618,7 +16618,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html index 9a33417f6c..e03fe88bd9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2613,7 +2613,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3221,7 +3221,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4459,7 +4459,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6121,7 +6121,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6629,7 +6629,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7404,7 +7404,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8173,7 +8173,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9222,7 +9222,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10643,7 +10643,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11127,7 +11127,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12238,7 +12238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -13751,7 +13751,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14292,7 +14292,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15341,7 +15341,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16790,7 +16790,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17272,7 +17272,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -18525,7 +18525,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -20219,7 +20219,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -21188,7 +21188,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html index 4b7e66ad4f..0b9509d990 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html @@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2393,7 +2393,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3589,7 +3589,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4784,7 +4784,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5995,7 +5995,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7194,7 +7194,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8389,7 +8389,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9586,7 +9586,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10781,7 +10781,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html index cb4e92248a..7b169c0186 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3510,7 +3510,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4051,7 +4051,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5495,7 +5495,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6036,7 +6036,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7479,7 +7479,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8020,7 +8020,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9479,7 +9479,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10020,7 +10020,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11486,7 +11486,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12027,7 +12027,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -13472,7 +13472,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14013,7 +14013,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15456,7 +15456,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15997,7 +15997,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17442,7 +17442,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17983,7 +17983,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -19426,7 +19426,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -19967,7 +19967,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html index 59d94aed83..8c46ae828c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3403,7 +3403,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4536,7 +4536,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5685,7 +5685,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6822,7 +6822,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7955,7 +7955,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9090,7 +9090,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10223,7 +10223,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html index a6fe6458f0..ed092a1017 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3320,7 +3320,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3802,7 +3802,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5182,7 +5182,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5664,7 +5664,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7043,7 +7043,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7525,7 +7525,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8920,7 +8920,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9402,7 +9402,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10785,7 +10785,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11267,7 +11267,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12646,7 +12646,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -13128,7 +13128,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14509,7 +14509,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14991,7 +14991,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16370,7 +16370,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16852,7 +16852,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html index 9c3029f8b0..1bdd84e2a0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2715,7 +2715,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4091,7 +4091,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5466,7 +5466,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6857,7 +6857,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8236,7 +8236,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9611,7 +9611,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10988,7 +10988,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12363,7 +12363,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html index 7181a39c1a..8630788b17 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html @@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5190,7 +5190,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6777,7 +6777,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7746,7 +7746,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9332,7 +9332,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10301,7 +10301,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11903,7 +11903,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12872,7 +12872,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14462,7 +14462,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15431,7 +15431,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17017,7 +17017,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17986,7 +17986,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -19574,7 +19574,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -20543,7 +20543,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -22129,7 +22129,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -23098,7 +23098,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7c2b2e5567 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.html @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ + + + +

Workload Manager API . projects . locations . deployments . actuations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new actuation for an existing Deployment.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single Actuation

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single Actuation.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Actuations in a given project, location and deployment.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new actuation for an existing Deployment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Actuation location using the form: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}' (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The Actuation object represents the bootstrap state and output results of deployed infrastructure and software.
+  "actuationOutput": { # Message for output of Actuation # Output only. [Output only] Actuation output
+    "actuateLogs": "A String", # A link to gcs file that store build logs
+    "ansibleError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from ansible.
+    "ansibleFailedTask": [ # Output only. failed task name return from ansible.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "blueprintId": "A String", # reference to Blueprint Controller deployment and revision resource
+    "cloudbuildId": "A String", # Cloud Build instance UUID associated with this revision, without any suffix or prefix
+    "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. Code describing any errors that may have occurred. If not specified, there is no error in actuation.
+    "errorLogs": "A String", # A link to actuation cloud build log.
+    "hasUserFacingErrorMsg": True or False, # Output only. whether the error message is user facing. If true, the error message will be shown in the UI.
+    "terraformError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from terraform.
+    "terraformTemplate": "A String", # reference to terraform template used
+  },
+  "deploymentOutput": [ # Output only. [Output only] Deployment output
+    { # Message for output of deployment resource
+      "name": "A String", # name of the resource
+      "type": "A String", # type of the resource
+    },
+  ],
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] End time stamp
+  "name": "A String", # The name of actuation resource. The format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}/actuations/{actuation}
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Start time stamp
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Actuation state
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single Actuation
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the book to delete. project/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}/actuations/{actuation_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single Actuation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Actuation object represents the bootstrap state and output results of deployed infrastructure and software.
+  "actuationOutput": { # Message for output of Actuation # Output only. [Output only] Actuation output
+    "actuateLogs": "A String", # A link to gcs file that store build logs
+    "ansibleError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from ansible.
+    "ansibleFailedTask": [ # Output only. failed task name return from ansible.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "blueprintId": "A String", # reference to Blueprint Controller deployment and revision resource
+    "cloudbuildId": "A String", # Cloud Build instance UUID associated with this revision, without any suffix or prefix
+    "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. Code describing any errors that may have occurred. If not specified, there is no error in actuation.
+    "errorLogs": "A String", # A link to actuation cloud build log.
+    "hasUserFacingErrorMsg": True or False, # Output only. whether the error message is user facing. If true, the error message will be shown in the UI.
+    "terraformError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from terraform.
+    "terraformTemplate": "A String", # reference to terraform template used
+  },
+  "deploymentOutput": [ # Output only. [Output only] Deployment output
+    { # Message for output of deployment resource
+      "name": "A String", # name of the resource
+      "type": "A String", # type of the resource
+    },
+  ],
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] End time stamp
+  "name": "A String", # The name of actuation resource. The format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}/actuations/{actuation}
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Start time stamp
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Actuation state
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Actuations in a given project, location and deployment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource prefix of the Actuation using the form: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}' (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to sort by. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response object from `ListActuations`.
+  "actuations": [ # The list of Actuation
+    { # The Actuation object represents the bootstrap state and output results of deployed infrastructure and software.
+      "actuationOutput": { # Message for output of Actuation # Output only. [Output only] Actuation output
+        "actuateLogs": "A String", # A link to gcs file that store build logs
+        "ansibleError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from ansible.
+        "ansibleFailedTask": [ # Output only. failed task name return from ansible.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "blueprintId": "A String", # reference to Blueprint Controller deployment and revision resource
+        "cloudbuildId": "A String", # Cloud Build instance UUID associated with this revision, without any suffix or prefix
+        "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. Code describing any errors that may have occurred. If not specified, there is no error in actuation.
+        "errorLogs": "A String", # A link to actuation cloud build log.
+        "hasUserFacingErrorMsg": True or False, # Output only. whether the error message is user facing. If true, the error message will be shown in the UI.
+        "terraformError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from terraform.
+        "terraformTemplate": "A String", # reference to terraform template used
+      },
+      "deploymentOutput": [ # Output only. [Output only] Deployment output
+        { # Message for output of deployment resource
+          "name": "A String", # name of the resource
+          "type": "A String", # type of the resource
+        },
+      ],
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] End time stamp
+      "name": "A String", # The name of actuation resource. The format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}/actuations/{actuation}
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Start time stamp
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Actuation state
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3b4e252731 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html @@ -0,0 +1,625 @@ + + + +

Workload Manager API . projects . locations . deployments

+

Instance Methods

+

+ actuations() +

+

Returns the actuations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, deploymentId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new Deployment in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single Deployment.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single Deployment.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Deployments in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, deploymentId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new Deployment in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource prefix of the Deployment using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The Deployment object represents user intent for deploying a specific type of workload.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "description": "A String", # Description of the Deployment
+  "name": "A String", # The name of deployment resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}'
+  "sapSystemS4Config": { # Message for sap system workload # SAP system workload input
+    "allowStoppingForUpdate": True or False,
+    "ansibleRunnerServiceAccount": "A String", # Ansible runner service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for Ansible runner
+    "app": { # Message for sap instant details # instance details
+      "appInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for app
+      "appServiceAccount": "A String", # Application service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for application
+      "appVmNames": [ # Optional. Customized vm names
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "ascsImage": "A String", # Required. image for ascs server
+      "ascsInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ascs
+      "ascsMachineType": "A String", # Required. ascs_machine_type
+      "ascsServiceAccount": "A String", # ASCS service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for ASCS
+      "ascsVm": "A String", # Optional. ASCS vm name
+      "ersInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ers
+      "ersVm": "A String", # Optional. ERS vm name
+      "image": "A String", # Required. image for app server and ascs server
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "sharedStorage": "A String", # Optional. Storage location
+      "sid": "A String", # Required. The SAP SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+      "vmsMultiplier": 42, # Required. vms_multiplier
+    },
+    "database": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+      "databaseServiceAccount": "A String", # Database service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for database
+      "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+      "image": "A String", # Required. image for database server
+      "instanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "primaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. primary db vm name
+      "secondaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. secondary db vm name
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "sid": "A String", # Required. The SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+    },
+    "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. two model non-HA and HA supported
+    "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+    "gcpProjectId": "A String", # the project that infrastructure deployed, current only support the same project where the deployment resource exist.
+    "location": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+      "createCommsFirewall": True or False, # Optional. create firewall, if true, create firewall for the deployment. This field provides an option to not always create firewall for the deployment.
+      "customTags": [ # Optional. network tags
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deploymentDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. when user skip DNS configuration from UI, deployment_dns_enabled=false otherwise deployment_dns_enabled=true
+      "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. dns zone name
+      "dnsZoneNameSuffix": "A String", # Optional. dns_zone_name_suffix
+      "internetAccess": "A String",
+      "networkProject": "A String", # Optional. network project
+      "regionName": "A String", # Required. region_name
+      "subnetName": "A String", # Required. subnet_name
+      "vpcName": "A String", # Required. vpc_name
+      "zone1Name": "A String", # Required. zone1_name
+      "zone2Name": "A String", # Optional. zone2_name
+    },
+    "mediaBucketName": "A String", # Required. media_bucket_name
+    "sapBootDiskImage": "A String", # Optional. sap_boot_disk_image
+    "scalingMethod": "A String", # Required. support scale up and scale out
+    "version": "A String", # Required. sap hana version
+    "vmPrefix": "A String", # vm_prefix
+  },
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used for cloud build Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` The default Cloud Build SA will be used initially if this field is not set during deployment creation
+  "sqlServerWorkload": { # Message for MS SQL workload # MS SQL workload input
+    "activeDirectory": { # Active directory details # Required. active directory details
+      "dnsAddress": "A String", # Optional. DNS IP address
+      "domain": "A String", # Optional. human readable form of a domain such as “google.com”.
+      "domainUsername": "A String", # Optional. domain username
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "type": "A String", # Required. active directory type
+    },
+    "computeEngineServiceAccount": "A String", # Compute engine service account - let customers bring their own SA for Compute engine
+    "database": { # Database details # Required. database details
+      "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+      "floatingIpAddress": "A String", # Optional. only useful for Linux High Availability setup
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "secondarySoleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group
+      "secondarySoleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "smt": True or False, # Required. whether simultaneous multithreading is enabled or not
+      "soleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a primary sole-tenant node/node group
+      "soleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a primary sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+      "tempdbOnSsd": True or False, # Required. whether to have TempDB on local SSD
+      "tenancyModel": "A String", # Required. SHARED or SOLE_TENANT
+    },
+    "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. HIGH_AVAILABILITY or SINGLE_INSTANCE
+    "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+    "fciType": "A String", # Optional. SHARED_DISK or S2D
+    "haType": "A String", # Optional. AOAG or FCI, it is only needed for High Availability deployment mode
+    "isSqlPayg": True or False, # Required. SQL licensing type
+    "location": { # Location and networking details for configuring SQL server workload # Required. location details
+      "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. create a new DNS Zone when the field is empty, Only show for `Using an existing DNS` List of existing DNS Zones tf variable name: existing_dns_zone_name
+      "gcpProjectId": "A String", # Required. the project that infrastructure deployed, currently only supports the same project where the deployment resource exists.
+      "internetAccess": "A String", # Required. Internet Access
+      "network": "A String", # Required. network name
+      "primaryZone": "A String", # Required. primary zone
+      "region": "A String", # Required. region name
+      "secondaryZone": "A String", # Optional. secondary zone can't be same as primary_zone and is only for High Availability deployment mode
+      "subnetwork": "A String", # Required. subnetwork name
+      "tertiaryZone": "A String", # Optional. teriary zone can't be same as primary_zone and secondary zone, and it is only for High Availability deployment mode
+    },
+    "mediaBucket": "A String", # Required. name of the media storing SQL server installation files
+    "operatingSystemType": "A String", # Required. type of the operating system the SQL server is going to run on top of
+    "osImage": "A String", # Required. the image of the operating system
+    "osImageType": "A String", # Optional. OS image type, it's used to create boot disks for VM instances When either Windows licensing type or SQL licensing type is BYOL, this option is disabled and default to custom image
+    "pacemaker": { # pacemaker configuration # Optional. pacemaker configuration, only applicable for Linux HA deployments
+      "bucketNameNodeCertificates": "A String", # Required. bucket location for node certificates
+      "pacemakerCluster": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster name
+      "pacemakerClusterSecret": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster secret name
+      "pacemakerClusterUsername": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster username
+      "sqlPacemakerSecret": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker secret name
+      "sqlPacemakerUsername": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker username
+    },
+    "sqlServerEdition": "A String", # Optional. SQL Server Edition type, only applicable when Operating System is Linux
+    "sqlServerVersion": "A String", # Optional. 2017 or 2019 or 2022
+    "vmPrefix": "A String", # Required. should be unique in the project
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+  "terraformVariables": { # Optional. terraform_variables represents all the Terraform variables for the deployment workload. The key is the name of the Terraform variable, and the value is the TerraformVariable. For example: { "project_id": { "input_value": { "string_value": "my-project-id" } }, "zone": { "input_value": { "string_value": "us-central1-a" } } }
+    "a_key": { # In order to align with Infra Manager dependency, we create the same TerraformVariable message to represent a Terraform input variable, by following Infra Manager's API documentation: https://cloud.google.com/infrastructure-manager/docs/reference/rest A Terraform input variable.
+      "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+  "workerPool": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Cloud Build worker pool resource in which the Cloud Build job will execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}`. If this field is unspecified, the default Cloud Build worker pool will be used.
+  "workloadType": "A String", # Optional. Workload type of the deployment
+}
+
+  deploymentId: string, Required. Id of the deployment
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single Deployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, any actuation will also be deleted. Followed the best practice from https://aip.dev/135#cascading-delete
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single Deployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}' (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Deployment object represents user intent for deploying a specific type of workload.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "description": "A String", # Description of the Deployment
+  "name": "A String", # The name of deployment resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}'
+  "sapSystemS4Config": { # Message for sap system workload # SAP system workload input
+    "allowStoppingForUpdate": True or False,
+    "ansibleRunnerServiceAccount": "A String", # Ansible runner service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for Ansible runner
+    "app": { # Message for sap instant details # instance details
+      "appInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for app
+      "appServiceAccount": "A String", # Application service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for application
+      "appVmNames": [ # Optional. Customized vm names
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "ascsImage": "A String", # Required. image for ascs server
+      "ascsInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ascs
+      "ascsMachineType": "A String", # Required. ascs_machine_type
+      "ascsServiceAccount": "A String", # ASCS service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for ASCS
+      "ascsVm": "A String", # Optional. ASCS vm name
+      "ersInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ers
+      "ersVm": "A String", # Optional. ERS vm name
+      "image": "A String", # Required. image for app server and ascs server
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "sharedStorage": "A String", # Optional. Storage location
+      "sid": "A String", # Required. The SAP SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+      "vmsMultiplier": 42, # Required. vms_multiplier
+    },
+    "database": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+      "databaseServiceAccount": "A String", # Database service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for database
+      "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+      "image": "A String", # Required. image for database server
+      "instanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "primaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. primary db vm name
+      "secondaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. secondary db vm name
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "sid": "A String", # Required. The SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+    },
+    "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. two model non-HA and HA supported
+    "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+    "gcpProjectId": "A String", # the project that infrastructure deployed, current only support the same project where the deployment resource exist.
+    "location": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+      "createCommsFirewall": True or False, # Optional. create firewall, if true, create firewall for the deployment. This field provides an option to not always create firewall for the deployment.
+      "customTags": [ # Optional. network tags
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deploymentDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. when user skip DNS configuration from UI, deployment_dns_enabled=false otherwise deployment_dns_enabled=true
+      "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. dns zone name
+      "dnsZoneNameSuffix": "A String", # Optional. dns_zone_name_suffix
+      "internetAccess": "A String",
+      "networkProject": "A String", # Optional. network project
+      "regionName": "A String", # Required. region_name
+      "subnetName": "A String", # Required. subnet_name
+      "vpcName": "A String", # Required. vpc_name
+      "zone1Name": "A String", # Required. zone1_name
+      "zone2Name": "A String", # Optional. zone2_name
+    },
+    "mediaBucketName": "A String", # Required. media_bucket_name
+    "sapBootDiskImage": "A String", # Optional. sap_boot_disk_image
+    "scalingMethod": "A String", # Required. support scale up and scale out
+    "version": "A String", # Required. sap hana version
+    "vmPrefix": "A String", # vm_prefix
+  },
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used for cloud build Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` The default Cloud Build SA will be used initially if this field is not set during deployment creation
+  "sqlServerWorkload": { # Message for MS SQL workload # MS SQL workload input
+    "activeDirectory": { # Active directory details # Required. active directory details
+      "dnsAddress": "A String", # Optional. DNS IP address
+      "domain": "A String", # Optional. human readable form of a domain such as “google.com”.
+      "domainUsername": "A String", # Optional. domain username
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "type": "A String", # Required. active directory type
+    },
+    "computeEngineServiceAccount": "A String", # Compute engine service account - let customers bring their own SA for Compute engine
+    "database": { # Database details # Required. database details
+      "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+      "floatingIpAddress": "A String", # Optional. only useful for Linux High Availability setup
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "secondarySoleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group
+      "secondarySoleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "smt": True or False, # Required. whether simultaneous multithreading is enabled or not
+      "soleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a primary sole-tenant node/node group
+      "soleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a primary sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+      "tempdbOnSsd": True or False, # Required. whether to have TempDB on local SSD
+      "tenancyModel": "A String", # Required. SHARED or SOLE_TENANT
+    },
+    "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. HIGH_AVAILABILITY or SINGLE_INSTANCE
+    "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+    "fciType": "A String", # Optional. SHARED_DISK or S2D
+    "haType": "A String", # Optional. AOAG or FCI, it is only needed for High Availability deployment mode
+    "isSqlPayg": True or False, # Required. SQL licensing type
+    "location": { # Location and networking details for configuring SQL server workload # Required. location details
+      "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. create a new DNS Zone when the field is empty, Only show for `Using an existing DNS` List of existing DNS Zones tf variable name: existing_dns_zone_name
+      "gcpProjectId": "A String", # Required. the project that infrastructure deployed, currently only supports the same project where the deployment resource exists.
+      "internetAccess": "A String", # Required. Internet Access
+      "network": "A String", # Required. network name
+      "primaryZone": "A String", # Required. primary zone
+      "region": "A String", # Required. region name
+      "secondaryZone": "A String", # Optional. secondary zone can't be same as primary_zone and is only for High Availability deployment mode
+      "subnetwork": "A String", # Required. subnetwork name
+      "tertiaryZone": "A String", # Optional. teriary zone can't be same as primary_zone and secondary zone, and it is only for High Availability deployment mode
+    },
+    "mediaBucket": "A String", # Required. name of the media storing SQL server installation files
+    "operatingSystemType": "A String", # Required. type of the operating system the SQL server is going to run on top of
+    "osImage": "A String", # Required. the image of the operating system
+    "osImageType": "A String", # Optional. OS image type, it's used to create boot disks for VM instances When either Windows licensing type or SQL licensing type is BYOL, this option is disabled and default to custom image
+    "pacemaker": { # pacemaker configuration # Optional. pacemaker configuration, only applicable for Linux HA deployments
+      "bucketNameNodeCertificates": "A String", # Required. bucket location for node certificates
+      "pacemakerCluster": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster name
+      "pacemakerClusterSecret": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster secret name
+      "pacemakerClusterUsername": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster username
+      "sqlPacemakerSecret": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker secret name
+      "sqlPacemakerUsername": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker username
+    },
+    "sqlServerEdition": "A String", # Optional. SQL Server Edition type, only applicable when Operating System is Linux
+    "sqlServerVersion": "A String", # Optional. 2017 or 2019 or 2022
+    "vmPrefix": "A String", # Required. should be unique in the project
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+  "terraformVariables": { # Optional. terraform_variables represents all the Terraform variables for the deployment workload. The key is the name of the Terraform variable, and the value is the TerraformVariable. For example: { "project_id": { "input_value": { "string_value": "my-project-id" } }, "zone": { "input_value": { "string_value": "us-central1-a" } } }
+    "a_key": { # In order to align with Infra Manager dependency, we create the same TerraformVariable message to represent a Terraform input variable, by following Infra Manager's API documentation: https://cloud.google.com/infrastructure-manager/docs/reference/rest A Terraform input variable.
+      "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+  "workerPool": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Cloud Build worker pool resource in which the Cloud Build job will execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}`. If this field is unspecified, the default Cloud Build worker pool will be used.
+  "workloadType": "A String", # Optional. Workload type of the deployment
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Deployments in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource prefix of the Deployment using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter resource follow https://google.aip.dev/160
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to sort by. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing Deployments
+  "deployments": [ # The list of Deployment
+    { # The Deployment object represents user intent for deploying a specific type of workload.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+      "description": "A String", # Description of the Deployment
+      "name": "A String", # The name of deployment resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}'
+      "sapSystemS4Config": { # Message for sap system workload # SAP system workload input
+        "allowStoppingForUpdate": True or False,
+        "ansibleRunnerServiceAccount": "A String", # Ansible runner service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for Ansible runner
+        "app": { # Message for sap instant details # instance details
+          "appInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for app
+          "appServiceAccount": "A String", # Application service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for application
+          "appVmNames": [ # Optional. Customized vm names
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "ascsImage": "A String", # Required. image for ascs server
+          "ascsInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ascs
+          "ascsMachineType": "A String", # Required. ascs_machine_type
+          "ascsServiceAccount": "A String", # ASCS service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for ASCS
+          "ascsVm": "A String", # Optional. ASCS vm name
+          "ersInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ers
+          "ersVm": "A String", # Optional. ERS vm name
+          "image": "A String", # Required. image for app server and ascs server
+          "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+          "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+          "sharedStorage": "A String", # Optional. Storage location
+          "sid": "A String", # Required. The SAP SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+          "vmsMultiplier": 42, # Required. vms_multiplier
+        },
+        "database": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+          "databaseServiceAccount": "A String", # Database service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for database
+          "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+          "image": "A String", # Required. image for database server
+          "instanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id
+          "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+          "primaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. primary db vm name
+          "secondaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. secondary db vm name
+          "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+          "sid": "A String", # Required. The SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+        },
+        "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. two model non-HA and HA supported
+        "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+        "gcpProjectId": "A String", # the project that infrastructure deployed, current only support the same project where the deployment resource exist.
+        "location": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+          "createCommsFirewall": True or False, # Optional. create firewall, if true, create firewall for the deployment. This field provides an option to not always create firewall for the deployment.
+          "customTags": [ # Optional. network tags
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "deploymentDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. when user skip DNS configuration from UI, deployment_dns_enabled=false otherwise deployment_dns_enabled=true
+          "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. dns zone name
+          "dnsZoneNameSuffix": "A String", # Optional. dns_zone_name_suffix
+          "internetAccess": "A String",
+          "networkProject": "A String", # Optional. network project
+          "regionName": "A String", # Required. region_name
+          "subnetName": "A String", # Required. subnet_name
+          "vpcName": "A String", # Required. vpc_name
+          "zone1Name": "A String", # Required. zone1_name
+          "zone2Name": "A String", # Optional. zone2_name
+        },
+        "mediaBucketName": "A String", # Required. media_bucket_name
+        "sapBootDiskImage": "A String", # Optional. sap_boot_disk_image
+        "scalingMethod": "A String", # Required. support scale up and scale out
+        "version": "A String", # Required. sap hana version
+        "vmPrefix": "A String", # vm_prefix
+      },
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used for cloud build Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` The default Cloud Build SA will be used initially if this field is not set during deployment creation
+      "sqlServerWorkload": { # Message for MS SQL workload # MS SQL workload input
+        "activeDirectory": { # Active directory details # Required. active directory details
+          "dnsAddress": "A String", # Optional. DNS IP address
+          "domain": "A String", # Optional. human readable form of a domain such as “google.com”.
+          "domainUsername": "A String", # Optional. domain username
+          "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+          "type": "A String", # Required. active directory type
+        },
+        "computeEngineServiceAccount": "A String", # Compute engine service account - let customers bring their own SA for Compute engine
+        "database": { # Database details # Required. database details
+          "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+          "floatingIpAddress": "A String", # Optional. only useful for Linux High Availability setup
+          "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+          "secondarySoleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group
+          "secondarySoleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+          "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+          "smt": True or False, # Required. whether simultaneous multithreading is enabled or not
+          "soleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a primary sole-tenant node/node group
+          "soleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a primary sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+          "tempdbOnSsd": True or False, # Required. whether to have TempDB on local SSD
+          "tenancyModel": "A String", # Required. SHARED or SOLE_TENANT
+        },
+        "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. HIGH_AVAILABILITY or SINGLE_INSTANCE
+        "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+        "fciType": "A String", # Optional. SHARED_DISK or S2D
+        "haType": "A String", # Optional. AOAG or FCI, it is only needed for High Availability deployment mode
+        "isSqlPayg": True or False, # Required. SQL licensing type
+        "location": { # Location and networking details for configuring SQL server workload # Required. location details
+          "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. create a new DNS Zone when the field is empty, Only show for `Using an existing DNS` List of existing DNS Zones tf variable name: existing_dns_zone_name
+          "gcpProjectId": "A String", # Required. the project that infrastructure deployed, currently only supports the same project where the deployment resource exists.
+          "internetAccess": "A String", # Required. Internet Access
+          "network": "A String", # Required. network name
+          "primaryZone": "A String", # Required. primary zone
+          "region": "A String", # Required. region name
+          "secondaryZone": "A String", # Optional. secondary zone can't be same as primary_zone and is only for High Availability deployment mode
+          "subnetwork": "A String", # Required. subnetwork name
+          "tertiaryZone": "A String", # Optional. teriary zone can't be same as primary_zone and secondary zone, and it is only for High Availability deployment mode
+        },
+        "mediaBucket": "A String", # Required. name of the media storing SQL server installation files
+        "operatingSystemType": "A String", # Required. type of the operating system the SQL server is going to run on top of
+        "osImage": "A String", # Required. the image of the operating system
+        "osImageType": "A String", # Optional. OS image type, it's used to create boot disks for VM instances When either Windows licensing type or SQL licensing type is BYOL, this option is disabled and default to custom image
+        "pacemaker": { # pacemaker configuration # Optional. pacemaker configuration, only applicable for Linux HA deployments
+          "bucketNameNodeCertificates": "A String", # Required. bucket location for node certificates
+          "pacemakerCluster": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster name
+          "pacemakerClusterSecret": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster secret name
+          "pacemakerClusterUsername": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster username
+          "sqlPacemakerSecret": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker secret name
+          "sqlPacemakerUsername": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker username
+        },
+        "sqlServerEdition": "A String", # Optional. SQL Server Edition type, only applicable when Operating System is Linux
+        "sqlServerVersion": "A String", # Optional. 2017 or 2019 or 2022
+        "vmPrefix": "A String", # Required. should be unique in the project
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+      "terraformVariables": { # Optional. terraform_variables represents all the Terraform variables for the deployment workload. The key is the name of the Terraform variable, and the value is the TerraformVariable. For example: { "project_id": { "input_value": { "string_value": "my-project-id" } }, "zone": { "input_value": { "string_value": "us-central1-a" } } }
+        "a_key": { # In order to align with Infra Manager dependency, we create the same TerraformVariable message to represent a Terraform input variable, by following Infra Manager's API documentation: https://cloud.google.com/infrastructure-manager/docs/reference/rest A Terraform input variable.
+          "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
+        },
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+      "workerPool": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Cloud Build worker pool resource in which the Cloud Build job will execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}`. If this field is unspecified, the default Cloud Build worker pool will be used.
+      "workloadType": "A String", # Optional. Workload type of the deployment
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.html index e8d188aa77..d953cc766a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Workload Manager API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

+

+ deployments() +

+

Returns the deployments Resource.

+

discoveredprofiles()

diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json index c2d5908389..aaa72064bd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json @@ -641,6 +641,46 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.directory.device.chromeos" ] }, +"countChromeOsDevices": { +"description": "Counts ChromeOS devices matching the request.", +"flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customer/{customerId}/devices/chromeos:countChromeOsDevices", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "admin.customer.devices.chromeos.countChromeOsDevices", +"parameterOrder": [ +"customerId" +], +"parameters": { +"customerId": { +"description": "Required. Immutable ID of the Google Workspace account.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Search string in the format given at https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/directory/v1/list-query-operators", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeChildOrgunits": { +"description": "Optional. Return devices from all child orgunits, as well as the specified org unit. If this is set to true, 'orgUnitPath' must be provided.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"orgUnitPath": { +"description": "Optional. The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "admin/directory/v1/customer/{customerId}/devices/chromeos:countChromeOsDevices", +"response": { +"$ref": "CountChromeOsDevicesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.directory.device.chromeos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.directory.device.chromeos.readonly" +] +}, "issueCommand": { "description": "Issues a command for the device to execute.", "flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customer/{customerId}/devices/chromeos/{deviceId}:issueCommand", @@ -4689,7 +4729,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260113", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Alias": { @@ -6089,6 +6129,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CountChromeOsDevicesResponse": { +"description": "A response for counting ChromeOS devices.", +"id": "CountChromeOsDevicesResponse", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "The total number of devices matching the request.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CreatePrintServerRequest": { "description": "Request for adding a new print server.", "id": "CreatePrintServerRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json index 4da1148cd7..9b43a9495a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json @@ -126,6 +126,11 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"applicationInfoFilter": { +"description": "Optional. Used to filter on the `oAuthClientId` field present in [`ApplicationInfo`](#applicationinfo) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&applicationInfoFilter=oAuthClientId=\"clientId\" GET...&applicationInfoFilter=oAuthClientId=%22clientId%22 ```", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "applicationName": { "description": "Application name for which the events are to be retrieved.", "enum": [ @@ -251,6 +256,11 @@ "minimum": "1", "type": "integer" }, +"networkInfoFilter": { +"description": "Optional. Used to filter on the `regionCode` field present in [`NetworkInfo`](#networkinfo) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&networkInfoFilter=regionCode=\"IN\" GET...&networkInfoFilter=regionCode=%22IN%22 ```", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "orgUnitID": { "default": "", "description": "ID of the organizational unit to report on. Activity records will be shown only for users who belong to the specified organizational unit. Data before Dec 17, 2018 doesn't appear in the filtered results.", @@ -274,6 +284,11 @@ "pattern": "(\\d\\d\\d\\d)-(\\d\\d)-(\\d\\d)T(\\d\\d):(\\d\\d):(\\d\\d)(?:\\.(\\d+))?(?:(Z)|([-+])(\\d\\d):(\\d\\d))", "type": "string" }, +"statusFilter": { +"description": "Optional. Used to filter on the `statusCode` field present in [`Status`](#status) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&statusFilter=statusCode=\"200\" GET...&statusFilter=statusCode=%22200%22 ```", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "userKey": { "description": "Represents the profile ID or the user email for which the data should be filtered. Can be `all` for all information, or `userKey` for a user's unique Google Workspace profile ID or their primary email address. Must not be a deleted user. For a deleted user, call `users.list` in Directory API with `showDeleted=true`, then use the returned `ID` as the `userKey`.", "location": "path", @@ -666,7 +681,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251202", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Activities": { @@ -829,6 +844,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"status": { +"$ref": "ActivityEventsStatus", +"description": "Status of the event. Note: Not all events have status." +}, "type": { "description": "Type of event. The Google Workspace service or feature that an administrator changes is identified in the `type` property which identifies an event using the `eventName` property. For a full list of the API's `type` categories, see the list of event names for various applications above in `applicationName`.", "type": "string" @@ -889,6 +908,30 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ActivityEventsStatus": { +"description": "Status of the event. Note: Not all events have status.", +"id": "ActivityEventsStatus", +"properties": { +"errorCode": { +"description": "Error code of the event. Note: Field can be empty.", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorMessage": { +"description": "Error message of the event. Note: Field can be empty.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventStatus": { +"description": "* Status of the event. Possible values if not empty: - UNKNOWN_EVENT_STATUS - SUCCEEDED - SUCCEEDED_WITH_WARNINGS - FAILED - SKIPPED", +"type": "string" +}, +"httpStatusCode": { +"description": "Status code of the event. Note: Field can be empty.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ActivityNetworkInfo": { "description": "Network information of the user doing the action.", "id": "ActivityNetworkInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index 74f90d0879..da4d181453 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -30724,7 +30724,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -33013,6 +33013,11 @@ "description": "Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response.", "type": "string" }, +"error": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"description": "Output only. Error while scraping model or agent.", +"readOnly": true +}, "text": { "description": "Text response.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index a317cf5f8a..e2bf598356 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -3096,6 +3096,110 @@ } } }, +"evaluationMetrics": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.evaluationMetrics.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^evaluationMetrics/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.evaluationMetrics.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^evaluationMetrics/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.evaluationMetrics.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^evaluationMetrics/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "evaluationRuns": { "resources": { "operations": { @@ -13438,6 +13542,110 @@ } } }, +"evaluationMetrics": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/evaluationMetrics/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/evaluationMetrics/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/evaluationMetrics/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "evaluationRuns": { "methods": { "cancel": { @@ -37861,7 +38069,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -40437,6 +40645,11 @@ "description": "Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response.", "type": "string" }, +"error": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"description": "Output only. Error while scraping model or agent.", +"readOnly": true +}, "events": { "description": "Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response.", "items": { @@ -49425,6 +49638,10 @@ "description": "Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned model endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", "type": "string" }, +"modelArmorConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ModelArmorConfig", +"description": "Optional. Settings for prompt and response sanitization using the Model Armor service. If supplied, safety_settings must not be supplied." +}, "safetySettings": { "description": "Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates.", "items": { @@ -64278,6 +64495,11 @@ false "description": "Output only. Response of the last scheduled run. This is the response for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). Unset if no run has been scheduled yet.", "readOnly": true }, +"maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, "maxConcurrentRunCount": { "description": "Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable).", "format": "int64", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json index 285c6604dc..82cdb66985 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json @@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260205", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -6190,6 +6190,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenanceInfo to capture the maintenance details of database resource.", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainResourceMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { +"currentVersionReleaseDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Optional. The date when the current maintenance version was released." +}, "denyMaintenanceSchedules": { "description": "Optional. List of Deny maintenance period for the database resource.", "items": { @@ -6235,11 +6239,6 @@ false "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUpcomingMaintenance", "description": "Optional. Upcoming maintenance for the database resource. This field is populated once SLM generates and publishes upcoming maintenance window." -}, -"versionUpdateTime": { -"description": "Optional. This field will contain the date when the last version update was applied to the database resource. This will be used to calculate the age of the maintenance version.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json index 25b57077f0..56b0b44b95 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json @@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260205", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -6384,6 +6384,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenanceInfo to capture the maintenance details of database resource.", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainResourceMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { +"currentVersionReleaseDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Optional. The date when the current maintenance version was released." +}, "denyMaintenanceSchedules": { "description": "Optional. List of Deny maintenance period for the database resource.", "items": { @@ -6429,11 +6433,6 @@ false "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUpcomingMaintenance", "description": "Optional. Upcoming maintenance for the database resource. This field is populated once SLM generates and publishes upcoming maintenance window." -}, -"versionUpdateTime": { -"description": "Optional. This field will contain the date when the last version update was applied to the database resource. This will be used to calculate the age of the maintenance version.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json index 792da77be6..2678f0c7fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json @@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260205", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -6360,6 +6360,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenanceInfo to capture the maintenance details of database resource.", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainResourceMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { +"currentVersionReleaseDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Optional. The date when the current maintenance version was released." +}, "denyMaintenanceSchedules": { "description": "Optional. List of Deny maintenance period for the database resource.", "items": { @@ -6405,11 +6409,6 @@ false "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUpcomingMaintenance", "description": "Optional. Upcoming maintenance for the database resource. This field is populated once SLM generates and publishes upcoming maintenance window." -}, -"versionUpdateTime": { -"description": "Optional. This field will contain the date when the last version update was applied to the database resource. This will be used to calculate the age of the maintenance version.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json index ac8840d1f6..391f658fcb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260212", "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdbShellCommandEvent": { @@ -5336,7 +5336,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "telephonyInfos": { -"description": "Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23.", +"description": "Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android 6.", "items": { "$ref": "TelephonyInfo" }, @@ -7613,11 +7613,11 @@ false "type": "object" }, "TelephonyInfo": { -"description": "Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23.", +"description": "Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. This is supported for all SIM cards on fully managed devices on Android 6 and above. In addition, this is supported for admin-added eSIMs on all devices for Android 15 and above.", "id": "TelephonyInfo", "properties": { "activationState": { -"description": "Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35.", +"description": "Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15.", "enum": [ "ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVATED", @@ -7636,7 +7636,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "configMode": { -"description": "Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35.", +"description": "Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15.", "enum": [ "CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "ADMIN_CONFIGURED", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apihub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apihub.v1.json index 384fa03878..92a5aba71a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apihub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apihub.v1.json @@ -15,6 +15,53 @@ "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-hub/what-is-api-hub", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west1" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -163,7 +210,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apihub.projects.locations.list", @@ -3173,7 +3220,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260211", "rootUrl": "https://apihub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appsmarket.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appsmarket.v2.json index 3c1d0c4eee..756d322970 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appsmarket.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appsmarket.v2.json @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ "customerLicense": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Gets the status of a license for a customer to determine if they have access for a given app.", +"description": "Gets the customer's licensing status to determine if they have access to a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).", "flatPath": "appsmarket/v2/customerLicense/{applicationId}/{customerId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appsmarket.customerLicense.get", @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "applicationId": { -"description": "Application Id", +"description": "The ID of the application.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "customerId": { -"description": "Customer Id", +"description": "The ID of the customer.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ "userLicense": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Gets the user's licensing status for their permission to use a given app.", +"description": "Gets the user's licensing status to determine if they have permission to use a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).", "flatPath": "appsmarket/v2/userLicense/{applicationId}/{userId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appsmarket.userLicense.get", @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "applicationId": { -"description": "Application Id", +"description": "The ID of the application.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "userId": { -"description": "User Id", +"description": "The ID of the user.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251217", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://appsmarket.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CustomerLicense": { @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "kind": { -"description": "The type of API resource. This is always appsmarket#customerLicense.", +"description": "The type of API resource. This is always `appsmarket#customerLicense`.", "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "The customer's license status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The customer has a valid license. - `UNLICENSED`: There is no license: either this customer has never installed your application, or else has deleted it.", +"description": "The customer's license status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The customer has a valid license. - `UNLICENSED`: There is no license. Either this customer has never installed your application or has deleted it.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -257,11 +257,11 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "id": { -"description": "The ID of user license.", +"description": "The ID of the user license.", "type": "string" }, "kind": { -"description": "The type of API resource. This is always appsmarket#userLicense.", +"description": "The type of API resource. This is always `appsmarket#userLicense`.", "type": "string" }, "state": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json index 9b4c02f8cc..74fa6987d9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -2493,7 +2493,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260102", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { @@ -3284,12 +3284,14 @@ "enum": [ "HASH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "SHA256", -"MD5" +"MD5", +"DIRSUM_SHA256" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "SHA256 hash.", -"MD5 hash." +"MD5 hash.", +"Dirsum SHA256 hash." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json index 06622bec45..e53b6b72b6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251029", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -1284,12 +1284,14 @@ "enum": [ "HASH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "SHA256", -"MD5" +"MD5", +"DIRSUM_SHA256" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "SHA256 hash.", -"MD5 hash." +"MD5 hash.", +"Dirsum SHA256 hash." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json index d34ffc53fc..e1674c7d9e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251029", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { @@ -1606,12 +1606,14 @@ "enum": [ "HASH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "SHA256", -"MD5" +"MD5", +"DIRSUM_SHA256" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "SHA256 hash.", -"MD5 hash." +"MD5 hash.", +"Dirsum SHA256 hash." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json index 41c5b57da0..bf5f6f7d7f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json @@ -172,6 +172,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Tests the IAM permissions for the specified catalog.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "biglake.projects.catalogs.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -237,6 +266,131 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Tests the IAM permissions for the specified namespace.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/namespaces/{namespacesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "biglake.projects.catalogs.namespaces.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+/namespaces/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"tables": { +"methods": { +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the IAM policy for the specified Catalog.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/namespaces/{namespacesId}/tables/{tablesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "biglake.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+/namespaces/[^/]+/tables/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the IAM policy for the specified catalog.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/namespaces/{namespacesId}/tables/{tablesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "biglake.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+/namespaces/[^/]+/tables/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Tests the IAM permissions for the specified table.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/namespaces/{namespacesId}/tables/{tablesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "biglake.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+/namespaces/[^/]+/tables/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} } } } @@ -748,7 +902,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251027", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://biglake.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1173,6 +1327,34 @@ } }, "type": "object" +}, +"TestIamPermissionsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", +"id": "TestIamPermissionsRequest", +"properties": { +"permissions": { +"description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TestIamPermissionsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", +"id": "TestIamPermissionsResponse", +"properties": { +"permissions": { +"description": "A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json index 6c569e9952..50c87a0b21 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json @@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "bigtableadmin.projects.locations.list", @@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251209", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppProfile": { @@ -4395,6 +4395,12 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeGeography": { +"description": "A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes.", +"id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeGeography", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt64": { "description": "Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`.", "id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt64", @@ -5719,6 +5725,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeFloat64", "description": "Float64" }, +"geographyType": { +"$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeGeography", +"description": "Geography" +}, "int64Type": { "$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt64", "description": "Int64" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json index 665c975646..1d3c71135c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json @@ -904,7 +904,24 @@ "type": "string" }, "source": { -"description": "Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default.", +"description": "Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. Will be deprecated in favor of `sources` field.", +"enum": [ +"SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIVE", +"SIMULATOR", +"EVAL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified source.", +"The conversation is from the live end user.", +"The conversation is from the simulator.", +"The conversation is from the evaluation." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the sources of the conversations. If not set, all available sources will be applied by default.", "enum": [ "SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", "LIVE", @@ -918,6 +935,7 @@ "The conversation is from the evaluation." ], "location": "query", +"repeated": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -2228,7 +2246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://ces.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { @@ -2966,6 +2984,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent.", "type": "boolean" }, +"proactiveExecutionEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "pythonCode": { "description": "Required. The python code to execute for the callback.", "type": "string" @@ -3458,14 +3480,18 @@ "INPUT_TYPE_TEXT", "INPUT_TYPE_AUDIO", "INPUT_TYPE_IMAGE", -"INPUT_TYPE_BLOB" +"INPUT_TYPE_BLOB", +"INPUT_TYPE_TOOL_RESPONSE", +"INPUT_TYPE_VARIABLES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified input type.", "The input message is text.", "The input message is audio.", "The input message is image.", -"The input message is blob file." +"The input message is blob file.", +"The input message is client function tool response.", +"The input message are variables." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4464,6 +4490,25 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"promptConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig", +"description": "Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig": { +"description": "Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results.", +"id": "GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig", +"properties": { +"textPrompt": { +"description": "Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"voicePrompt": { +"description": "Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4773,6 +4818,10 @@ "description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI from which to import app. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`.", "type": "string" }, +"ignoreAppLock": { +"description": "Optional. Flag for overriding the app lock during import. If set to true, the import process will ignore the app lock.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "importOptions": { "$ref": "ImportAppRequestImportOptions", "description": "Optional. Options governing the import process for the app." @@ -6760,7 +6809,8 @@ "ADVANCED_PRODUCT_DETAILS", "SHORT_FORM", "OVERALL_SATISFACTION", -"ORDER_SUMMARY" +"ORDER_SUMMARY", +"APPOINTMENT_DETAILS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified widget type.", @@ -6772,7 +6822,8 @@ "Advanced product details widget.", "Short form widget.", "Overall satisfaction widget.", -"Order summary widget." +"Order summary widget.", +"Appointment details widget." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json index fec0468a79..07a7b63e37 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json @@ -1020,7 +1020,24 @@ "type": "string" }, "source": { -"description": "Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default.", +"description": "Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. Will be deprecated in favor of `sources` field.", +"enum": [ +"SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIVE", +"SIMULATOR", +"EVAL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified source.", +"The conversation is from the live end user.", +"The conversation is from the simulator.", +"The conversation is from the evaluation." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the sources of the conversations. If not set, all available sources will be applied by default.", "enum": [ "SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", "LIVE", @@ -1034,6 +1051,7 @@ "The conversation is from the evaluation." ], "location": "query", +"repeated": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -3270,7 +3288,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://ces.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { @@ -4268,6 +4286,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent.", "type": "boolean" }, +"proactiveExecutionEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "pythonCode": { "description": "Required. The python code to execute for the callback.", "type": "string" @@ -4760,14 +4782,18 @@ "INPUT_TYPE_TEXT", "INPUT_TYPE_AUDIO", "INPUT_TYPE_IMAGE", -"INPUT_TYPE_BLOB" +"INPUT_TYPE_BLOB", +"INPUT_TYPE_TOOL_RESPONSE", +"INPUT_TYPE_VARIABLES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified input type.", "The input message is text.", "The input message is audio.", "The input message is image.", -"The input message is blob file." +"The input message is blob file.", +"The input message is client function tool response.", +"The input message are variables." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7542,6 +7568,25 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"promptConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig", +"description": "Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig": { +"description": "Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results.", +"id": "GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig", +"properties": { +"textPrompt": { +"description": "Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"voicePrompt": { +"description": "Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -7851,6 +7896,10 @@ "description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI from which to import app. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`.", "type": "string" }, +"ignoreAppLock": { +"description": "Optional. Flag for overriding the app lock during import. If set to true, the import process will ignore the app lock.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "importOptions": { "$ref": "ImportAppRequestImportOptions", "description": "Optional. Options governing the import process for the app." @@ -10501,7 +10550,8 @@ "ADVANCED_PRODUCT_DETAILS", "SHORT_FORM", "OVERALL_SATISFACTION", -"ORDER_SUMMARY" +"ORDER_SUMMARY", +"APPOINTMENT_DETAILS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified widget type.", @@ -10513,7 +10563,8 @@ "Advanced product details widget.", "Short form widget.", "Overall satisfaction widget.", -"Order summary widget." +"Order summary widget.", +"Appointment details widget." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index c17cc806f9..b9b8f756f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260205", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSettings": { @@ -3007,6 +3007,11 @@ "description": "A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio.", "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1DataSourceConfig", "properties": { +"minCharactersTrigger": { +"description": "The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "platformDataSource": { "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1PlatformDataSource", "description": "The data is from a Google Workspace application." @@ -3600,7 +3605,7 @@ "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1SelectionInput", "properties": { "dataSourceConfigs": { -"description": "Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used.", +"description": "Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1DataSourceConfig" }, @@ -3660,7 +3665,7 @@ "A set of checkboxes. Users can select one or more checkboxes.", "A set of radio buttons. Users can select one radio button.", "A set of switches. Users can turn on one or more switches.", -"A dropdown menu. Users can select one item from the menu. For Google Chat apps, as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), you can populate items using a dynamic data source and autosuggest items as users type in the menu. For example, users can start typing the name of a Google Chat space and the widget autosuggests the space. To dynamically populate items for a dropdown menu, use one of the following types of data sources: * Google Workspace data: Items are populated using data from Google Workspace, such as Google Workspace users or Google Chat spaces. * External data: Items are populated from an external data source outside of Google Workspace. For examples of how to implement dropdown menus for Chat apps, see [Add a dropdown menu](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#dropdown-menu) and [Dynamically populate drop-down menus](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#dynamic-dropdown-menu). [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend):", +"A dropdown menu. Users can select one item from the menu. For Google Chat apps, you can populate items using a dynamic data source and autosuggest items as users type in the menu. For example, users can start typing the name of a Google Chat space and the widget autosuggests the space. To dynamically populate items for a dropdown menu, use one of the following types of data sources: * Google Workspace data: Items are populated using data from Google Workspace, such as Google Workspace users or Google Chat spaces. * External data: Items are populated from an external data source outside of Google Workspace. For examples of how to implement dropdown menus for Chat apps, see [Add a dropdown menu](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#dropdown-menu) and [Dynamically populate drop-down menus](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#dynamic-dropdown-menu). [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend):", "A menu with a text box. Users can type and select one or more items. For Google Workspace add-ons, you must populate items using a static array of `SelectionItem` objects. For Google Chat apps, you can also populate items using a dynamic data source and autosuggest items as users type in the menu. For example, users can start typing the name of a Google Chat space and the widget autosuggests the space. To dynamically populate items for a multiselect menu, use one of the following types of data sources: * Google Workspace data: Items are populated using data from Google Workspace, such as Google Workspace users or Google Chat spaces. * External data: Items are populated from an external data source outside of Google Workspace. For examples of how to implement multiselect menus for Chat apps, see [Add a multiselect menu](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#multiselect-menu). [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend):" ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json index bb9eb08905..37d7d59b37 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json @@ -15,6 +15,13 @@ "description": "Groups and counts similar errors from cloud services and applications, reports new errors, and provides access to error groups and their associated errors. ", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/error-reporting/", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://clouderrorreporting.us.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -728,7 +735,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://clouderrorreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeleteEventsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json index 54efa25e81..9f35805ef2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260205", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { @@ -992,6 +992,28 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"DirectVpcNetworkInterface": { +"description": "The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector.", +"id": "DirectVpcNetworkInterface", +"properties": { +"network": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tags": { +"description": "Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "EventFilter": { "description": "Filters events based on exact matches on the CloudEvents attributes.", "id": "EventFilter", @@ -1923,6 +1945,27 @@ "description": "Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service.", "type": "string" }, +"directVpcEgress": { +"description": "Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.", +"enum": [ +"DIRECT_VPC_EGRESS_UNSPECIFIED", +"VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY", +"VPC_EGRESS_ALL_TRAFFIC" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"Sends only traffic to internal addresses through the VPC network.", +"Sends all outbound traffic through the VPC network." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"directVpcNetworkInterface": { +"description": "Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DirectVpcNetworkInterface" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "environmentVariables": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json index fef557738c..dfd7902a7b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`", +"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/autokeyConfig$", "required": true, @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`", +"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/autokeyConfig$", "required": true, @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.list", @@ -1501,6 +1501,32 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" ] }, +"delete": { +"description": "Permanently deletes the given CryptoKey. All child CryptoKeyVersions must have been previously deleted using KeyManagementService.DeleteCryptoKeyVersion. The specified crypto key will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/keyRings/{keyRingsId}/cryptoKeys/{cryptoKeysId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the CryptoKey to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/keyRings/[^/]+/cryptoKeys/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" +] +}, "encrypt": { "description": "Encrypts data, so that it can only be recovered by a call to Decrypt. The CryptoKey.purpose must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/keyRings/{keyRingsId}/cryptoKeys/{cryptoKeysId}:encrypt", @@ -1890,6 +1916,32 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" ] }, +"delete": { +"description": "Permanently deletes the given CryptoKeyVersion. Only possible if the version has not been previously imported and if its state is one of DESTROYED, IMPORT_FAILED, or GENERATION_FAILED. Successfully imported CryptoKeyVersions cannot be deleted at this time. The specified version will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/keyRings/{keyRingsId}/cryptoKeys/{cryptoKeysId}/cryptoKeyVersions/{cryptoKeyVersionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the CryptoKeyVersion to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/keyRings/[^/]+/cryptoKeys/[^/]+/cryptoKeyVersions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" +] +}, "destroy": { "description": "Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED, and destroy_time will be set to the time destroy_scheduled_duration in the future. At that time, the state will automatically change to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/keyRings/{keyRingsId}/cryptoKeys/{cryptoKeysId}/cryptoKeyVersions/{cryptoKeyVersionsId}:destroy", @@ -2496,6 +2548,73 @@ } } }, +"retiredResources": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Retrieves a specific RetiredResource resource, which represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/retiredResources/{retiredResourcesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.retiredResources.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the RetiredResource to get.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/retiredResources/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "RetiredResource" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists the RetiredResources which are the records of deleted CryptoKeys. RetiredResources prevent the reuse of these resource names after deletion.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/retiredResources", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.retiredResources.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Optional limit on the number of RetiredResources to be included in the response. Further RetiredResources can subsequently be obtained by including the ListRetiredResourcesResponse.next_page_token in a subsequent request. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Optional pagination token, returned earlier via ListRetiredResourcesResponse.next_page_token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project-specific location holding the RetiredResources, in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/retiredResources", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListRetiredResourcesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" +] +} +} +}, "singleTenantHsmInstances": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -2819,7 +2938,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260123", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://cloudkms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddQuorumMember": { @@ -3058,13 +3177,13 @@ "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. KeyProjectResolutionMode when not specified will act as `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`.", "Keys are created in a dedicated project specified by `key_project`.", -"Keys are created in the same project as the resource requesting the key. `key_project` must not be set when this mode is used.", +"Keys are created in the same project as the resource requesting the key. The `key_project` must not be set when this mode is used.", "Disables the AutokeyConfig. When this mode is set, any AutokeyConfig from higher levels in the resource hierarchy are ignored for this resource and its descendants. This setting can be overridden by a more specific configuration at a lower level. For example, if Autokey is disabled on a folder, it can be re-enabled on a sub-folder or project within that folder by setting a different mode (e.g., DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT or RESOURCE_PROJECT)." ], "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`", +"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`.", "type": "string" }, "state": { @@ -4645,6 +4764,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListRetiredResourcesResponse": { +"description": "Response message for KeyManagementService.ListRetiredResources.", +"id": "ListRetiredResourcesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in ListRetiredResourcesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page of results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"retiredResources": { +"description": "The list of RetiredResources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RetiredResource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"totalSize": { +"description": "The total number of RetiredResources that matched the query.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposalsResponse": { "description": "Response message for HsmManagement.ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals.", "id": "ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposalsResponse", @@ -5475,6 +5617,34 @@ false "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"RetiredResource": { +"description": "A RetiredResource resource represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey. Its purpose is to provide visibility into retained user data and to prevent reuse of these names for new CryptoKeys.", +"id": "RetiredResource", +"properties": { +"deleteTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the original resource was deleted and this RetiredResource record was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this RetiredResource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/retiredResources/*`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"originalResource": { +"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the original CryptoKey that was deleted in the format `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceType": { +"description": "Output only. The resource type of the original deleted resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ServiceResolver": { "description": "A ServiceResolver represents an EKM replica that can be reached within an EkmConnection.", "id": "ServiceResolver", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index f825b48356..62a9624403 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -3234,6 +3234,55 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"convert": { +"description": "Converts a persistent disk to support Gen4+ VMs.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/convert", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.disks.convert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"disk" +], +"parameters": { +"disk": { +"description": "Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/convert", +"request": { +"$ref": "DisksConvertRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "createSnapshot": { "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot\ncreation, consider using snapshots.insert\ninstead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots\nin a project different from the source disk project.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot", @@ -7181,7 +7230,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -10478,6 +10527,54 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"configureAcceleratorTopologies": { +"description": "Updates the accelerator topologies configuration.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/configureAcceleratorTopologies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.configureAcceleratorTopologies", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group.\nIt should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of thezone\nwhere the managed instance group is located.\nIt should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/configureAcceleratorTopologies", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagersConfigureAcceleratorTopologiesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "createInstances": { "description": "Creates instances with per-instance configurations in this managed instance\ngroup. Instances are created using the current instance template. Thecreate instances operation is marked DONE if thecreateInstances request is successful. The underlying actions\ntake additional time. You must separately verify the status of thecreating or actions with the listmanagedinstances\nmethod.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances", @@ -20530,7 +20627,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -28805,7 +28902,7 @@ }, "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks/{compositeHealthCheck}/getHealth", "response": { -"$ref": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponse" +"$ref": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -31411,6 +31508,49 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional HealthSource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionHealthSources.getHealth", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"healthSource" +], +"parameters": { +"healthSource": { +"description": "Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"response": { +"$ref": "HealthSourceHealth" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "insert": { "description": "Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources", @@ -35077,7 +35217,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -41204,6 +41344,61 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getVersion": { +"description": "Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation slot.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlocksId}/reservationSlots/{reservationSlot}/getVersion", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.reservationSlots.getVersion", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"parentName", +"reservationSlot" +], +"parameters": { +"parentName": { +"description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservation_sub_block_name}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "reservations/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})/reservationBlocks/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})/reservationSubBlocks/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"reservationSlot": { +"description": "The name of the reservation slot.\nName should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSlots/{reservationSlot}/getVersion", +"request": { +"$ref": "ReservationSlotsGetVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Retrieves a list of reservation slots under a single reservation.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlocksId}/reservationSlots", @@ -41272,6 +41467,62 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Update a reservation slot in the specified sub-block.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlocksId}/reservationSlots/{reservationSlot}", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.reservationSlots.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"parentName", +"reservationSlot" +], +"parameters": { +"parentName": { +"description": "The name of the sub-block resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "reservations/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})/reservationBlocks/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})/reservationSubBlocks/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "The project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"reservationSlot": { +"description": "The name of the slot resource.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "The fields to be updated as part of this request.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSlots/{reservationSlot}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ReservationSlot" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -41339,6 +41590,60 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getVersion": { +"description": "Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation subBlock.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/getVersion", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.getVersion", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"parentName", +"reservationSubBlock" +], +"parameters": { +"parentName": { +"description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"reservationSubBlock": { +"description": "The name of the reservation subBlock.\nName should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/getVersion", +"request": { +"$ref": "ReservationSubBlocksGetVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Retrieves a list of reservation subBlocks under a single reservation.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks", @@ -42885,6 +43190,94 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"pause": { +"description": "Pauses a Rollout.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/pause", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.rollouts.pause", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"rollout" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag of the Rollout.\nIf this is provided, the request will only succeed if the etag matches\nthe current etag of the Rollout.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Required. Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"rollout": { +"description": "Required. Name of the Rollout resource to pause.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/pause", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"resume": { +"description": "Resumes a Rollout.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/resume", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.rollouts.resume", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"rollout" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag of the Rollout.\nIf this is provided, the request will only succeed if the etag matches\nthe current etag of the Rollout.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Required. Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"rollout": { +"description": "Required. Name of the Rollout resource to resume.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/resume", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -54266,7 +54659,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -55744,6 +56137,7 @@ false "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT3P", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT4P", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT5P", +"VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_TPU7", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_TPU7X" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -55754,6 +56148,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -55939,7 +56334,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 9", +"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 10", "id": "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties", "properties": { "guestAccelerators": { @@ -57372,6 +57767,10 @@ false "format": "float", "type": "number" }, +"orchestrationInfo": { +"$ref": "BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo", +"description": "Information about the resource or system that manages the backend." +}, "preference": { "description": "This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before\nsending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values\nare:\n \n - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be\n filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT.\n - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough\n capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be\n assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the\n default", "enum": [ @@ -57406,6 +57805,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo": { +"description": "A message containing information about the resource or system that manages\nthe backend.", +"id": "BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo", +"properties": { +"resourceUri": { +"description": "The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendBucket": { "description": "Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.\n\nThis Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load\nbalancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.", "id": "BackendBucket", @@ -58540,6 +58950,10 @@ false "$ref": "BackendServiceNetworkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy", "description": "Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network\nLoad Balancers.\n\nnetworkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy." }, +"orchestrationInfo": { +"$ref": "BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo", +"description": "Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service." +}, "outlierDetection": { "$ref": "OutlierDetection", "description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." @@ -59693,6 +60107,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo": { +"description": "A message containing information about the resource or system that manages\nthe backend service.", +"id": "BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo", +"properties": { +"resourceUri": { +"description": "The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend\nservice.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendServiceParams": { "description": "Additional Backend Service parameters.", "id": "BackendServiceParams", @@ -60848,6 +61273,11 @@ false "description": "Defines the instance scheduling options.", "id": "CapacityAdviceRequestInstancePropertiesScheduling", "properties": { +"maxRunDuration": { +"description": "The maximum time that instances can run before Compute Engine\nterminates them.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, "provisioningModel": { "description": "Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.", "enum": [ @@ -60905,6 +61335,12 @@ false "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, +"estimatedWaitDuration": { +"description": "Output only. The likely maximum time that you will have to wait until\nCompute Engine provisions your instances.", +"format": "google-duration", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "obtainability": { "description": "The obtainability score indicates the likelihood of successfully\nobtaining (provisioning) the requested number of VMs.\nThe score range is 0.0 through 1.0. Higher is better.", "format": "double", @@ -62048,6 +62484,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CompositeHealthCheckHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth", +"id": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth", +"properties": { +"healthSources": { +"description": "Health sources and their corresponding health states.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of\ncomposite health checks.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CompositeHealthCheckList": { "id": "CompositeHealthCheckList", "properties": { @@ -62203,34 +62673,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponse": { -"description": "Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth", -"id": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponse", -"properties": { -"healthSources": { -"description": "Health sources and their corresponding health states.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"healthState": { -"description": "Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.", -"enum": [ -"HEALTHY", -"UNHEALTHY", -"UNKNOWN" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth": { "id": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth", "properties": { @@ -62249,7 +62691,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "source": { -"description": "URL of the associated HealthSource resource.", +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -62875,6 +63317,57 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DateTime": { +"description": "Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time).\n\nThis type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways:\n\n * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar\n day with a particular offset from UTC.\n * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar\n day in a particular time zone.\n * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar\n day in local time.\n\nThe date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar.\n\nIf year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a\nspecific year, month, or day respectively.\n\nThis type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and\ntime fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set.\nConsider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use\ncase also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in\nanother field.\n\nThis type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to\ndocument and validate your application's limitations.", +"id": "DateTime", +"properties": { +"day": { +"description": "Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and\nmonth, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"hours": { +"description": "Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults\nto 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value \"24:00:00\" for\nscenarios like business closing time.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minutes": { +"description": "Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"month": { +"description": "Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a\ndatetime without a month.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"nanos": { +"description": "Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to\n999,999,999, defaults to 0.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"seconds": { +"description": "Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59,\ndefaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"timeZone": { +"$ref": "TimeZone", +"description": "Time zone." +}, +"utcOffset": { +"description": "UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours.\nFor example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as\n{ seconds: -14400 }.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"year": { +"description": "Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a\ndatetime without a year.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DeprecationStatus": { "description": "Deprecation status for a public resource.", "id": "DeprecationStatus", @@ -63487,6 +63980,32 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DiskConvertParams": { +"id": "DiskConvertParams", +"properties": { +"forceStopInProgressSnapshot": { +"type": "boolean" +}, +"provisionedIops": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"provisionedThroughput": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"quickConversionOnly": { +"type": "boolean" +}, +"resetSupportedVmFamilies": { +"type": "boolean" +}, +"targetDiskType": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DiskInstantiationConfig": { "description": "A specification of the desired way to instantiate a disk in the instance\ntemplate when its created from a source instance.", "id": "DiskInstantiationConfig", @@ -64404,6 +64923,15 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DisksConvertRequest": { +"id": "DisksConvertRequest", +"properties": { +"params": { +"$ref": "DiskConvertParams" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DisksRemoveResourcePoliciesRequest": { "id": "DisksRemoveResourcePoliciesRequest", "properties": { @@ -67377,6 +67905,10 @@ false "FutureReservation": { "id": "FutureReservation", "properties": { +"advancedDeploymentControl": { +"$ref": "ReservationAdvancedDeploymentControl", +"description": "Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE\ndeployment type future reservations." +}, "aggregateReservation": { "$ref": "AllocationAggregateReservation", "description": "Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation." @@ -67397,6 +67929,17 @@ false "$ref": "FutureReservationCommitmentInfo", "description": "If not present, then FR will not deliver a new commitment or update an\nexisting commitment." }, +"confidentialComputeType": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIDENTIAL_COMPUTE_TYPE_TDX", +"CONFIDENTIAL_COMPUTE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Intel Trust Domain Extensions.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, @@ -68427,6 +68970,7 @@ false "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT3P", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT4P", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT5P", +"VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_TPU7", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_TPU7X" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68437,6 +68981,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -68638,6 +69183,35 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GetVersionOperationMetadata": { +"id": "GetVersionOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"inlineSbomInfo": { +"$ref": "GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo": { +"id": "GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo", +"properties": { +"currentComponentVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component\nname and the value is the version.", +"type": "object" +}, +"targetComponentVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the\ncomponent name and the value is the version.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GlobalAddressesMoveRequest": { "id": "GlobalAddressesMoveRequest", "properties": { @@ -69719,7 +70293,7 @@ false "id": "HaController", "properties": { "backendServices": { -"description": "Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to\nbe pre-created and configured as managed.", +"description": "Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to\nbe pre-created.\n\nCurrently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4\nInternal Load Balancer (ILB).", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -72617,6 +73191,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"HealthSourceHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth", +"id": "HealthSourceHealth", +"properties": { +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the HealthSource.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthSourceHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Health state details of the sources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HealthSourceList": { "id": "HealthSourceList", "properties": { @@ -72772,6 +73380,47 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo", +"properties": { +"backends": { +"description": "Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source\nbackend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource\nis BACKEND_SERVICE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source\nresource if it is a L4ILB backend service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a\nbackend service URL.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo", +"properties": { +"endpointCount": { +"description": "Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"group": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group\nbehind the source backend service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"healthyEndpointCount": { +"description": "Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HealthSourcesScopedList": { "id": "HealthSourcesScopedList", "properties": { @@ -75741,6 +76390,12 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, +"restartingInPlace": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, "resuming": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", "format": "int32", @@ -77156,6 +77811,18 @@ false "InstanceGroupManagerUpdatePolicy": { "id": "InstanceGroupManagerUpdatePolicy", "properties": { +"disruptionMode": { +"description": "Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart.", +"enum": [ +"LEGACY", +"OPTIMIZED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default option: boot disk will not be updated with restart.", +"Boot disk will be updated with restart." +], +"type": "string" +}, "instanceRedistributionType": { "description": "The \ninstance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups.\nValid values are: \n \n - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an\n even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region.\n - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive\n redistribution is disabled.", "enum": [ @@ -77187,13 +77854,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -77203,13 +77872,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -77283,6 +77954,18 @@ false "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of \u201cinstances\u201d.\nIf the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified\nin the request.", "type": "boolean" }, +"disruptionMode": { +"description": "Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart.", +"enum": [ +"LEGACY", +"OPTIMIZED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default option: boot disk will not be updated with restart.", +"Boot disk will be updated with restart." +], +"type": "string" +}, "instances": { "description": "The list of URLs of one or more instances for which you want to apply\nupdates. Each URL can be a full URL or a partial URL, such aszones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", "items": { @@ -77296,13 +77979,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -77312,13 +77997,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -77328,19 +78015,45 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, +"InstanceGroupManagersConfigureAcceleratorTopologiesRequest": { +"description": "InstanceGroupManagers.ConfigureAcceleratorTopologies", +"id": "InstanceGroupManagersConfigureAcceleratorTopologiesRequest", +"properties": { +"acceleratorTopologyActions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"enum": [ +"ACCELERATOR_TOPOLOGY_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVATE", +"DEACTIVATE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"The accelerator topology is to be activated.", +"The accelerator topology is to be deactivated." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Map of accelerator topologies that should have their state changed to\nthe specified value. The key is the hashed topology locus id. It can be\nobtained from the GetAvailableAcceleratorTopologies rpc.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstanceGroupManagersCreateInstancesRequest": { "description": "InstanceGroupManagers.createInstances", "id": "InstanceGroupManagersCreateInstancesRequest", @@ -77402,6 +78115,10 @@ false }, "description": "The accelerator topology information returned per id of the topology\nlocation.", "type": "object" +}, +"multiMig": { +"description": "URL to MMIG this MIG belongs to.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -77417,13 +78134,114 @@ false "enum": [ "DEGRADED", "HEALTHY", -"UNHEALTHY" +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "All VM are in RUNNING state, but there is an issue with\nthe inter-chip connectivity that makes this part\nof the infrastructure ready to use as a working\ninter-chip connected group only in a degraded mode.\nThis is allowed only for Instances configured with ICI\nresiliency", "All VM are in RUNNING state, there are no issues with the\ninter-chip connectivity.", -"Some VMs may not be in RUNNING state, or there is an\nissue with the inter-chip connectivity that makes this\npart of the infrastructure unsuitable for forming a\nworking inter-chip connected group." +"Some VMs may not be in RUNNING state, or there is an\nissue with the inter-chip connectivity that makes this\npart of the infrastructure unsuitable for forming a\nworking inter-chip connected group.", +"No signal available" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"acceleratorTopologyState": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagersGetAvailableAcceleratorTopologiesResponseAcceleratorTopologyState" +}, +"instancesHealth": { +"enum": [ +"ALL_HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY_OR_MISSING" ], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Infrastructure is healthy", +"Some VMs are in another state than RUNNING or they are missing." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Identified by the topology Id in the accelerator_topology_info map. Empty\nfor the top-level topology", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceGroupManagersGetAvailableAcceleratorTopologiesResponseAcceleratorTopologyState": { +"description": "Specifies the topology state", +"id": "InstanceGroupManagersGetAvailableAcceleratorTopologiesResponseAcceleratorTopologyState", +"properties": { +"currentState": { +"enum": [ +"ACTIVATING", +"ACTIVE", +"ACTIVE_DEGRADED", +"DEACTIVATING", +"FAILED", +"INACTIVE", +"INCOMPLETE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"The topology is active but with potential performance degradation.", +"", +"Critical non-retriable error that the user has to act manually", +"", +"Not all VMs have been provisioned" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"error": { +"description": "Reason why the topology state change failed", +"properties": { +"errors": { +"description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorDetails": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error\ndetails. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing\ndetails.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,\nQuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is\nQUOTA_EXCEEDED.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"errorInfo": { +"$ref": "ErrorInfo" +}, +"help": { +"$ref": "Help" +}, +"localizedMessage": { +"$ref": "LocalizedMessage" +}, +"quotaInfo": { +"$ref": "QuotaExceededInfo" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"location": { +"description": "[Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.\nThis property is optional.", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"errorTimestamp": { +"description": "Timestamp when the last error happened", +"format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" } }, @@ -81055,7 +81873,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "subzone": { -"description": "Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where\nthis connection is to be provisioned.", +"description": "To be deprecated.", "enum": [ "SUBZONE_A", "SUBZONE_B" @@ -89928,7 +90746,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "NetworkEndpointGroup": { -"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.", +"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "id": "NetworkEndpointGroup", "properties": { "annotations": { @@ -96147,6 +96965,9 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"getVersionOperationMetadata": { +"$ref": "GetVersionOperationMetadata" +}, "httpErrorMessage": { "description": "[Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error\nmessage that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.", "type": "string" @@ -97803,6 +98624,54 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule": { +"description": "The periodic partial maintenance schedule includes 52 weeks worth of\nmaintenance windows.\nLINT.IfChange(PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule)", +"id": "PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule", +"properties": { +"subType": { +"description": "The maintenance type in which the zone is during the given window.", +"enum": [ +"MAINTENANCE_SUBTYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MAINTENANCE_TYPE_CUSTOMER_MAINTENANCE", +"MAINTENANCE_TYPE_DISRUPTIVE_UPGRADE", +"MAINTENANCE_TYPE_STABLE", +"MAINTENANCE_TYPE_TRANSITION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"A dedicated window for customers to perform their own maintenance. This\noften runs concurrently with a DISRUPTIVE_UPGRADE. This corresponds to\nthe Customer Maintenance Window for CME.", +"For disruptive updates, including host machine kernel or firmware\nupgrades. This corresponds to the Critical Services Maintenance Window\nfor CME.", +"A post-maintenance window for customers to conduct final testing and\nperformance validation before resuming full business operations. This\ncorresponds to Performance Stress Testing for CME.", +"For preliminary, non-disruptive tasks such as key rotations. This\ncorresponds to the Zone Swap Window for CME." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"targetResource": { +"description": "The target resource that the maintenance window is for.\nFor example, \"projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"enum": [ +"MAINTENANCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PRIVATE_ZONE_MAINTENANCE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"The zone is in a private maintenance window." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"windowEndTime": { +"$ref": "DateTime", +"description": "The end civil timestamp of the window (not inclusive).\nThis contains a time zone." +}, +"windowStartTime": { +"$ref": "DateTime", +"description": "The start civil timestamp of the window.\nThis contains a time zone." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Permission": { "description": "[Deprecated] All fields defined in a permission are ANDed.", "id": "Permission", @@ -102804,6 +103673,18 @@ false "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of \u201cinstances\u201d.\nIf the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified\nin the request.", "type": "boolean" }, +"disruptionMode": { +"description": "Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart.", +"enum": [ +"LEGACY", +"OPTIMIZED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default option: boot disk will not be updated with restart.", +"Boot disk will be updated with restart." +], +"type": "string" +}, "instances": { "description": "The list of URLs of one or more instances for which you want to apply\nupdates. Each URL can be a full URL or a partial URL, such aszones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", "items": { @@ -102817,13 +103698,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -102833,13 +103716,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -102849,13 +103734,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" } @@ -104015,6 +104902,17 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"confidentialComputeType": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIDENTIAL_COMPUTE_TYPE_TDX", +"CONFIDENTIAL_COMPUTE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Intel Trust Domain Extensions.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, @@ -104046,6 +104944,20 @@ false "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", "type": "string" }, +"earlyAccessMaintenance": { +"description": "Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation.\nIf this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not\nenrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies.", +"enum": [ +"NO_EARLY_ACCESS", +"WAVE1", +"WAVE2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No early access.", +"Wave 1: Fastest notification period", +"Wave 2: Medium notification period" +], +"type": "string" +}, "enableEmergentMaintenance": { "description": "Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs;\nfor example, to fix hardware errors.", "type": "boolean" @@ -105093,6 +106005,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ReservationSlotsGetVersionRequest": { +"id": "ReservationSlotsGetVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"sbomSelections": { +"description": "The SBOM selection to return. Duplicate values in the list will be ignored.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"SBOM_SELECTION_CURRENT", +"SBOM_SELECTION_TARGET", +"SBOM_SELECTION_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ReservationSlotsListResponse": { "description": "A list of reservation slots within a single reservation.", "id": "ReservationSlotsListResponse", @@ -105415,6 +106350,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ReservationSubBlocksGetVersionRequest": { +"id": "ReservationSubBlocksGetVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"sbomSelections": { +"description": "The SBOM selection to return.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"SBOM_SELECTION_CURRENT", +"SBOM_SELECTION_TARGET", +"SBOM_SELECTION_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ReservationSubBlocksListResponse": { "description": "A list of reservation subBlocks under a single reservation.", "id": "ReservationSubBlocksListResponse", @@ -107030,6 +107988,10 @@ false "description": "Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level.", "type": "boolean" }, +"gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": { +"description": "Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": { "description": "Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level.", "type": "boolean" @@ -108281,12 +109243,16 @@ false "ACTIVE", "DROPPED", "INACTIVE", +"OVERRIDDEN_BY_HUB", +"OVERRIDDEN_BY_PEERING", "PENDING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "This route is processed and active.", "The route is dropped due to the VPC exceeding the dynamic route limit.\n For dynamic route limit, please refer to the\nLearned route example", "This route is processed but inactive due to failure from the backend. The\nbackend may have rejected the route", +"For an Arcus VPC Peering route, this state indicates that the route is\ninactive because a corresponding Network Connectivity Center (NCC) route\nhas taken precedence.", +"For a Network Connectivity Center (NCC) route, this state indicates that\nthe route is inactive because a corresponding Arcus VPC Peering route\nhas taken precedence.", "This route is being processed internally. The status will change once\nprocessed." ], "type": "string" @@ -116472,6 +117438,20 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"postQuantumKeyExchange": { +"description": "One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows\nnegotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for\nit. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is\nattached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768\nkey exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key\nexchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily\nopt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default.", +"enum": [ +"DEFAULT", +"DEFERRED", +"ENABLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Post-quantum key exchange is disabled until it becomes enabled by\ndefault on LBs.", +"Post-quantum key exchange with clients is temporarily disabled.", +"Post-quantum key exchange is enabled." +], +"type": "string" +}, "profile": { "description": "Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load\nbalancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features\nto enable must be specified in the customFeatures field.", "enum": [ @@ -123545,6 +124525,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"TimeZone": { +"description": "Represents a time zone from the\n[IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones).", +"id": "TimeZone", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TlsCertificateContext": { "description": "[Deprecated] Defines the mechanism to obtain the client or server\ncertificate.\nDefines the mechanism to obtain the client or server certificate.", "id": "TlsCertificateContext", @@ -127989,6 +128984,10 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Full URL reference to the region which hosts the zone.", "type": "string" }, +"resourceStatus": { +"$ref": "ZoneResourceStatus", +"readOnly": true +}, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -128170,6 +129169,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ZoneResourceStatus": { +"id": "ZoneResourceStatus", +"properties": { +"upcomingMaintenances": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The upcoming maintenance schedule.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ZoneSetLabelsRequest": { "id": "ZoneSetLabelsRequest", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json index efeead00a4..083601de2d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json @@ -6822,7 +6822,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -19294,7 +19294,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -32826,7 +32826,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -50445,7 +50445,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -52055,7 +52055,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 9", +"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 10", "id": "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties", "properties": { "guestAccelerators": { @@ -56427,6 +56427,132 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CachePolicy": { +"description": "Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action.", +"id": "CachePolicy", +"properties": { +"cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": { +"description": "Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name,\ne.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5\nheader names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all\ncachePolicy.cacheMode settings.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"cacheKeyPolicy": { +"$ref": "CachePolicyCacheKeyPolicy", +"description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy." +}, +"cacheMode": { +"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route.\nIf not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC.", +"enum": [ +"CACHE_ALL_STATIC", +"FORCE_CACHE_ALL", +"USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Automatically cache static content, including common image formats,\nmedia (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS).\nRequests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as\ndynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.", +"Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\"\ndirectives in Cache-Control response headers.\nWarning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,\nper-user (user identifiable) content.", +"Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content.\nResponses without these headers will not be cached at the edge, and will\nrequire a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting\nperformance and increasing load on the origin server." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"clientTtl": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is\nused to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With\nFORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the\nresponse max-age directive, along with a \"public\" directive. For\ncacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age\nfrom the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age\ndirective to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also\nensures a \"public\" cache-control directive is present.\nIf a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.\nThe maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year)." +}, +"defaultTtl": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for\nresponses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).\nSetting a TTL of \"0\" means \"always revalidate\".\nThe value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of\nmaxTTL.\nWhen the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL\nwill overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is\n31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from\nthe cache before the defined TTL." +}, +"maxTtl": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this\norigin.\nCache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than\nthis, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will\nbe capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an\ns-maxage Cache-Control directive.\nHeaders sent to the client will not be modified.\nSetting a TTL of \"0\" means \"always revalidate\".\nThe maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed\nobjects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL." +}, +"negativeCaching": { +"description": "Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order\nto apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.\nThis can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user\nexperience by reducing response latency.\nWhen the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,\nnegative caching applies to responses with the specified response code\nthat lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.\nWhen the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies\nto all responses with the specified response code, and override any\ncaching headers.\nBy default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these\nstatus codes:\nHTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m\nHTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),\n451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s\nHTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.\nThese defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"negativeCachingPolicy": { +"description": "Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.\nnegative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.\nOmitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use\nCloud CDN's default cache TTLs.\nNote that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you\nshould take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes\nthat you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default\nnegative caching when a policy exists.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CachePolicyNegativeCachingPolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requestCoalescing": { +"description": "If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill\nrequests into a small number of requests to the origin.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serveWhileStale": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating\ncontent with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing\nthe cache.\nThis setting defines the default \"max-stale\" duration for any cached\nresponses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that\nexceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit\n(max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be\nserved up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached\nresponse.\nThe maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).\nSet this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CachePolicyCacheKeyPolicy": { +"description": "Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache\nPolicy defined on Route Action.", +"id": "CachePolicyCacheKeyPolicy", +"properties": { +"excludedQueryParameters": { +"description": "Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other\nparameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or\nincluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded\nand not treated as delimiters.\n\nNote: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting\nto set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will\nresult in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend\nBucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should\nbe a part of the cache key.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"includeHost": { +"description": "If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.\n\nNote: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend\nService. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the\nhost is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set\nit on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a\nconfiguration error.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"includeProtocol": { +"description": "If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.\n\nNote: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend\nService. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the\nprotocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to\nset on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in\na configuration error.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"includeQueryString": { +"description": "If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to\nincluded_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is\nset, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string\nwill be excluded from the cache key entirely.\n\nNote: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting\nto set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will\nresult in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend\nBucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should\nbe a part of the cache key.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"includedCookieNames": { +"description": "Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key.\nThe name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.\n\nNote: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend\nService. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket.\nAttempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend\nBuckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be\nspecified.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"includedHeaderNames": { +"description": "Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"includedQueryParameters": { +"description": "Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other\nparameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or\nexcluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded\nand not treated as delimiters.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CachePolicyNegativeCachingPolicy": { +"description": "Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.", +"id": "CachePolicyNegativeCachingPolicy", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes\n300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be\nspecified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than\nonce.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"ttl": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the\ncorresponding status code.\nThe maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed\nobjects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CalendarModeAdviceRequest": { "description": "A request to recommend the best way to consume the specified resources in the\nfuture.", "id": "CalendarModeAdviceRequest", @@ -62390,6 +62516,10 @@ false "FutureReservation": { "id": "FutureReservation", "properties": { +"advancedDeploymentControl": { +"$ref": "ReservationAdvancedDeploymentControl", +"description": "Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE\ndeployment type future reservations." +}, "aggregateReservation": { "$ref": "AllocationAggregateReservation", "description": "Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation." @@ -67037,6 +67167,10 @@ false "HttpRouteAction": { "id": "HttpRouteAction", "properties": { +"cachePolicy": { +"$ref": "CachePolicy", +"description": "Cache policy for this URL Map\u2019s route. Available only for Global\nEXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes." +}, "corsPolicy": { "$ref": "CorsPolicy", "description": "The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more\ninformation about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing\n(CORS), see Fetch API Living\nStandard.\n\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." @@ -68175,6 +68309,9 @@ false "$ref": "Tags", "description": "Tags to apply to this instance. Tags are used to identify valid\nsources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client\nduring instance creation. The tags can be later modified by the setTags\nmethod. Each tag within the list must comply withRFC1035.\nMultiple tags can be specified via the 'tags.items' field." }, +"workloadIdentityConfig": { +"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityConfig" +}, "zone": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", "readOnly": true, @@ -70086,6 +70223,11 @@ false "description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation.", "readOnly": true }, +"currentInstanceStatuses": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", +"readOnly": true +}, "isStable": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", "readOnly": true, @@ -70198,6 +70340,91 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary": { +"description": "The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed\ninstance group that have the status. For more information about how to\ninterpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation.\nCurrently only shown for TPU MIGs.", +"id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", +"properties": { +"deprovisioning": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"nonExistent": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"pending": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"pendingStop": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"provisioning": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"repairing": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"running": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"staging": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"stopped": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"stopping": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"suspended": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"suspending": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"terminated": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful": { "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", "properties": { @@ -71945,6 +72172,9 @@ false "tags": { "$ref": "Tags", "description": "A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from these\nproperties. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network\nfirewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within\nthe list must comply with RFC1035." +}, +"workloadIdentityConfig": { +"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityConfig" } }, "type": "object" @@ -73120,6 +73350,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "region": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", "readOnly": true, @@ -73640,6 +73874,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstantSnapshotParams": { +"description": "Additional instant snapshot params.", +"id": "InstantSnapshotParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstantSnapshotResourceStatus": { "id": "InstantSnapshotResourceStatus", "properties": { @@ -74049,7 +74297,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "subzone": { -"description": "Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where\nthis connection is to be provisioned.", +"description": "To be deprecated.", "enum": [ "SUBZONE_A", "SUBZONE_B" @@ -81372,7 +81620,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "NetworkEndpointGroup": { -"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.", +"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "id": "NetworkEndpointGroup", "properties": { "annotations": { @@ -82519,6 +82767,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"enableVpcScopedDns": { +"description": "Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid\nwith network_attachment.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "fingerprint": { "description": "Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface.\nThis field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or\nadding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date\nfingerprint must be provided in order to update theNetworkInterface. The request will fail with error400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.", "format": "byte", @@ -93047,6 +93299,20 @@ false "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", "type": "string" }, +"earlyAccessMaintenance": { +"description": "Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation.\nIf this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not\nenrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies.", +"enum": [ +"NO_EARLY_ACCESS", +"WAVE1", +"WAVE2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No early access.", +"Wave 1: Fastest notification period", +"Wave 2: Medium notification period" +], +"type": "string" +}, "enableEmergentMaintenance": { "description": "Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs;\nfor example, to fix hardware errors.", "type": "boolean" @@ -95831,6 +96097,10 @@ false "description": "Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level.", "type": "boolean" }, +"gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": { +"description": "Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": { "description": "Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level.", "type": "boolean" @@ -99548,6 +99818,10 @@ false "description": "Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during\ninstance creation or while the instance isstopped and\ntherefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life\nCycle for more information on the possible instance states.", "type": "boolean" }, +"preemptionNoticeDuration": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft\n Off signal is triggered for Spot\n VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft\n Off signal is triggered." +}, "provisioningModel": { "description": "Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.", "enum": [ @@ -115186,6 +115460,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"WorkloadIdentityConfig": { +"id": "WorkloadIdentityConfig", +"properties": { +"identity": { +"type": "string" +}, +"identityCertificateEnabled": { +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "XpnHostList": { "id": "XpnHostList", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index 620caa0b35..b9a8cc3d65 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -4327,6 +4327,11 @@ "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.listAssociations", "parameters": { +"includeInheritedPolicies": { +"description": "If set to \"true\", the response will contain a list of all associations for\nthe containing folders and the containing organization of the target. The\nparameter has no effect if the target is an organization.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "targetResource": { "description": "The target resource to list associations. It is an organization, or a\nfolder.", "location": "query", @@ -6378,7 +6383,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -17594,7 +17599,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -28072,7 +28077,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -43137,7 +43142,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -44730,7 +44735,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 9", +"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 10", "id": "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties", "properties": { "guestAccelerators": { @@ -57936,6 +57941,9 @@ false "$ref": "Tags", "description": "Tags to apply to this instance. Tags are used to identify valid\nsources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client\nduring instance creation. The tags can be later modified by the setTags\nmethod. Each tag within the list must comply withRFC1035.\nMultiple tags can be specified via the 'tags.items' field." }, +"workloadIdentityConfig": { +"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityConfig" +}, "zone": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", "readOnly": true, @@ -59123,6 +59131,20 @@ false "" ], "type": "string" +}, +"onFailedHealthCheck": { +"description": "The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as\nunhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check.\nValid values are:\n \n - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action\n configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field.\n - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by\n recreating it.\n - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM.\n For more information, see \n About repairing VMs in a MIG.", +"enum": [ +"DEFAULT_ACTION", +"DO_NOTHING", +"REPAIR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"(Default) MIG uses the same action configured for\ninstanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field.", +"MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM.", +"MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -61352,6 +61374,9 @@ false "tags": { "$ref": "Tags", "description": "A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from these\nproperties. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network\nfirewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within\nthe list must comply with RFC1035." +}, +"workloadIdentityConfig": { +"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityConfig" } }, "type": "object" @@ -62481,6 +62506,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "region": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", "readOnly": true, @@ -62869,6 +62898,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstantSnapshotParams": { +"description": "Additional instant snapshot params.", +"id": "InstantSnapshotParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstantSnapshotResourceStatus": { "id": "InstantSnapshotResourceStatus", "properties": { @@ -63278,7 +63321,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "subzone": { -"description": "Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where\nthis connection is to be provisioned.", +"description": "To be deprecated.", "enum": [ "SUBZONE_A", "SUBZONE_B" @@ -69808,7 +69851,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "NetworkEndpointGroup": { -"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.", +"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "id": "NetworkEndpointGroup", "properties": { "annotations": { @@ -70878,6 +70921,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"enableVpcScopedDns": { +"description": "Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid\nwith network_attachment.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "fingerprint": { "description": "Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface.\nThis field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or\nadding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date\nfingerprint must be provided in order to update theNetworkInterface. The request will fail with error400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.", "format": "byte", @@ -80362,6 +80409,20 @@ false "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", "type": "string" }, +"earlyAccessMaintenance": { +"description": "Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation.\nIf this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not\nenrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies.", +"enum": [ +"NO_EARLY_ACCESS", +"WAVE1", +"WAVE2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No early access.", +"Wave 1: Fastest notification period", +"Wave 2: Medium notification period" +], +"type": "string" +}, "enableEmergentMaintenance": { "description": "Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs;\nfor example, to fix hardware errors.", "type": "boolean" @@ -100003,6 +100064,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"WorkloadIdentityConfig": { +"id": "WorkloadIdentityConfig", +"properties": { +"identity": { +"type": "string" +}, +"identityCertificateEnabled": { +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "XpnHostList": { "id": "XpnHostList", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json index f8fa00a2eb..3f2d13ed7a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json @@ -219,6 +219,59 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"generateConnectionToolspecOverride": { +"description": "Generate toolspec override for the given list of toolNames.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}:generateConnectionToolspecOverride", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "connectors.projects.locations.connections.generateConnectionToolspecOverride", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Resource name of the Connection. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}:generateConnectionToolspecOverride", +"request": { +"$ref": "GenerateCustomToolspecRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GenerateCustomToolspecResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"listCustomToolNames": { +"description": "Lists custom tool names.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}:listCustomToolNames", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "connectors.projects.locations.connections.listCustomToolNames", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Resource name of the Connection. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}:listCustomToolNames", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListCustomToolNamesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "refreshAccessToken": { "description": "RefreshAccessToken exchanges the OAuth refresh token (and other necessary data) for a new access token (and new associated credentials).", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}:refreshAccessToken", @@ -965,7 +1018,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251216", +"revision": "20260128", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessCredentials": { @@ -1633,6 +1686,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GenerateCustomToolspecRequest": { +"id": "GenerateCustomToolspecRequest", +"properties": { +"toolNames": { +"description": "list of tools to be generated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ToolName" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateCustomToolspecResponse": { +"id": "GenerateCustomToolspecResponse", +"properties": { +"toolSpec": { +"$ref": "ToolSpec", +"description": "tool spec that has tool_defitions array containing the tools for all sted tool_names." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GetResourcePostRequest": { "description": "Request message for ConnectorAgentService.GetResourcePost", "id": "GetResourcePostRequest", @@ -2221,6 +2297,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListCustomToolNamesResponse": { +"id": "ListCustomToolNamesResponse", +"properties": { +"toolNames": { +"description": "List of custom tools.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ToolName" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListEntitiesResponse": { "description": "Response message for EntityService.ListEntities", "id": "ListEntitiesResponse", @@ -3165,6 +3254,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ToolName": { +"id": "ToolName", +"properties": { +"entityName": { +"description": "Entity name for which the tool was generated.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Tool name that was generated in the list tools call.", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "Operation for which the tool was generated.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIST", +"GET", +"CREATE", +"UPDATE", +"DELETE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Operation unspecified.", +"LIST entities.", +"GET entity.", +"CREATE entity.", +"UPDATE entity.", +"DELETE entity." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ToolSpec": { "id": "ToolSpec", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json index 839103c1af..34d0d944e8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json @@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -3501,7 +3501,8 @@ }, "compliancePostureConfig": { "$ref": "CompliancePostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." }, "conditions": { "description": "Which conditions caused the current cluster state.", @@ -3779,7 +3780,7 @@ }, "securityPostureConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." +"description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." }, "selfLink": { "description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for the resource.", @@ -3863,11 +3864,13 @@ "description": "Autopilot general profile for the cluster, which defines the configuration for the cluster.", "enum": [ "AUTOPILOT_GENERAL_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NO_PERFORMANCE" +"NO_PERFORMANCE", +"NONE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Use default configuration.", -"Avoid extra IP consumption." +"Avoid extra IP consumption.", +"Use default configuration." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -3975,7 +3978,8 @@ }, "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { "$ref": "CompliancePostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." }, "desiredContainerdConfig": { "$ref": "ContainerdConfig", @@ -4397,7 +4401,8 @@ "type": "object" }, "CompliancePostureConfig": { -"description": "CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", "id": "CompliancePostureConfig", "properties": { "complianceStandards": { @@ -4532,6 +4537,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CrashLoopBackOffConfig": { +"description": "Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior.", +"id": "CrashLoopBackOffConfig", +"properties": { +"maxContainerRestartPeriod": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as \"300ms\". Valid time units are \"ns\", \"us\" (or \"\u00b5s\"), \"ms\", \"s\", \"m\", \"h\". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CreateClusterRequest": { "description": "CreateClusterRequest creates a cluster.", "id": "CreateClusterRequest", @@ -4806,6 +4822,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DisruptionBudget": { +"description": "DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane.", +"id": "DisruptionBudget", +"properties": { +"lastDisruptionTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"minorVersionDisruptionInterval": { +"description": "Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"patchVersionDisruptionInterval": { +"description": "Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DisruptionEvent": { "description": "DisruptionEvent is a notification sent to customers about the disruption event of a resource.", "id": "DisruptionEvent", @@ -6055,6 +6100,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", "properties": { +"disruptionBudget": { +"$ref": "DisruptionBudget", +"description": "Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane." +}, "resourceVersion": { "description": "A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.", "type": "string" @@ -6877,6 +6926,10 @@ false "description": "Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * \"none\": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * \"static\": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified.", "type": "string" }, +"crashLoopBackOff": { +"$ref": "CrashLoopBackOffConfig", +"description": "Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior." +}, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": { "description": "Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300].", "format": "int32", @@ -6930,6 +6983,16 @@ false "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, +"shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120].", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "singleProcessOomKill": { "description": "Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group.", "type": "boolean" @@ -7028,7 +7091,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "subnetwork": { -"description": "Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable.", +"description": "Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -8324,11 +8387,17 @@ false "BASIC", "ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +true +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables Security Posture features on the cluster.", "Applies Security Posture features on the cluster.", -"Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." +"Deprecated: Security Posture Enterprise features are no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -8340,10 +8409,16 @@ false "VULNERABILITY_BASIC", "VULNERABILITY_ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +true, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", -"Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", +"Deprecated: Basic vulnerability scanning is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", "Applies the Security Posture's vulnerability on cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json index 614d8b01a7..231fb3b607 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json @@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -3660,7 +3660,8 @@ }, "compliancePostureConfig": { "$ref": "CompliancePostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." }, "conditions": { "description": "Which conditions caused the current cluster state.", @@ -3974,7 +3975,7 @@ }, "securityPostureConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." +"description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." }, "selfLink": { "description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for the resource.", @@ -4071,11 +4072,13 @@ "description": "Autopilot general profile for the cluster, which defines the configuration for the cluster.", "enum": [ "AUTOPILOT_GENERAL_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NO_PERFORMANCE" +"NO_PERFORMANCE", +"NONE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Use default configuration.", -"Avoid extra IP consumption." +"Avoid extra IP consumption.", +"Use default configuration." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4210,7 +4213,8 @@ }, "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { "$ref": "CompliancePostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." }, "desiredContainerdConfig": { "$ref": "ContainerdConfig", @@ -4708,7 +4712,8 @@ "type": "object" }, "CompliancePostureConfig": { -"description": "CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", "id": "CompliancePostureConfig", "properties": { "complianceStandards": { @@ -4843,6 +4848,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CrashLoopBackOffConfig": { +"description": "Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior.", +"id": "CrashLoopBackOffConfig", +"properties": { +"maxContainerRestartPeriod": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as \"300ms\". Valid time units are \"ns\", \"us\" (or \"\u00b5s\"), \"ms\", \"s\", \"m\", \"h\". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CreateClusterRequest": { "description": "CreateClusterRequest creates a cluster.", "id": "CreateClusterRequest", @@ -5139,6 +5155,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DisruptionBudget": { +"description": "DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane.", +"id": "DisruptionBudget", +"properties": { +"lastDisruptionTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"minorVersionDisruptionInterval": { +"description": "Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"patchVersionDisruptionInterval": { +"description": "Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DisruptionEvent": { "description": "DisruptionEvent is a notification sent to customers about the disruption event of a resource.", "id": "DisruptionEvent", @@ -6513,6 +6558,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", "properties": { +"disruptionBudget": { +"$ref": "DisruptionBudget", +"description": "Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane." +}, "resourceVersion": { "description": "A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.", "type": "string" @@ -7391,6 +7440,10 @@ false "description": "Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * \"none\": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * \"static\": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified.", "type": "string" }, +"crashLoopBackOff": { +"$ref": "CrashLoopBackOffConfig", +"description": "Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior." +}, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": { "description": "Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300].", "format": "int32", @@ -7444,6 +7497,16 @@ false "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, +"shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120].", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "singleProcessOomKill": { "description": "Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group.", "type": "boolean" @@ -7546,7 +7609,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "subnetwork": { -"description": "Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable.", +"description": "Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -8990,11 +9053,17 @@ false "BASIC", "ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +true +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables Security Posture features on the cluster.", "Applies Security Posture features on the cluster.", -"Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." +"Deprecated: Security Posture Enterprise features are no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -9006,10 +9075,16 @@ false "VULNERABILITY_BASIC", "VULNERABILITY_ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +true, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", -"Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", +"Deprecated: Basic vulnerability scanning is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", "Applies the Security Posture's vulnerability on cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json index 18a455f52f..59cd61cb86 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json @@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251226", +"revision": "20260211", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -4758,7 +4758,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1TagTemplate": { -"description": "A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources.", +"description": "A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1TagTemplate", "properties": { "dataplexTransferStatus": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json index 0d290845ce..9676e4b8a5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251226", +"revision": "20260211", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -4577,7 +4577,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1beta1TagTemplate": { -"description": "A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources.", +"description": "A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1beta1TagTemplate", "properties": { "dataplexTransferStatus": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json index 22ac353a10..ebcd40edb4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json @@ -91,6 +91,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-southwest1" }, @@ -111,11 +116,21 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west3" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west6" }, @@ -161,6 +176,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "southamerica-west1" }, @@ -2375,7 +2395,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApproximateProgress": { @@ -4259,6 +4279,11 @@ "description": "Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?`", "type": "string" }, +"pausable": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "pipelineDescription": { "$ref": "PipelineDescription", "description": "Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL." @@ -5951,10 +5976,15 @@ false "id": "RuntimeUpdatableParams", "properties": { "acceptableBacklogDuration": { -"description": "Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, +"autoscalingTier": { +"description": "Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of \"low-latency\", \"medium-latency\", or \"high-latency\".", +"type": "string" +}, "maxNumWorkers": { "description": "The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs.", "format": "int32", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json index 6aa15d3a4b..e9c5293ade 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ ] }, "lookupEntry": { -"description": "Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).", +"description": "Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:lookupEntry", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataplex.projects.locations.lookupEntry", @@ -3372,7 +3372,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets an Entry. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).", +"description": "Gets an Entry.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}/entries/{entriesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.get", @@ -3428,7 +3428,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists Entries within an EntryGroup. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).", +"description": "Lists Entries within an EntryGroup.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}/entries", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.list", @@ -7772,13 +7772,104 @@ ] } } +}, +"policyIntents": { +"methods": { +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/policyIntents/{policyIntentsId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.policyIntents.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/policyIntents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/policyIntents/{policyIntentsId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.policyIntents.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/policyIntents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/policyIntents/{policyIntentsId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.policyIntents.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/policyIntents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} } } } } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260203", "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { @@ -10028,7 +10119,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dimension": { -"description": "Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.", +"description": "Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.", "type": "string" }, "ignoreNull": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json index 204631a26c..451041899f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { -"description": "Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateBatchRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.CreateBatchRequest)s with the same request_id, the second request is ignored and the Operation that corresponds to the first Batch created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.", +"description": "Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateBatchRequests with the same request_id, the second request is ignored and the operation that corresponds to the first Batch created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -5032,7 +5032,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json index c5dd774c11..03cbf9d5e5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json @@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppendOnly": { @@ -1388,6 +1388,20 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"BadRequest": { +"description": "Describes violations in a client request. This error type focuses on the syntactic aspects of the request.", +"id": "BadRequest", +"properties": { +"fieldViolations": { +"description": "Describes all violations in a client request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FieldViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BasicEncryption": { "description": "Message to represent the option where Datastream will enforce encryption without authenticating server identity. Server certificates will be trusted by default.", "id": "BasicEncryption", @@ -1685,6 +1699,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DebugInfo": { +"description": "Describes additional debugging info.", +"id": "DebugInfo", +"properties": { +"detail": { +"description": "Additional debugging information provided by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"stackEntries": { +"description": "The stack trace entries indicating where the error occurred.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DestinationConfig": { "description": "The configuration of the stream destination.", "id": "DestinationConfig", @@ -1855,6 +1887,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ErrorInfo": { +"description": "Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the \"pubsub.googleapis.com\" API when it is not enabled: { \"reason\": \"API_DISABLED\" \"domain\": \"googleapis.com\" \"metadata\": { \"resource\": \"projects/123\", \"service\": \"pubsub.googleapis.com\" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { \"reason\": \"STOCKOUT\" \"domain\": \"spanner.googleapis.com\", \"metadata\": { \"availableRegions\": \"us-central1,us-east2\" } }", +"id": "ErrorInfo", +"properties": { +"domain": { +"description": "The logical grouping to which the \"reason\" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: \"pubsub.googleapis.com\". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is \"googleapis.com\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than `{\"instanceLimit\": \"100/request\"}`, should be returned as, `{\"instanceLimitPerRequest\": \"100\"}`, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.", +"type": "object" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "EventFilter": { "description": "Represents a filter for included data on a stream object.", "id": "EventFilter", @@ -1884,6 +1938,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FieldViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single bad request field.", +"id": "FieldViolation", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "A description of why the request element is bad.", +"type": "string" +}, +"field": { +"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", +"type": "string" +}, +"localizedMessage": { +"$ref": "LocalizedMessage", +"description": "Provides a localized error message for field-level errors that is safe to return to the API consumer." +}, +"reason": { +"description": "The reason of the field-level error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the field-level error. It should uniquely identify the type of the FieldViolation within the scope of the google.rpc.ErrorInfo.domain. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ForwardSshTunnelConnectivity": { "description": "Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity.", "id": "ForwardSshTunnelConnectivity", @@ -1962,6 +2039,20 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"Help": { +"description": "Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.", +"id": "Help", +"properties": { +"links": { +"description": "URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Link" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HostAddress": { "description": "A HostAddress represents a transport end point, which is the combination of an IP address or hostname and a port number.", "id": "HostAddress", @@ -2064,6 +2155,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Link": { +"description": "Describes a URL link.", +"id": "Link", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Describes what the link offers.", +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "The URL of the link.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListConnectionProfilesResponse": { "description": "Response message for listing connection profiles.", "id": "ListConnectionProfilesResponse", @@ -2225,6 +2331,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"LocalizedMessage": { +"description": "Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.", +"id": "LocalizedMessage", +"properties": { +"locale": { +"description": "The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: \"en-US\", \"fr-CH\", \"es-MX\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "The localized error message in the above locale.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Location": { "description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", "id": "Location", @@ -3338,6 +3459,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PreconditionFailure": { +"description": "Describes what preconditions have failed. For example, if an RPC failed because it required the Terms of Service to be acknowledged, it could list the terms of service violation in the PreconditionFailure message.", +"id": "PreconditionFailure", +"properties": { +"violations": { +"description": "Describes all precondition violations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PreconditionFailureViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PreconditionFailureViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single precondition failure.", +"id": "PreconditionFailureViolation", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "A description of how the precondition failed. Developers can use this description to understand how to fix the failure. For example: \"Terms of service not accepted\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "The subject, relative to the type, that failed. For example, \"google.com/cloud\" relative to the \"TOS\" type would indicate which terms of service is being referenced.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The type of PreconditionFailure. We recommend using a service-specific enum type to define the supported precondition violation subjects. For example, \"TOS\" for \"Terms of Service violation\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PrivateConnection": { "description": "The PrivateConnection resource is used to establish private connectivity between Datastream and a customer's network.", "id": "PrivateConnection", @@ -3439,6 +3593,114 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"QuotaFailure": { +"description": "Describes how a quota check failed. For example if a daily limit was exceeded for the calling project, a service could respond with a QuotaFailure detail containing the project id and the description of the quota limit that was exceeded. If the calling project hasn't enabled the service in the developer console, then a service could respond with the project id and set `service_disabled` to true. Also see RetryInfo and Help types for other details about handling a quota failure.", +"id": "QuotaFailure", +"properties": { +"violations": { +"description": "Describes all quota violations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QuotaFailureViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QuotaFailureViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single quota violation. For example, a daily quota or a custom quota that was exceeded.", +"id": "QuotaFailureViolation", +"properties": { +"apiService": { +"description": "The API Service from which the `QuotaFailure.Violation` orginates. In some cases, Quota issues originate from an API Service other than the one that was called. In other words, a dependency of the called API Service could be the cause of the `QuotaFailure`, and this field would have the dependency API service name. For example, if the called API is Kubernetes Engine API (container.googleapis.com), and a quota violation occurs in the Kubernetes Engine API itself, this field would be \"container.googleapis.com\". On the other hand, if the quota violation occurs when the Kubernetes Engine API creates VMs in the Compute Engine API (compute.googleapis.com), this field would be \"compute.googleapis.com\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "A description of how the quota check failed. Clients can use this description to find more about the quota configuration in the service's public documentation, or find the relevant quota limit to adjust through developer console. For example: \"Service disabled\" or \"Daily Limit for read operations exceeded\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"futureQuotaValue": { +"description": "The new quota value being rolled out at the time of the violation. At the completion of the rollout, this value will be enforced in place of quota_value. If no rollout is in progress at the time of the violation, this field is not set. For example, if at the time of the violation a rollout is in progress changing the number of CPUs quota from 10 to 20, 20 would be the value of this field.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaDimensions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "The dimensions of the violated quota. Every non-global quota is enforced on a set of dimensions. While quota metric defines what to count, the dimensions specify for what aspects the counter should be increased. For example, the quota \"CPUs per region per VM family\" enforces a limit on the metric \"compute.googleapis.com/cpus_per_vm_family\" on dimensions \"region\" and \"vm_family\". And if the violation occurred in region \"us-central1\" and for VM family \"n1\", the quota_dimensions would be, { \"region\": \"us-central1\", \"vm_family\": \"n1\", } When a quota is enforced globally, the quota_dimensions would always be empty.", +"type": "object" +}, +"quotaId": { +"description": "The id of the violated quota. Also know as \"limit name\", this is the unique identifier of a quota in the context of an API service. For example, \"CPUS-PER-VM-FAMILY-per-project-region\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaMetric": { +"description": "The metric of the violated quota. A quota metric is a named counter to measure usage, such as API requests or CPUs. When an activity occurs in a service, such as Virtual Machine allocation, one or more quota metrics may be affected. For example, \"compute.googleapis.com/cpus_per_vm_family\", \"storage.googleapis.com/internet_egress_bandwidth\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaValue": { +"description": "The enforced quota value at the time of the `QuotaFailure`. For example, if the enforced quota value at the time of the `QuotaFailure` on the number of CPUs is \"10\", then the value of this field would reflect this quantity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "The subject on which the quota check failed. For example, \"clientip:\" or \"project:\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RequestInfo": { +"description": "Contains metadata about the request that clients can attach when filing a bug or providing other forms of feedback.", +"id": "RequestInfo", +"properties": { +"requestId": { +"description": "An opaque string that should only be interpreted by the service generating it. For example, it can be used to identify requests in the service's logs.", +"type": "string" +}, +"servingData": { +"description": "Any data that was used to serve this request. For example, an encrypted stack trace that can be sent back to the service provider for debugging.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ResourceInfo": { +"description": "Describes the resource that is being accessed.", +"id": "ResourceInfo", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Describes what error is encountered when accessing this resource. For example, updating a cloud project may require the `writer` permission on the developer console project.", +"type": "string" +}, +"owner": { +"description": "The owner of the resource (optional). For example, \"user:\" or \"project:\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceName": { +"description": "The name of the resource being accessed. For example, a shared calendar name: \"example.com_4fghdhgsrgh@group.calendar.google.com\", if the current error is google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceType": { +"description": "A name for the type of resource being accessed, e.g. \"sql table\", \"cloud storage bucket\", \"file\", \"Google calendar\"; or the type URL of the resource: e.g. \"type.googleapis.com/google.pubsub.v1.Topic\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RetryInfo": { +"description": "Describes when the clients can retry a failed request. Clients could ignore the recommendation here or retry when this information is missing from error responses. It's always recommended that clients should use exponential backoff when retrying. Clients should wait until `retry_delay` amount of time has passed since receiving the error response before retrying. If retrying requests also fail, clients should use an exponential backoff scheme to gradually increase the delay between retries based on `retry_delay`, until either a maximum number of retries have been reached or a maximum retry delay cap has been reached.", +"id": "RetryInfo", +"properties": { +"retryDelay": { +"description": "Clients should wait at least this long between retrying the same request.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Route": { "description": "The route resource is the child of the private connection resource, used for defining a route for a private connection.", "id": "Route", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json index 658bb8c002..7932dc0293 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvroFileFormat": { @@ -1330,6 +1330,20 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"BadRequest": { +"description": "Describes violations in a client request. This error type focuses on the syntactic aspects of the request.", +"id": "BadRequest", +"properties": { +"fieldViolations": { +"description": "Describes all violations in a client request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FieldViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CancelOperationRequest": { "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", "id": "CancelOperationRequest", @@ -1398,6 +1412,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DebugInfo": { +"description": "Describes additional debugging info.", +"id": "DebugInfo", +"properties": { +"detail": { +"description": "Additional debugging information provided by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"stackEntries": { +"description": "The stack trace entries indicating where the error occurred.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DestinationConfig": { "description": "The configuration of the stream destination.", "id": "DestinationConfig", @@ -1502,6 +1534,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ErrorInfo": { +"description": "Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the \"pubsub.googleapis.com\" API when it is not enabled: { \"reason\": \"API_DISABLED\" \"domain\": \"googleapis.com\" \"metadata\": { \"resource\": \"projects/123\", \"service\": \"pubsub.googleapis.com\" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { \"reason\": \"STOCKOUT\" \"domain\": \"spanner.googleapis.com\", \"metadata\": { \"availableRegions\": \"us-central1,us-east2\" } }", +"id": "ErrorInfo", +"properties": { +"domain": { +"description": "The logical grouping to which the \"reason\" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: \"pubsub.googleapis.com\". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is \"googleapis.com\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than `{\"instanceLimit\": \"100/request\"}`, should be returned as, `{\"instanceLimitPerRequest\": \"100\"}`, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.", +"type": "object" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FetchErrorsRequest": { "description": "Request message for 'FetchErrors' request.", "id": "FetchErrorsRequest", @@ -1540,6 +1594,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FieldViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single bad request field.", +"id": "FieldViolation", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "A description of why the request element is bad.", +"type": "string" +}, +"field": { +"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", +"type": "string" +}, +"localizedMessage": { +"$ref": "LocalizedMessage", +"description": "Provides a localized error message for field-level errors that is safe to return to the API consumer." +}, +"reason": { +"description": "The reason of the field-level error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the field-level error. It should uniquely identify the type of the FieldViolation within the scope of the google.rpc.ErrorInfo.domain. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ForwardSshTunnelConnectivity": { "description": "Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity.", "id": "ForwardSshTunnelConnectivity", @@ -1625,6 +1702,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Help": { +"description": "Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.", +"id": "Help", +"properties": { +"links": { +"description": "URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Link" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "JsonFileFormat": { "description": "JSON file format configuration.", "id": "JsonFileFormat", @@ -1660,6 +1751,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Link": { +"description": "Describes a URL link.", +"id": "Link", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Describes what the link offers.", +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "The URL of the link.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListConnectionProfilesResponse": { "id": "ListConnectionProfilesResponse", "properties": { @@ -1818,6 +1924,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"LocalizedMessage": { +"description": "Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.", +"id": "LocalizedMessage", +"properties": { +"locale": { +"description": "The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: \"en-US\", \"fr-CH\", \"es-MX\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "The localized error message in the above locale.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Location": { "description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", "id": "Location", @@ -2287,6 +2408,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PreconditionFailure": { +"description": "Describes what preconditions have failed. For example, if an RPC failed because it required the Terms of Service to be acknowledged, it could list the terms of service violation in the PreconditionFailure message.", +"id": "PreconditionFailure", +"properties": { +"violations": { +"description": "Describes all precondition violations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PreconditionFailureViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PreconditionFailureViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single precondition failure.", +"id": "PreconditionFailureViolation", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "A description of how the precondition failed. Developers can use this description to understand how to fix the failure. For example: \"Terms of service not accepted\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "The subject, relative to the type, that failed. For example, \"google.com/cloud\" relative to the \"TOS\" type would indicate which terms of service is being referenced.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The type of PreconditionFailure. We recommend using a service-specific enum type to define the supported precondition violation subjects. For example, \"TOS\" for \"Terms of Service violation\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PrivateConnection": { "description": "The PrivateConnection resource is used to establish private connectivity between Datastream and a customer's network.", "id": "PrivateConnection", @@ -2362,6 +2516,114 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"QuotaFailure": { +"description": "Describes how a quota check failed. For example if a daily limit was exceeded for the calling project, a service could respond with a QuotaFailure detail containing the project id and the description of the quota limit that was exceeded. If the calling project hasn't enabled the service in the developer console, then a service could respond with the project id and set `service_disabled` to true. Also see RetryInfo and Help types for other details about handling a quota failure.", +"id": "QuotaFailure", +"properties": { +"violations": { +"description": "Describes all quota violations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QuotaFailureViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QuotaFailureViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single quota violation. For example, a daily quota or a custom quota that was exceeded.", +"id": "QuotaFailureViolation", +"properties": { +"apiService": { +"description": "The API Service from which the `QuotaFailure.Violation` orginates. In some cases, Quota issues originate from an API Service other than the one that was called. In other words, a dependency of the called API Service could be the cause of the `QuotaFailure`, and this field would have the dependency API service name. For example, if the called API is Kubernetes Engine API (container.googleapis.com), and a quota violation occurs in the Kubernetes Engine API itself, this field would be \"container.googleapis.com\". On the other hand, if the quota violation occurs when the Kubernetes Engine API creates VMs in the Compute Engine API (compute.googleapis.com), this field would be \"compute.googleapis.com\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "A description of how the quota check failed. Clients can use this description to find more about the quota configuration in the service's public documentation, or find the relevant quota limit to adjust through developer console. For example: \"Service disabled\" or \"Daily Limit for read operations exceeded\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"futureQuotaValue": { +"description": "The new quota value being rolled out at the time of the violation. At the completion of the rollout, this value will be enforced in place of quota_value. If no rollout is in progress at the time of the violation, this field is not set. For example, if at the time of the violation a rollout is in progress changing the number of CPUs quota from 10 to 20, 20 would be the value of this field.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaDimensions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "The dimensions of the violated quota. Every non-global quota is enforced on a set of dimensions. While quota metric defines what to count, the dimensions specify for what aspects the counter should be increased. For example, the quota \"CPUs per region per VM family\" enforces a limit on the metric \"compute.googleapis.com/cpus_per_vm_family\" on dimensions \"region\" and \"vm_family\". And if the violation occurred in region \"us-central1\" and for VM family \"n1\", the quota_dimensions would be, { \"region\": \"us-central1\", \"vm_family\": \"n1\", } When a quota is enforced globally, the quota_dimensions would always be empty.", +"type": "object" +}, +"quotaId": { +"description": "The id of the violated quota. Also know as \"limit name\", this is the unique identifier of a quota in the context of an API service. For example, \"CPUS-PER-VM-FAMILY-per-project-region\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaMetric": { +"description": "The metric of the violated quota. A quota metric is a named counter to measure usage, such as API requests or CPUs. When an activity occurs in a service, such as Virtual Machine allocation, one or more quota metrics may be affected. For example, \"compute.googleapis.com/cpus_per_vm_family\", \"storage.googleapis.com/internet_egress_bandwidth\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaValue": { +"description": "The enforced quota value at the time of the `QuotaFailure`. For example, if the enforced quota value at the time of the `QuotaFailure` on the number of CPUs is \"10\", then the value of this field would reflect this quantity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "The subject on which the quota check failed. For example, \"clientip:\" or \"project:\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RequestInfo": { +"description": "Contains metadata about the request that clients can attach when filing a bug or providing other forms of feedback.", +"id": "RequestInfo", +"properties": { +"requestId": { +"description": "An opaque string that should only be interpreted by the service generating it. For example, it can be used to identify requests in the service's logs.", +"type": "string" +}, +"servingData": { +"description": "Any data that was used to serve this request. For example, an encrypted stack trace that can be sent back to the service provider for debugging.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ResourceInfo": { +"description": "Describes the resource that is being accessed.", +"id": "ResourceInfo", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Describes what error is encountered when accessing this resource. For example, updating a cloud project may require the `writer` permission on the developer console project.", +"type": "string" +}, +"owner": { +"description": "The owner of the resource (optional). For example, \"user:\" or \"project:\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceName": { +"description": "The name of the resource being accessed. For example, a shared calendar name: \"example.com_4fghdhgsrgh@group.calendar.google.com\", if the current error is google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceType": { +"description": "A name for the type of resource being accessed, e.g. \"sql table\", \"cloud storage bucket\", \"file\", \"Google calendar\"; or the type URL of the resource: e.g. \"type.googleapis.com/google.pubsub.v1.Topic\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RetryInfo": { +"description": "Describes when the clients can retry a failed request. Clients could ignore the recommendation here or retry when this information is missing from error responses. It's always recommended that clients should use exponential backoff when retrying. Clients should wait until `retry_delay` amount of time has passed since receiving the error response before retrying. If retrying requests also fail, clients should use an exponential backoff scheme to gradually increase the delay between retries based on `retry_delay`, until either a maximum number of retries have been reached or a maximum retry delay cap has been reached.", +"id": "RetryInfo", +"properties": { +"retryDelay": { +"description": "Clients should wait at least this long between retrying the same request.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Route": { "description": "The Route resource is the child of the PrivateConnection resource. It used to define a route for a PrivateConnection setup.", "id": "Route", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json index e059eb05ee..d4b31b098c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json @@ -1754,7 +1754,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260123", +"revision": "20260203", "rootUrl": "https://developerconnect.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountConnector": { @@ -3266,27 +3266,16 @@ "DATASTAX", "DYNATRACE" ], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true -], "enumDescriptions": [ "No system provider specified.", "GitHub provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.github.com/en/apps/oauth-apps/building-oauth-apps/scopes-for-oauth-apps#available-scopes", "GitLab provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.gitlab.com/user/profile/personal_access_tokens/#personal-access-token-scopes", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Google provider. Recommended scopes: \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive.readonly\", \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/documents.readonly\"", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Sentry provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.sentry.io/api/permissions/", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Rovo provider. Must select the \"rovo\" scope.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. New Relic provider. No scopes are allowed.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Datastax provider. No scopes are allowed.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Dynatrace provider." +"Google provider. Recommended scopes: \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive.readonly\", \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/documents.readonly\"", +"Sentry provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.sentry.io/api/permissions/", +"Rovo provider. Must select the \"rovo\" scope.", +"New Relic provider. No scopes are allowed.", +"Datastax provider. No scopes are allowed.", +"Dynatrace provider." ], "type": "string" } @@ -3401,27 +3390,16 @@ true "DATASTAX", "DYNATRACE" ], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true -], "enumDescriptions": [ "No system provider specified.", "GitHub provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.github.com/en/apps/oauth-apps/building-oauth-apps/scopes-for-oauth-apps#available-scopes", "GitLab provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.gitlab.com/user/profile/personal_access_tokens/#personal-access-token-scopes", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Google provider. Recommended scopes: \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive.readonly\", \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/documents.readonly\"", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Sentry provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.sentry.io/api/permissions/", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Rovo provider. Must select the \"rovo\" scope.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. New Relic provider. No scopes are allowed.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Datastax provider. No scopes are allowed.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Dynatrace provider." +"Google provider. Recommended scopes: \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive.readonly\", \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/documents.readonly\"", +"Sentry provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.sentry.io/api/permissions/", +"Rovo provider. Must select the \"rovo\" scope.", +"New Relic provider. No scopes are allowed.", +"Datastax provider. No scopes are allowed.", +"Dynatrace provider." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json index c1361cbde7..3ad6643d91 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json @@ -4677,7 +4677,7 @@ ] }, "retransform": { -"description": "Retransforms a dynamic feed.", +"description": "Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicFeeds/{dynamicFeedsId}/retransform", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicFeeds.retransform", @@ -4703,7 +4703,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Updates a new dynamic feed.", +"description": "Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicFeeds", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicFeeds.update", @@ -4725,7 +4725,7 @@ "dynamicProfiles": { "methods": { "generateCode": { -"description": "Generates code for a dynamic profile.", +"description": "Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicProfiles/{dynamicProfilesId}/generateCode", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicProfiles.generateCode", @@ -10465,7 +10465,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251023", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://dfareporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -12090,7 +12090,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "CartData": { -"description": " *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788)", +"description": "Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788)", "id": "CartData", "properties": { "items": { @@ -15734,7 +15734,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicFeed": { -"description": "Contains dynamic feed information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information.", "id": "DynamicFeed", "properties": { "contentSource": { @@ -15805,7 +15805,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicFeedsInsertRequest": { -"description": "Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynnamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. See", +"description": "Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id.", "id": "DynamicFeedsInsertRequest", "properties": { "dynamicFeed": { @@ -15821,7 +15821,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicProfile": { -"description": "Contains dynamic profile information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information.", "id": "DynamicProfile", "properties": { "active": { @@ -15925,7 +15925,7 @@ "id": "DynamicProfileGenerateCodeResponse", "properties": { "code": { -"description": "Generated code for the dynamic profile.", +"description": "Generated code for the dynamic profile. The code will need to be unescaped.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -21633,7 +21633,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StudioCreative": { -"description": "Contains studio creative information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information.", "id": "StudioCreative", "properties": { "assetIds": { @@ -21645,7 +21645,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "backupImageAssetId": { -"description": "Backup image asset ID of this studio creative.", +"description": "Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -21734,7 +21734,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StudioCreativeAsset": { -"description": "Contains studio creative asset information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative asset information.", "id": "StudioCreativeAsset", "properties": { "createInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v5.json index 279c28dca0..1e4e98994e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v5.json @@ -4677,7 +4677,7 @@ ] }, "retransform": { -"description": "Retransforms a dynamic feed.", +"description": "Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicFeeds/{dynamicFeedsId}/retransform", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicFeeds.retransform", @@ -4703,7 +4703,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Updates a new dynamic feed.", +"description": "Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicFeeds", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicFeeds.update", @@ -4725,7 +4725,7 @@ "dynamicProfiles": { "methods": { "generateCode": { -"description": "Generates code for a dynamic profile.", +"description": "Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicProfiles/{dynamicProfilesId}/generateCode", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicProfiles.generateCode", @@ -9432,6 +9432,12 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"countryDartId": { +"description": "Optional. Country Dart ID. If not specified, defaults to 256 (US).", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "id": { "description": "Required. TV Campaign ID.", "location": "path", @@ -9446,6 +9452,33 @@ "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"tvDataProvider": { +"description": "Optional. TV data provider. If not specified, defaults to `COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US`.", +"enum": [ +"INVALID_TV_DATA_PROVIDER", +"IBOPE_AR", +"IBOPE_BR", +"IBOPE_CL", +"IBOPE_CO", +"TNS_VN", +"COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US", +"COMSCORE_CA", +"SAMBA_AU" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "userprofiles/{+profileId}/tvCampaignDetails/{+id}", @@ -9475,6 +9508,12 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"countryDartId": { +"description": "Optional. Country Dart ID. If not specified, defaults to 256 (US).", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. Search string to filter the list of TV campaign summaries. Matches any substring. Required field.", "location": "query", @@ -9487,6 +9526,33 @@ "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"tvDataProvider": { +"description": "Optional. TV data provider. If not specified, defaults to `COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US`.", +"enum": [ +"INVALID_TV_DATA_PROVIDER", +"IBOPE_AR", +"IBOPE_BR", +"IBOPE_CL", +"IBOPE_CO", +"TNS_VN", +"COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US", +"COMSCORE_CA", +"SAMBA_AU" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "userprofiles/{+profileId}/tvCampaignSummaries", @@ -10005,7 +10071,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251023", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://dfareporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -11564,7 +11630,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "CartData": { -"description": " *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788)", +"description": "Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788)", "id": "CartData", "properties": { "items": { @@ -12391,6 +12457,36 @@ "sslEnabled": { "description": "Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"tvDataProviders": { +"description": "Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"INVALID_TV_DATA_PROVIDER", +"IBOPE_AR", +"IBOPE_BR", +"IBOPE_CL", +"IBOPE_CO", +"TNS_VN", +"COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US", +"COMSCORE_CA", +"SAMBA_AU" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -15181,7 +15277,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicFeed": { -"description": "Contains dynamic feed information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information.", "id": "DynamicFeed", "properties": { "contentSource": { @@ -15252,7 +15348,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicFeedsInsertRequest": { -"description": "Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynnamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. See", +"description": "Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id.", "id": "DynamicFeedsInsertRequest", "properties": { "dynamicFeed": { @@ -15268,7 +15364,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicProfile": { -"description": "Contains dynamic profile information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information.", "id": "DynamicProfile", "properties": { "active": { @@ -15372,7 +15468,7 @@ "id": "DynamicProfileGenerateCodeResponse", "properties": { "code": { -"description": "Generated code for the dynamic profile.", +"description": "Generated code for the dynamic profile. The code will need to be unescaped.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -20504,7 +20600,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StudioCreative": { -"description": "Contains studio creative information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information.", "id": "StudioCreative", "properties": { "assetIds": { @@ -20516,7 +20612,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "backupImageAssetId": { -"description": "Backup image asset ID of this studio creative.", +"description": "Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -20605,7 +20701,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StudioCreativeAsset": { -"description": "Contains studio creative asset information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative asset information.", "id": "StudioCreativeAsset", "properties": { "createInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json index 5353ed6175..fcc5bf41c4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json @@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ "engines": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a Engine.", +"description": "Creates an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.create", @@ -3633,7 +3633,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Engine.", +"description": "Deletes an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.delete", @@ -3659,7 +3659,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a Engine.", +"description": "Gets an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.get", @@ -3684,6 +3684,38 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists all the Engines associated with the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines", @@ -3760,6 +3792,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -8801,7 +8862,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -12550,14 +12611,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -13180,7 +13243,8 @@ "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -13195,7 +13259,8 @@ "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -13688,14 +13753,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -14486,14 +14553,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -14732,6 +14801,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -14740,18 +14810,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -15569,6 +15640,16 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -15601,13 +15682,17 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -15639,6 +15724,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -15647,18 +15733,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -16185,6 +16272,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -16200,6 +16291,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -18398,14 +18511,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -19607,14 +19722,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -20367,6 +20484,10 @@ false "languageCode": { "description": "Optional. The language code used for notifications", "type": "string" +}, +"regionCode": { +"description": "Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -22014,14 +22135,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -22417,7 +22540,8 @@ false "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -22432,7 +22556,8 @@ false "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -22447,6 +22572,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector." +}, "dataSource": { "description": "Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`.", "type": "string" @@ -22794,6 +22923,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for a connector.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore": { "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore", @@ -22934,14 +23085,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -23614,14 +23767,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -23916,6 +24071,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -23924,18 +24080,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -24736,6 +24893,16 @@ false "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -24768,13 +24935,17 @@ false "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -24806,6 +24977,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -24814,18 +24986,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -25086,6 +25259,10 @@ false "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -25101,6 +25278,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -25382,6 +25581,13 @@ false "description": "Defines a user inputed query.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQuery", "properties": { +"parts": { +"description": "Query content parts.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "queryId": { "description": "Output only. Unique Id for the query.", "readOnly": true, @@ -25394,6 +25600,137 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart": { +"description": "Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart", +"properties": { +"documentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"description": "Other VAIS Document references." +}, +"driveDocumentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"description": "Reference to a Google Drive document." +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is \"text/plain\" for the \"data\" field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"personReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"description": "Reference to a person." +}, +"text": { +"description": "Text content.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uiJsonPayload": { +"description": "This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"urlForConnector": { +"description": "Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a Google Drive document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"driveId": { +"description": "The Drive id of the document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the Drive document reference.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference": { +"description": "Represents a person reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayPhotoUri": { +"description": "The display photo url of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"email": { +"description": "The email of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"personId": { +"description": "The person id of the person.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecrawlUrisMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.RecrawlUris operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecrawlUrisMetadata", @@ -25824,6 +26161,11 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -26329,6 +26671,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -27627,14 +27974,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -28044,14 +28393,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -28579,14 +28930,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -28825,6 +29178,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -28833,18 +29187,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -29377,6 +29732,16 @@ false "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -29409,13 +29774,17 @@ false "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -29447,6 +29816,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -29455,18 +29825,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -29654,6 +30025,10 @@ false "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -29669,6 +30044,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -30034,6 +30431,11 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -30535,6 +30937,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -31369,6 +31776,63 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleIamV1Binding": { +"description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1Binding", +"properties": { +"condition": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeExpr", +"description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)." +}, +"members": { +"description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"role": { +"description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1Policy": { +"description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", +"id": "GoogleIamV1Policy", +"properties": { +"bindings": { +"description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Binding" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy", +"description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest": { "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", "id": "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest", @@ -31674,6 +32138,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleTypeExpr": { +"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", +"id": "GoogleTypeExpr", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.", +"type": "string" +}, +"expression": { +"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.", +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleTypeTimeZone": { "description": "Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones).", "id": "GoogleTypeTimeZone", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json index e075060673..0c459ccebd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json @@ -395,6 +395,64 @@ "resources": { "locations": { "methods": { +"completeExternalIdentities": { +"description": "This method provides suggestions for users and groups managed in an external identity provider, based on the provided prefix.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:completeExternalIdentities", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.completeExternalIdentities", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"entityTypeFilter": { +"description": "Optional. The type of entities to fetch. If not set, all entity types will be returned.", +"enum": [ +"ENTITY_TYPE_FILTER_UNSPECIFIED", +"USERS", +"GROUPS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified entity type filter.", +"Fetch only users.", +"Fetch only groups." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxSuggestions": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of user and group results to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 6 results will be returned. The limit is distributed as evenly as possible across users and groups. For example, if max_suggestions is 7, the service may return 4 users and 3 groups. If there are fewer suggestions of one type than half the limit, the other type may return more suggestions up to the max_suggestions limit.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent location resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"prefixQuery": { +"description": "Required. The prefix to search for. For users, this prefix is matched against the `primary_email`. For groups, this prefix is matched against the `display_name`. The matching is case-insensitive.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"useScimIdentities": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to use scim identities for external identity completion. If false, we will call the Microsoft graph API to fetch the external identities.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}:completeExternalIdentities", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteExternalIdentitiesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "estimateDataSize": { "description": "Estimates the data size to be used by a customer.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:estimateDataSize", @@ -1360,7 +1418,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Connector name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/ {collection_id}/dataConnector", +"description": "Required. Connector name of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataConnector$", "required": true, @@ -4900,7 +4958,7 @@ "engines": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a Engine.", +"description": "Creates an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.create", @@ -4934,7 +4992,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Engine.", +"description": "Deletes an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.delete", @@ -4960,7 +5018,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a Engine.", +"description": "Gets an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.get", @@ -4985,6 +5043,38 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "getWorkspaceSettings": { "description": "Get Workspace settings for the end user.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:getWorkspaceSettings", @@ -5089,7 +5179,7 @@ ] }, "pause": { -"description": "Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:pause", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.pause", @@ -5118,7 +5208,7 @@ ] }, "resume": { -"description": "Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:resume", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.resume", @@ -5146,8 +5236,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "tune": { -"description": "Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:tune", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.tune", @@ -5400,87 +5519,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"listAvailableAgentViews": { -"description": "Lists the data for displaying the Agents under an Assistant which are available to the caller.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}:listAvailableAgentViews", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.listAvailableAgentViews", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"adminView": { -"description": "Optional. Indicates whether to consider if the caller is an admin. If set, and the caller is an admin, the response will consider admin-only permissions. Otherwise, a caller with admin permissions will get a response as an unprivileged user.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"agentOrigin": { -"description": "Optional. The origin of the Agent.", -"enum": [ -"AGENT_ORIGIN_UNSPECIFIED", -"GOOGLE", -"ORGANIZATION", -"USER" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The origin is unspecified.", -"Agent defined by Google.", -"Agent defined by the organization.", -"Agent defined by the user." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the files being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. Allowed fields are: * `display_name` * `state` Some examples of filters would be: * `display_name = 'agent_1'` * `display_name = 'agent_1' AND state = ENABLED` For a full description of the filter format, please see https://google.aip.dev/160.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"languageCode": { -"description": "Optional. The UI language currently shown to the user. Specifying this field request that the texts in the AgentViews in the response should be translated to this language.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"maxSuggestedPrompts": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of suggested prompts to return per agent.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Maximum number of AgentViews to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000; anything above that will be coerced down to 1000.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. A page token ListAvailableAgentViewsResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous AgentService.ListAvailableAgentViews call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListAvailableAgentViews must match the call that provided the page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"sortBy": { -"description": "Optional. The field to sort by. Can have the following values: - display-name: The display name of the agent. - description: The description of the agent. - create-time: The creation time of the agent. - state: The state of the agent.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}:listAvailableAgentViews", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListAvailableAgentViewsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, "patch": { "description": "Updates an Assistant", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}", @@ -5608,70 +5646,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"disableAgent": { -"description": "Disables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `DISABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED` or`SUSPENDED`, otherwise it returns an error.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:disableAgent", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.disableAgent", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the Agent to disable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"revisionId": { -"description": "Optional. The Revision ID of the Agent to disable. If not specified, the latest revision will be disabled.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:disableAgent", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgent" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, -"enableAgent": { -"description": "Enables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `ENABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `DISABLED` or 'SUSPENDED', otherwise it returns an error.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:enableAgent", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.enableAgent", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the Agent to enable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"revisionId": { -"description": "Optional. The Revision ID of the Agent to enable. If not specified, the latest revision will be enabled.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:enableAgent", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgent" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, "get": { "description": "Gets an Agent.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}", @@ -5699,82 +5673,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"getAgentView": { -"description": "Returns a AgentView for a given Agent, which contains additional information about the Agent.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:getAgentView", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.getAgentView", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"adminView": { -"description": "Optional. Indicates whether to consider if the caller is an admin. If set, and the caller is an admin, the response will consider admin-only permissions. Otherwise, a caller with admin permissions will get a response as an unprivileged user.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"languageCode": { -"description": "Optional. The UI language currently shown to the user. Specifying this field request that the texts in the AgentView in the response should be translated to this language.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"maxSuggestedPrompts": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of suggested prompts to return per agent.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the Agent to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:getAgentView", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetAgentViewResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, "list": { "description": "Lists all Agents under an Assistant which were created by the caller.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents", @@ -5853,68 +5751,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. Policy can only contain `roles/discoveryengine.agentUser`, `roles/discoveryengine.agentViewer` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentEditor` roles.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, -"suspendAgent": { -"description": "Suspends an Agent. It is still available for viewing but not for use. The `state` of the Agent becomes `SUSPENDED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED`, otherwise it returns an error.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:suspendAgent", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.suspendAgent", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the Agent to suspend. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"suspensionReason": { -"description": "Required. The reason for suspending the Agent. This will be shown to the users of the Agent.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:suspendAgent", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgent" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] } }, "resources": { @@ -12414,7 +12250,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -13509,14 +13345,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -13884,7 +13722,8 @@ "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -13899,7 +13738,8 @@ "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -14392,14 +14232,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -14984,14 +14826,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -15230,6 +15074,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -15238,18 +15083,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -15605,6 +15451,16 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -15637,13 +15493,17 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -15675,6 +15535,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -15683,18 +15544,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -15833,6 +15695,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -15848,6 +15714,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -16368,14 +16256,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -17507,197 +17397,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentView": { -"description": "The data for displaying an Agent.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentView", -"properties": { -"agentOrigin": { -"description": "Immutable. The origin of the Agent.", -"enum": [ -"AGENT_ORIGIN_UNSPECIFIED", -"GOOGLE", -"ORGANIZATION", -"USER" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The origin is unspecified.", -"Agent defined by Google.", -"Agent defined by the organization.", -"Agent defined by the user." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"agentSharingState": { -"description": "Output only. The sharing state of the agent.", -"enum": [ -"AGENT_SHARING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NOT_SHARED", -"PENDING", -"SHARED", -"REJECTED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The sharing state is unspecified.", -"The agent is not shared.", -"The agent is pending review.", -"The agent is shared with other users.", -"The agent sharing request was rejected." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"agentType": { -"description": "Output only. The type of the agent.", -"enum": [ -"AGENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NO_CODE", -"HTTP", -"ADK", -"MANAGED", -"A2A", -"DIALOGFLOW", -"LOW_CODE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The agent type is unspecified.", -"No-code agent.", -"HTTP agent.", -"ADK agent.", -"Google managed agent.", -"A2A agent.", -"Dialogflow agent.", -"Low-code agent." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"customPlaceholderText": { -"description": "The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.", -"type": "string" -}, -"deploymentFailureReason": { -"description": "The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.", -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query and to generate the first version of the steps for the agent that can be modified by the user. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.", -"type": "string" -}, -"displayName": { -"description": "Required. Display name of the agent. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.", -"type": "string" -}, -"icon": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentImage", -"description": "Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI." -}, -"name": { -"description": "Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"rejectionReason": { -"description": "The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.", -"type": "string" -}, -"state": { -"description": "Output only. The state of the Agent.", -"enum": [ -"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"CONFIGURED", -"DEPLOYING", -"DISABLED", -"DEPLOYMENT_FAILED", -"PRIVATE", -"ENABLED", -"SUSPENDED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The state is unspecified.", -"The agent is configured, but no deployment triggered yet.", -"The agent is being deployed.", -"The agent is available for admins only.", -"The agent deployment failed.", -"Agent is available only to its creator..", -"Agent is available for users who have access.", -"Agent is temporarily unavailable, though visible to users who have access." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"suggestedPrompts": { -"description": "Optional. The suggested prompts for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewSuggestedPrompt" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"suspensionReason": { -"description": "The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.", -"type": "string" -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the agent was last updated.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"userAnnotations": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserAnnotations", -"description": "Optional. Per-user annotations of the current caller for the agent." -}, -"userPermissions": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewUserPermissions", -"description": "The permissions of the user for this Agent." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewSuggestedPrompt": { -"description": "A suggested prompt for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewSuggestedPrompt", -"properties": { -"text": { -"description": "Required. The text of the suggested prompt. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewUserPermissions": { -"description": "The permissions of the user on an Agent.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewUserPermissions", -"properties": { -"canDelete": { -"description": "If the user can delete this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canEdit": { -"description": "If the user can edit this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canProposeUsers": { -"description": "If the user can propose other users to share the Agent with.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canRequestReview": { -"description": "If the user can request a review for this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canRun": { -"description": "If the user can run this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canView": { -"description": "If the user can view the source of this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canWithdraw": { -"description": "If the user can withdraw this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAlertPolicyConfig": { "description": "The connector level alert config.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAlertPolicyConfig", @@ -17766,6 +17465,10 @@ "languageCode": { "description": "Optional. The language code used for notifications", "type": "string" +}, +"regionCode": { +"description": "Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -20242,6 +19945,14 @@ "description": "Whether the BillingAccountLicenseConfig is auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date." +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed subscription end date." @@ -20281,13 +19992,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The BillingAccountLicenseConfig does not exist. Default value. Do not use.", "The BillingAccountLicenseConfig is active and being used.", "The BillingAccountLicenseConfig has expired.", -"The BillingAccountLicenseConfig has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The BillingAccountLicenseConfig has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -20328,6 +20041,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -20336,18 +20050,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -21079,6 +20794,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteExternalIdentitiesResponse": { +"description": "Response message for CompletionService.CompleteExternalIdentities.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteExternalIdentitiesResponse", +"properties": { +"externalIdentities": { +"description": "The list of external identities that match the query.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentity" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryResponse": { "description": "Response message for CompletionService.CompleteQuery method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryResponse", @@ -21514,14 +21243,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -22179,7 +21910,8 @@ "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -22194,7 +21926,8 @@ "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -22209,6 +21942,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector." +}, "dataSource": { "description": "Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`.", "type": "string" @@ -22556,6 +22293,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for a connector.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore": { "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore", @@ -22696,14 +22455,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -23640,14 +23401,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -23942,6 +23705,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -23950,18 +23714,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -24219,6 +23984,54 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentity": { +"description": "External identity representing either a user or group. This user or group is from an external identity provider (IdP).", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentity", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the user or group.", +"type": "string" +}, +"externalId": { +"description": "The unique 3P ID(external_id) of the entity (user or group).", +"type": "string" +}, +"groupMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityGroupMetadata", +"description": "Metadata corresponding to the external user." +}, +"userMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityUserMetadata", +"description": "Metadata corresponding to the external user." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityGroupMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata corresponding to the external group.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityGroupMetadata", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityUserMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata corresponding to the external user.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityUserMetadata", +"properties": { +"familyName": { +"description": "The user's family name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"givenName": { +"description": "The user's given name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"primaryEmail": { +"description": "The user's primary email address.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFactChunk": { "description": "Fact Chunk.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFactChunk", @@ -24693,17 +24506,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetAgentViewResponse": { -"description": "Response message for the AgentService.GetAgentView method.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetAgentViewResponse", -"properties": { -"agentView": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentView", -"description": "The data for displaying an Agent." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetConnectorSecretResponse": { "description": "Response message for DataConnectorService.GetConnectorSecret.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetConnectorSecretResponse", @@ -25610,6 +25412,16 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -25642,13 +25454,17 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -25680,6 +25496,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -25688,18 +25505,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -25776,24 +25594,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListAvailableAgentViewsResponse": { -"description": "Response message for the AgentService.ListAvailableAgentViews method.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListAvailableAgentViewsResponse", -"properties": { -"agentViews": { -"description": "The agent sources visible to the caller under the parent Assistant.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentView" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "A token that can be sent as ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListBillingAccountLicenseConfigsResponse": { "description": "Response message for LicenseConfigService.ListBillingAccountLicenseConfigs method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListBillingAccountLicenseConfigsResponse", @@ -26644,6 +26444,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -26659,6 +26463,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -27086,6 +26912,13 @@ "description": "Defines a user inputed query.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQuery", "properties": { +"parts": { +"description": "Query content parts.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "queryId": { "description": "Output only. Unique Id for the query.", "readOnly": true, @@ -27167,6 +27000,137 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart": { +"description": "Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart", +"properties": { +"documentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"description": "Other VAIS Document references." +}, +"driveDocumentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"description": "Reference to a Google Drive document." +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is \"text/plain\" for the \"data\" field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"personReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"description": "Reference to a person." +}, +"text": { +"description": "Text content.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uiJsonPayload": { +"description": "This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"urlForConnector": { +"description": "Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a Google Drive document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"driveId": { +"description": "The Drive id of the document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the Drive document reference.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference": { +"description": "Represents a person reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayPhotoUri": { +"description": "The display photo url of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"email": { +"description": "The email of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"personId": { +"description": "The person id of the person.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRankRequest": { "description": "Request message for RankService.Rank method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRankRequest", @@ -28200,6 +28164,11 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -28705,6 +28674,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -29998,14 +29972,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -30462,6 +30438,10 @@ false "description": "Request for the AssistantService.StreamAssist method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequest", "properties": { +"actionSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestActionSpec", +"description": "Optional. Specification of actions for the request." +}, "generationSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestGenerationSpec", "description": "Optional. Specification of the generation configuration for the request." @@ -30485,6 +30465,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestActionSpec": { +"description": "Specification of actions for the request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestActionSpec", +"properties": { +"actionDisabled": { +"description": "Optional. If true, actions will not be served for the request. This only works for enterprise edition.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestGenerationSpec": { "description": "Assistant generation specification for the request. This allows to override the default generation configuration at the engine level.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestGenerationSpec", @@ -30996,21 +30987,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserAnnotations": { -"description": "Per-user annotations for an Agent, based on UserAnnotation.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserAnnotations", -"properties": { -"pinned": { -"description": "Optional. Whether the agent is pinned, pinned agent will be displayed on the top of the agent list.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"viewed": { -"description": "Optional. Whether the agent has been viewed by the user.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserEvent": { "description": "UserEvent captures all metadata information Discovery Engine API needs to know about how end users interact with your website.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserEvent", @@ -31511,14 +31487,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -32503,14 +32481,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -32920,14 +32900,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -33455,14 +33437,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -33701,6 +33685,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -33709,18 +33694,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -34253,6 +34239,16 @@ false "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -34285,13 +34281,17 @@ false "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -34323,6 +34323,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -34331,18 +34332,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -34530,6 +34532,10 @@ false "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -34545,6 +34551,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -34910,6 +34938,11 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -35411,6 +35444,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json index 52757563f2..7fb9798bd7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json @@ -3448,7 +3448,7 @@ "engines": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a Engine.", +"description": "Creates an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.create", @@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Engine.", +"description": "Deletes an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.delete", @@ -3508,7 +3508,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a Engine.", +"description": "Gets an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.get", @@ -3533,6 +3533,38 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists all the Engines associated with the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines", @@ -3611,7 +3643,7 @@ ] }, "pause": { -"description": "Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:pause", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.pause", @@ -3640,7 +3672,7 @@ ] }, "resume": { -"description": "Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:resume", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.resume", @@ -3668,8 +3700,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "tune": { -"description": "Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:tune", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.tune", @@ -9106,7 +9167,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -10201,14 +10262,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -10576,7 +10639,8 @@ "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -10591,7 +10655,8 @@ "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -11084,14 +11149,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -11676,14 +11743,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -11922,6 +11991,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -11930,18 +12000,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -12297,6 +12368,16 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -12329,13 +12410,17 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -12367,6 +12452,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -12375,18 +12461,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -12525,6 +12612,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -12540,6 +12631,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -13060,14 +13173,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -13701,6 +13816,10 @@ "languageCode": { "description": "Optional. The language code used for notifications", "type": "string" +}, +"regionCode": { +"description": "Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -15348,14 +15467,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -15751,7 +15872,8 @@ "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -15766,7 +15888,8 @@ "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -15781,6 +15904,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector." +}, "dataSource": { "description": "Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`.", "type": "string" @@ -16128,6 +16255,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for a connector.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore": { "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore", @@ -16268,14 +16417,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -16948,14 +17099,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -17250,6 +17403,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -17258,18 +17412,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -18070,6 +18225,16 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -18102,13 +18267,17 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -18140,6 +18309,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -18148,18 +18318,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -18420,6 +18591,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -18435,6 +18610,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -18716,6 +18913,13 @@ "description": "Defines a user inputed query.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQuery", "properties": { +"parts": { +"description": "Query content parts.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "queryId": { "description": "Output only. Unique Id for the query.", "readOnly": true, @@ -18728,6 +18932,137 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart": { +"description": "Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart", +"properties": { +"documentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"description": "Other VAIS Document references." +}, +"driveDocumentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"description": "Reference to a Google Drive document." +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is \"text/plain\" for the \"data\" field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"personReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"description": "Reference to a person." +}, +"text": { +"description": "Text content.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uiJsonPayload": { +"description": "This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"urlForConnector": { +"description": "Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a Google Drive document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"driveId": { +"description": "The Drive id of the document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the Drive document reference.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference": { +"description": "Represents a person reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayPhotoUri": { +"description": "The display photo url of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"email": { +"description": "The email of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"personId": { +"description": "The person id of the person.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecrawlUrisMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.RecrawlUris operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecrawlUrisMetadata", @@ -19158,6 +19493,11 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -19663,6 +20003,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -23966,14 +24311,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -24645,14 +24992,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -25397,14 +25746,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -25643,6 +25994,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -25651,18 +26003,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -26667,6 +27020,16 @@ false "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -26699,13 +27062,17 @@ false "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -26737,6 +27104,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -26745,18 +27113,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -27438,6 +27807,10 @@ false "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -27453,6 +27826,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -28455,6 +28850,11 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.data_store_specs.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -28956,6 +29356,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -30241,14 +30646,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -31318,6 +31725,63 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleIamV1Binding": { +"description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1Binding", +"properties": { +"condition": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeExpr", +"description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)." +}, +"members": { +"description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"role": { +"description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1Policy": { +"description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", +"id": "GoogleIamV1Policy", +"properties": { +"bindings": { +"description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Binding" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy", +"description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest": { "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", "id": "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest", @@ -31623,6 +32087,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleTypeExpr": { +"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", +"id": "GoogleTypeExpr", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.", +"type": "string" +}, +"expression": { +"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.", +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleTypeTimeZone": { "description": "Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones).", "id": "GoogleTypeTimeZone", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json index 6d48f07292..eba75f4da1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json @@ -7981,7 +7981,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260107", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { @@ -14431,16 +14431,19 @@ false "id": "ImageAsset", "properties": { "fileSize": { -"description": "File size of the image asset in bytes.", +"description": "Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "fullSize": { "$ref": "Dimensions", -"description": "Metadata for this image at its original size." +"description": "Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size.", +"readOnly": true }, "mimeType": { -"description": "MIME type of the image asset.", +"description": "Output only. MIME type of the image asset.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -20051,7 +20054,8 @@ true "id": "YoutubeVideoDetails", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"description": "Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "unavailableReason": { @@ -20067,6 +20071,11 @@ true "The video is deleted." ], "type": "string" +}, +"videoAssetId": { +"description": "Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json index 3c60470afa..af3901a19e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json @@ -8156,7 +8156,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260212", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": { @@ -8279,7 +8279,7 @@ "id": "AdGroup", "properties": { "adGroupFormat": { -"description": "The format of the ads in the ad group.", +"description": "Required. The format of the ads in the ad group.", "enum": [ "AD_GROUP_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED", "AD_GROUP_FORMAT_IN_STREAM", @@ -8305,25 +8305,27 @@ "type": "string" }, "adGroupId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system.", +"description": "Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "advertiserId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to.", +"description": "Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "bidStrategy": { "$ref": "BiddingStrategy", -"description": "The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy." +"description": "Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy." }, "displayName": { -"description": "The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", +"description": "Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", "type": "string" }, "entityStatus": { -"description": "Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`.", +"description": "Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`.", "enum": [ "ENTITY_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE", @@ -8343,21 +8345,22 @@ "type": "string" }, "lineItemId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to.", +"description": "Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the ad group.", +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "productFeedData": { "$ref": "ProductFeedData", -"description": "The settings of the product feed in this ad group." +"description": "Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group." }, "targetingExpansion": { "$ref": "TargetingExpansionConfig", -"description": "The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group." +"description": "Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group." } }, "type": "object" @@ -8383,15 +8386,17 @@ "readOnly": true }, "adUrls": { -"description": "List of URLs used by the ad.", +"description": "Output only. List of URLs used by the ad.", "items": { "$ref": "AdUrl" }, +"readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "advertiserId": { -"description": "Required. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to.", +"description": "Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "audioAd": { @@ -16962,16 +16967,19 @@ false "id": "ImageAsset", "properties": { "fileSize": { -"description": "File size of the image asset in bytes.", +"description": "Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "fullSize": { "$ref": "Dimensions", -"description": "Metadata for this image at its original size." +"description": "Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size.", +"readOnly": true }, "mimeType": { -"description": "MIME type of the image asset.", +"description": "Output only. MIME type of the image asset.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -22488,7 +22496,8 @@ false "id": "YoutubeVideoDetails", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"description": "Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "unavailableReason": { @@ -22504,6 +22513,11 @@ false "The video is deleted." ], "type": "string" +}, +"videoAssetId": { +"description": "Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json index ec17528b2b..cd4d3f7c91 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json @@ -9925,7 +9925,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260212", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": { @@ -10104,7 +10104,7 @@ "id": "AdGroup", "properties": { "adGroupFormat": { -"description": "The format of the ads in the ad group.", +"description": "Required. The format of the ads in the ad group.", "enum": [ "AD_GROUP_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED", "AD_GROUP_FORMAT_IN_STREAM", @@ -10130,25 +10130,27 @@ "type": "string" }, "adGroupId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system.", +"description": "Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "advertiserId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to.", +"description": "Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "bidStrategy": { "$ref": "BiddingStrategy", -"description": "The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy." +"description": "Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy." }, "displayName": { -"description": "The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", +"description": "Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", "type": "string" }, "entityStatus": { -"description": "Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`.", +"description": "Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`.", "enum": [ "ENTITY_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE", @@ -10168,21 +10170,22 @@ "type": "string" }, "lineItemId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to.", +"description": "Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the ad group.", +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "productFeedData": { "$ref": "ProductFeedData", -"description": "The settings of the product feed in this ad group." +"description": "Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group." }, "targetingExpansion": { "$ref": "TargetingExpansionConfig", -"description": "The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group." +"description": "Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group." } }, "type": "object" @@ -10198,7 +10201,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "adGroupId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to. *Caution*: Parent ad groups for Demand Gen ads are not currently retrieveable using `advertisers.adGroups.list` or `advertisers.adGroups.get`. Demand Gen ads can be identified by the absence of the `ad_details` union field.", +"description": "Required. The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -10208,10 +10211,11 @@ "readOnly": true }, "adUrls": { -"description": "List of URLs used by the ad.", +"description": "Output only. List of URLs used by the ad.", "items": { "$ref": "AdUrl" }, +"readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "advertiserId": { @@ -10222,22 +10226,25 @@ }, "audioAd": { "$ref": "AudioAd", -"description": "Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives." +"description": "Output only. Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives.", +"readOnly": true }, "bumperAd": { "$ref": "BumperAd", -"description": "Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach." +"description": "Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach.", +"readOnly": true }, "displayName": { -"description": "The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", +"description": "Required. The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", "type": "string" }, "displayVideoSourceAd": { "$ref": "DisplayVideoSourceAd", -"description": "Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative." +"description": "Output only. Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative.", +"readOnly": true }, "entityStatus": { -"description": "The entity status of the ad.", +"description": "Required. The entity status of the ad.", "enum": [ "ENTITY_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE", @@ -10258,11 +10265,13 @@ }, "inStreamAd": { "$ref": "InStreamAd", -"description": "Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives." +"description": "Output only. Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives.", +"readOnly": true }, "mastheadAd": { "$ref": "MastheadAd", -"description": "Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826)." +"description": "Output only. Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826).", +"readOnly": true }, "name": { "description": "Output only. The resource name of the ad.", @@ -10271,15 +10280,18 @@ }, "nonSkippableAd": { "$ref": "NonSkippableAd", -"description": "Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives." +"description": "Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives.", +"readOnly": true }, "videoDiscoverAd": { "$ref": "VideoDiscoveryAd", -"description": "Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery." +"description": "Output only. Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery.", +"readOnly": true }, "videoPerformanceAd": { "$ref": "VideoPerformanceAd", -"description": "Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product." +"description": "Output only. Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product.", +"readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" @@ -18951,16 +18963,19 @@ false "id": "ImageAsset", "properties": { "fileSize": { -"description": "File size of the image asset in bytes.", +"description": "Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "fullSize": { "$ref": "Dimensions", -"description": "Metadata for this image at its original size." +"description": "Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size.", +"readOnly": true }, "mimeType": { -"description": "MIME type of the image asset.", +"description": "Output only. MIME type of the image asset.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -24711,7 +24726,8 @@ false "id": "YoutubeVideoDetails", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"description": "Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "unavailableReason": { @@ -24727,6 +24743,11 @@ false "The video is deleted." ], "type": "string" +}, +"videoAssetId": { +"description": "Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json index a557bd3abc..ad315537e6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json @@ -18,6 +18,241 @@ "endpoints": [ { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.africa-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "africa-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-southeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-southwest1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west10" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west12" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west15" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west6" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.me-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east7" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us" }, @@ -2392,7 +2627,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json index b8deba59e7..b77c4cadac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json @@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250901", +"revision": "20260207", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1AppAttestConfig": { @@ -2361,16 +2361,16 @@ "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ResourcePolicy", "properties": { "enforcementMode": { -"description": "Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service.", +"description": "Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service.", "enum": [ "OFF", "UNENFORCED", "ENFORCED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured service is in this mode by default.", -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", -"Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the relevant App Check protection is not applied, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured protection is in this mode by default.", +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement. These metrics will show the portion of traffic that is deemed invalid by the relevant App Check protection, but that traffic will not be rejected until you turn on enforcement. Though the relevant App Check protection is not enforced, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", +"The relevant App Check protection is enforced for the service or resource. The service or resource will reject any traffic not accompanied by an App Check token that is deemded valid by the relevant protection. There are some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check protections. If your users have not updated to a version of your app that meets the requirements of the relevant App Check protection, their app may stop working. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your services and resources. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement as soon as you verify that your App Check implementation is correct, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2424,9 +2424,9 @@ "ENFORCED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured service is in this mode by default.", -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", -"Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the relevant App Check protection is not applied, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured protection is in this mode by default.", +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement. These metrics will show the portion of traffic that is deemed invalid by the relevant App Check protection, but that traffic will not be rejected until you turn on enforcement. Though the relevant App Check protection is not enforced, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", +"The relevant App Check protection is enforced for the service or resource. The service or resource will reject any traffic not accompanied by an App Check token that is deemded valid by the relevant protection. There are some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check protections. If your users have not updated to a version of your app that meets the requirements of the relevant App Check protection, their app may stop working. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your services and resources. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement as soon as you verify that your App Check implementation is correct, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json index 3f8a2de058..b8c5c28930 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260110", +"revision": "20260207", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestConfig": { @@ -2619,9 +2619,9 @@ "ENFORCED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured service is in this mode by default.", -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", -"Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the relevant App Check protection is not applied, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured protection is in this mode by default.", +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement. These metrics will show the portion of traffic that is deemed invalid by the relevant App Check protection, but that traffic will not be rejected until you turn on enforcement. Though the relevant App Check protection is not enforced, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", +"The relevant App Check protection is enforced for the service or resource. The service or resource will reject any traffic not accompanied by an App Check token that is deemded valid by the relevant protection. There are some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check protections. If your users have not updated to a version of your app that meets the requirements of the relevant App Check protection, their app may stop working. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your services and resources. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement as soon as you verify that your App Check implementation is correct, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2675,9 +2675,9 @@ "ENFORCED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured service is in this mode by default.", -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", -"Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the relevant App Check protection is not applied, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured protection is in this mode by default.", +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement. These metrics will show the portion of traffic that is deemed invalid by the relevant App Check protection, but that traffic will not be rejected until you turn on enforcement. Though the relevant App Check protection is not enforced, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", +"The relevant App Check protection is enforced for the service or resource. The service or resource will reject any traffic not accompanied by an App Check token that is deemded valid by the relevant protection. There are some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check protections. If your users have not updated to a version of your app that meets the requirements of the relevant App Check protection, their app may stop working. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your services and resources. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement as soon as you verify that your App Check implementation is correct, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v2.json new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0de81934c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v2.json @@ -0,0 +1,834 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster": { +"description": "Get email traffic metrics, manage domains, and manage domain users for the domains you have registered with Postmaster Tools" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.domain": { +"description": "View and manage the domains you have registered with Postmaster Tools" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.traffic.readonly": { +"description": "Get email traffic metrics for the domains you have registered with Postmaster Tools" +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "Postmaster Tools", +"description": "The Postmaster Tools API is a RESTful API that provides programmatic access to email traffic metrics (like spam reports, delivery errors etc) otherwise available through the Gmail Postmaster Tools UI currently.", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/gmail/postmaster", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "gmailpostmastertools:v2", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "gmailpostmastertools", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"domainStats": { +"methods": { +"batchQuery": { +"description": "Executes a batch of QueryDomainStats requests for multiple domains. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for any of the requested domains.", +"flatPath": "v2/domainStats:batchQuery", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "gmailpostmastertools.domainStats.batchQuery", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": {}, +"path": "v2/domainStats:batchQuery", +"request": { +"$ref": "BatchQueryDomainStatsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "BatchQueryDomainStatsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.traffic.readonly" +] +} +} +}, +"domains": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Retrieves detailed information about a domain registered by you. Returns NOT_FOUND if the domain is not registered by you. Domain represents the metadata of a domain that has been registered within the system and linked to a user.", +"flatPath": "v2/domains/{domainsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "gmailpostmastertools.domains.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the domain. Format: `domains/{domain_name}`, where domain_name is the fully qualified domain name (i.e., mymail.mydomain.com).", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^domains/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Domain" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.domain" +] +}, +"getComplianceStatus": { +"description": "Retrieves the compliance status for a given domain. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access compliance status for the domain.", +"flatPath": "v2/domains/{domainsId}/complianceStatus", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "gmailpostmastertools.domains.getComplianceStatus", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the domain's compliance status to retrieve. Format: `domains/{domain_id}/complianceStatus`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^domains/[^/]+/complianceStatus$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "DomainComplianceStatus" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.traffic.readonly" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of all domains registered by you, along with their corresponding metadata. The order of domains in the response is unspecified and non-deterministic. Newly registered domains will not necessarily be added to the end of this list.", +"flatPath": "v2/domains", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "gmailpostmastertools.domains.list", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer domains than requested. If unspecified, the default value for this field is 10. The maximum value for this field is 200.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/domains", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListDomainsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.domain" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"domainStats": { +"methods": { +"query": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of domain statistics for a given domain and time period. Returns statistics only for dates where data is available. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for the domain.", +"flatPath": "v2/domains/{domainsId}/domainStats:query", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "gmailpostmastertools.domains.domainStats.query", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource name where the stats are queried. Format: domains/{domain}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^domains/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+parent}/domainStats:query", +"request": { +"$ref": "QueryDomainStatsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "QueryDomainStatsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.traffic.readonly" +] +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20260209", +"rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"BaseMetric": { +"description": "Specifies the base metric to query, which can be a predefined standard metric or a user-defined custom metric (if supported in the future).", +"id": "BaseMetric", +"properties": { +"standardMetric": { +"description": "A predefined standard metric.", +"enum": [ +"STANDARD_METRIC_UNSPECIFIED", +"FEEDBACK_LOOP_ID", +"FEEDBACK_LOOP_SPAM_RATE", +"SPAM_RATE", +"AUTH_SUCCESS_RATE", +"TLS_ENCRYPTION_MESSAGE_COUNT", +"TLS_ENCRYPTION_RATE", +"DELIVERY_ERROR_COUNT", +"DELIVERY_ERROR_RATE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified standard metric. This value should not be used directly.", +"Predefined metric for Feedback Loop (FBL) id.", +"Predefined metric for Feedback Loop (FBL) spam rate. Filter must be of type feedback_loop_id = \"\" where is one valid feedback loop ids.", +"Predefined metric for spam rate.", +"The success rate of authentication mechanisms (DKIM, SPF, DMARC). Filter must be of type auth_type = \"\" where is one of: [spf, dkim, dmarc]", +"The rate of messages that were TLS encrypted in transit Filter must be of type traffic_direction = \"\" where is one of: [inbound, outbound]", +"The rate of messages that were TLS encrypted in transit Filter must be of type traffic_direction = \"\" where is one of: [inbound, outbound]", +"The total count of delivery errors encountered (temporary or permanent rejects). The `filter` field supports a limited syntax. Supported formats are: * Empty: No filter is applied. * `error_type` = \"\" * `error_type` = \"\" AND `error_reason` = \"\" If an empty filter is provided, the metric will be aggregated across all error types and reasons. If only `error_type` is specified, the metric will be aggregated across all reasons for that type. Supported values: * reject * temp_fail Supported values depend on the : * For 'reject': [bad_attachment, bad_or_missing_ptr_record, ip_in_rbls, low_domain_reputation, low_ip_reputation, spammy_content, stamp_policy_error, other] * For 'temp_fail': [anomalous_traffic_pattern, other]", +"Delivery error rate for the specified delivery error type. The `filter` field supports a limited syntax. Supported formats are: * Empty: No filter is applied. * `error_type` = \"\" * `error_type` = \"\" AND `error_reason` = \"\" If an empty filter is provided, the metric will be aggregated across all error types and reasons. If only `error_type` is specified, the metric will be aggregated across all reasons for that type. Supported values: * reject * temp_fail Supported values depend on the : * For 'reject': [bad_attachment, bad_or_missing_ptr_record, ip_in_rbls, low_domain_reputation, low_ip_reputation, spammy_content, stamp_policy_error, other] * For 'temp_fail': [anomalous_traffic_pattern, other]" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BatchQueryDomainStatsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for BatchQueryDomainStats.", +"id": "BatchQueryDomainStatsRequest", +"properties": { +"requests": { +"description": "Required. A list of individual query requests. Each request can be for a different domain. A maximum of 100 requests can be included in a single batch.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QueryDomainStatsRequest" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BatchQueryDomainStatsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for BatchQueryDomainStats.", +"id": "BatchQueryDomainStatsResponse", +"properties": { +"results": { +"description": "A list of responses, one for each query in the BatchQueryDomainStatsRequest. The order of responses will correspond to the order of requests.", +"items": { +"$ref": "BatchQueryDomainStatsResult" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BatchQueryDomainStatsResult": { +"description": "Represents the result of a single QueryDomainStatsRequest within a batch.", +"id": "BatchQueryDomainStatsResult", +"properties": { +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "The error status if the individual query failed." +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "QueryDomainStatsResponse", +"description": "The successful response for the individual query." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ComplianceRowData": { +"description": "Data for a single row of the compliance status table.", +"id": "ComplianceRowData", +"properties": { +"requirement": { +"description": "The compliance requirement.", +"enum": [ +"COMPLIANCE_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"SPF", +"DKIM", +"SPF_AND_DKIM", +"DMARC_POLICY", +"DMARC_ALIGNMENT", +"MESSAGE_FORMATTING", +"DNS_RECORDS", +"ENCRYPTION", +"USER_REPORTED_SPAM_RATE", +"ONE_CLICK_UNSUBSCRIBE", +"HONOR_UNSUBSCRIBE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"Whether the sender has properly configured SPF.", +"Whether the sender has properly configured DKIM.", +"Whether the sender has properly configured both SPF and DKIM.", +"Whether the sender has configured DMARC policy.", +"Whether the From: header is aligned with DKIM or SPF", +"Whether messages are correctly formatted according to RFC 5322.", +"Whether the domain has forward and reverse DNS records.", +"Whether messages has TLS encryption.", +"Whether the sender is below a threshold for user-reported spam rate.", +"Whether the sender sufficiently supports one-click unsubscribe. Note that the user-facing requirement is \"one-click unsubscribe\", but we require satisfaction of multiple \"unsubscribe support\" rules.", +"Whether the sender honors user-initiated unsubscribe requests." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "ComplianceStatus", +"description": "The compliance status for the requirement." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ComplianceStatus": { +"description": "The status of a sender compliance requirement.", +"id": "ComplianceStatus", +"properties": { +"status": { +"description": "Output only. The compliance status.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"COMPLIANT", +"NEEDS_WORK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"The compliance requirement is met, and the sender is deemed compliant.", +"The compliance requirement is unmet, and the sender needs to do work to achieve compliance." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Date": { +"description": "Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp", +"id": "Date", +"properties": { +"day": { +"description": "Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"month": { +"description": "Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"year": { +"description": "Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DateList": { +"description": "A set of specific dates.", +"id": "DateList", +"properties": { +"dates": { +"description": "Required. The list of specific dates for which to retrieve data.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Date" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DateRange": { +"description": "A single date range defined by a start and end date.", +"id": "DateRange", +"properties": { +"end": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. The inclusive end date of the date range." +}, +"start": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. The inclusive start date of the date range." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DateRanges": { +"description": "A set of date ranges.", +"id": "DateRanges", +"properties": { +"dateRanges": { +"description": "Required. The list of date ranges for which to retrieve data.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DateRange" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Domain": { +"description": "Information about a domain registered by the user.", +"id": "Domain", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Immutable. The timestamp at which the domain was added to the user's account.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"lastVerifyTime": { +"description": "The timestamp at which the domain was last verified by the user.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the domain. Format: `domains/{domain_name}`, where domain_name is the fully qualified domain name (i.e., mymail.mydomain.com).", +"type": "string" +}, +"permission": { +"description": "Output only. User's permission of this domain.", +"enum": [ +"PERMISSION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READER", +"OWNER", +"NONE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified permission.", +"User has read access to the domain.", +"User has owner access to the domain.", +"User has no access to the domain." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verificationState": { +"description": "Output only. Information about a user's verification history and properties for the domain.", +"enum": [ +"VERIFICATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNVERIFIED", +"VERIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"The domain is unverified.", +"The domain is verified." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DomainComplianceData": { +"description": "Compliance data for a given domain.", +"id": "DomainComplianceData", +"properties": { +"domainId": { +"description": "Domain that this data is for.", +"type": "string" +}, +"honorUnsubscribeVerdict": { +"$ref": "HonorUnsubscribeVerdict", +"description": "Unsubscribe honoring compliance verdict." +}, +"oneClickUnsubscribeVerdict": { +"$ref": "OneClickUnsubscribeVerdict", +"description": "One-click unsubscribe compliance verdict." +}, +"rowData": { +"description": "Data for each of the rows of the table. Each message contains all the data that backs a single row.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ComplianceRowData" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DomainComplianceStatus": { +"description": "Compliance status for a domain.", +"id": "DomainComplianceStatus", +"properties": { +"complianceData": { +"$ref": "DomainComplianceData", +"description": "Compliance data for the registrable domain part of the domain in `name`. For example, if `name` is `domains/example.com/complianceStatus`, this field contains compliance data for `example.com`." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the domain's compliance status. Format: `domains/{domain_id}/complianceStatus`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subdomainComplianceData": { +"$ref": "DomainComplianceData", +"description": "Compliance data calculated specifically for the subdomain in `name`. This field is only populated if the domain in `name` is a subdomain that differs from its registrable domain (e.g., `sub.example.com`), and if compliance data is available for that specific subdomain." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DomainStat": { +"description": "Email statistics for a domain for a specified time period or date.", +"id": "DomainStat", +"properties": { +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Optional. The specific date for these stats, if granularity is DAILY. This field is populated if the QueryDomainStatsRequest specified a DAILY aggregation granularity." +}, +"metric": { +"description": "The user-defined name from MetricDefinition.name in the request, used to correlate this result with the requested metric.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the DomainStat resource. Format: domains/{domain}/domainStats/{domain_stat} The `{domain_stat}` segment is an opaque, server-generated ID. We recommend using the `metric` field to identify queried metrics instead of parsing the name.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"$ref": "StatisticValue", +"description": "The value of the corresponding metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HonorUnsubscribeVerdict": { +"description": "Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the unsubscribe honoring compliance requirement.", +"id": "HonorUnsubscribeVerdict", +"properties": { +"reason": { +"description": "The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.", +"enum": [ +"REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"NOT_HONORING", +"NOT_HONORING_TOO_FEW_CAMPAIGNS", +"NOT_HONORING_TOO_MANY_CAMPAIGNS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"The sender does not honor unsubscribe requests.", +"The sender does not honor unsubscribe requests and consider to increase the number of relevant campaigns.", +"The sender does not honor unsubscribe requests and consider to reduce the number of relevant campaigns." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "ComplianceStatus", +"description": "The compliance status." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListDomainsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ListDomains.", +"id": "ListDomainsResponse", +"properties": { +"domains": { +"description": "The domains that have been registered by the user.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Domain" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MetricDefinition": { +"description": "Defines a specific metric to query, including a user-defined name, the base metric type, and optional filters.", +"id": "MetricDefinition", +"properties": { +"baseMetric": { +"$ref": "BaseMetric", +"description": "Required. The underlying metric to query." +}, +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Optional filters to apply to the metric.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The user-defined name for this metric. This name will be used as the key for this metric's value in the response.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"OneClickUnsubscribeVerdict": { +"description": "Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the one-click unsubscribe compliance requirement.", +"id": "OneClickUnsubscribeVerdict", +"properties": { +"reason": { +"description": "The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.", +"enum": [ +"REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"NO_UNSUB_GENERAL", +"NO_UNSUB_SPAM_REPORTS", +"NO_UNSUB_PROMO_SPAM_REPORTS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"Sender does not support one-click unsubscribe for the majority of their messages.", +"Sender does not support one-click unsubscribe for most messages that are manually reported as spam.", +"Sender does not support one-click unsubscribe for most promotional messages that are manually reported as spam. This classification of messages is a subset of those encompassed by `NO_UNSUB_SPAM_REPORTS`." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "ComplianceStatus", +"description": "The compliance status." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QueryDomainStatsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for QueryDomainStats.", +"id": "QueryDomainStatsRequest", +"properties": { +"aggregationGranularity": { +"description": "Optional. The granularity at which to aggregate the statistics. If unspecified, defaults to DAILY.", +"enum": [ +"AGGREGATION_GRANULARITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"DAILY", +"OVERALL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified granularity. Defaults to DAILY.", +"Statistics are aggregated on a daily basis. Each DomainStats entry in the response will correspond to a single day.", +"Statistics are aggregated over the entire requested time period. Each DomainStats entry in the response will represent the total for the period." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"metricDefinitions": { +"description": "Required. The specific metrics to query. You can define a custom name for each metric, which will be used in the response.", +"items": { +"$ref": "MetricDefinition" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of DomainStats resources to return in the response. The server may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, a default value of 10 will be used. The maximum value is 200.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any. If the aggregation granularity is DAILY, the page token will be the encoded date + \"/\" + metric name. If the aggregation granularity is OVERALL, the page token will be the encoded metric name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource name where the stats are queried. Format: domains/{domain}", +"type": "string" +}, +"timeQuery": { +"$ref": "TimeQuery", +"description": "Required. The time range or specific dates for which to retrieve the metrics." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QueryDomainStatsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for QueryDomainStats.", +"id": "QueryDomainStatsResponse", +"properties": { +"domainStats": { +"description": "The list of domain statistics. Each DomainStat object contains the value for a metric requested in the QueryDomainStatsRequest.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DomainStat" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StatisticValue": { +"description": "The actual value of a statistic.", +"id": "StatisticValue", +"properties": { +"doubleValue": { +"description": "Double value.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"floatValue": { +"description": "Float value.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"intValue": { +"description": "Integer value.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"stringList": { +"$ref": "StringList", +"description": "List of string values." +}, +"stringValue": { +"description": "String value.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Status": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "Status", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StringList": { +"description": "Represents a list of strings.", +"id": "StringList", +"properties": { +"values": { +"description": "The string values.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TimeQuery": { +"description": "The date ranges or specific dates for which you want to retrieve data.", +"id": "TimeQuery", +"properties": { +"dateList": { +"$ref": "DateList", +"description": "A list of specific dates." +}, +"dateRanges": { +"$ref": "DateRanges", +"description": "A list of date ranges." +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "Gmail Postmaster Tools API", +"version": "v2", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json index 40860cd850..b586394dcb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ "baseUrl": "https://hypercomputecluster.googleapis.com/", "batchPath": "batch", "canonicalName": "Hypercompute Cluster", -"description": "", +"description": "The Cluster Director API allows you to deploy, manage, and monitor clusters that run AI, ML, or HPC workloads.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://docs.cloud.google.com/cluster-director/docs", "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "hypercomputecluster.projects.locations.list", @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260121", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://hypercomputecluster.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BootDisk": { @@ -1321,16 +1321,16 @@ "type": "string" }, "terminationAction": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the termination action of the instance", +"description": "Optional. Termination action for the instance. If not specified, Compute Engine sets the termination action to DELETE.", "enum": [ "TERMINATION_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", "STOP", "DELETE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified termination action", -"Stop the instance", -"Delete the instance" +"Not set.", +"Compute Engine stops the Spot VM on preemption.", +"Compute Engine deletes the Spot VM on preemption." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "OperationProgress": { -"description": "Message describing the progress of a cluster mutation long-running operation. operation.", +"description": "Message describing the progress of a cluster mutation long-running operation.", "id": "OperationProgress", "properties": { "steps": { @@ -1648,7 +1648,7 @@ "id": "SlurmNodeSet", "properties": { "computeId": { -"description": "Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's [compute_resources](Cluster.compute_resources).", +"description": "Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's compute_resources.", "type": "string" }, "computeInstance": { @@ -1699,14 +1699,14 @@ "description": "Required. Configuration for login nodes, which allow users to access the cluster over SSH." }, "nodeSets": { -"description": "Required. Configuration of Slurm nodesets, which define groups of compute resources that can be used by Slurm. At least one compute node is required.", +"description": "Optional. Compute resource configuration for the Slurm nodesets in your cluster. If not specified, the cluster won't create any nodes.", "items": { "$ref": "SlurmNodeSet" }, "type": "array" }, "partitions": { -"description": "Required. Configuration of Slurm partitions, which group one or more nodesets. Acts as a queue against which jobs can be submitted. At least one partition is required.", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the Slurm partitions in your cluster. Each partition can contain one or more nodesets, and you can submit separate jobs on each partition. If you don't specify at least one partition in your cluster, you can't submit jobs to the cluster.", "items": { "$ref": "SlurmPartition" }, @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ "id": "StorageConfig", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources).", +"description": "Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources.", "type": "string" }, "localMount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json index 0be9942aed..e898677cb4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json @@ -4160,7 +4160,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260123", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessRestrictions": { @@ -4546,14 +4546,12 @@ "enum": [ "ATTRIBUTES_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL", -"AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID", -"AZURE_AD_GROUPS_DISPLAY_NAME" +"AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "No AttributesType specified.", "Used to get the user's group claims from the Microsoft Entra ID identity provider using the configuration provided in ExtraAttributesOAuth2Client. The `mail` property of the `microsoft.graph.group` object is used for claim mapping. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/api/resources/group?view=graph-rest-1.0#properties for more details on `microsoft.graph.group` properties. The group mail addresses of the user's groups that are returned from Microsoft Entra ID can be mapped by using the following attributes: * OIDC: `assertion.groups` * SAML: `assertion.attributes.groups`", -"Used to get the user's group claims from the Microsoft Entra ID identity provider using the configuration provided in ExtraAttributesOAuth2Client. The `id` property of the `microsoft.graph.group` object is used for claim mapping. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/api/resources/group?view=graph-rest-1.0#properties for more details on `microsoft.graph.group` properties. The group IDs of the user's groups that are returned from Microsoft Entra ID can be mapped by using the following attributes: * OIDC: `assertion.groups` * SAML: `assertion.attributes.groups`", -"Used to get the user's group claims from the Microsoft Entra ID identity provider using the configuration provided in ExtraAttributesOAuth2Client. The `displayName` property of the `microsoft.graph.group` object is used for claim mapping. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/api/resources/group?view=graph-rest-1.0#properties for more details on `microsoft.graph.group` properties. The display names of the user's groups that are returned from Microsoft Entra ID can be mapped by using the following attributes: * OIDC: `assertion.groups` * SAML: `assertion.attributes.groups`" +"Used to get the user's group claims from the Microsoft Entra ID identity provider using the configuration provided in ExtraAttributesOAuth2Client. The `id` property of the `microsoft.graph.group` object is used for claim mapping. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/api/resources/group?view=graph-rest-1.0#properties for more details on `microsoft.graph.group` properties. The group IDs of the user's groups that are returned from Microsoft Entra ID can be mapped by using the following attributes: * OIDC: `assertion.groups` * SAML: `assertion.attributes.groups`" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6340,7 +6338,7 @@ false }, "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { "$ref": "GoogleIamAdminV1WorkforcePoolProviderExtraAttributesOAuth2Client", -"description": "Optional. The configuration for OAuth 2.0 client used to get the additional user attributes. This should be used when users can't get the desired claims in authentication credentials. Currently, this configuration is only supported with OIDC protocol." +"description": "Optional. Defines the configuration for the OAuth 2.0 client that is used to get the additional user attributes in a separate backchannel call to the identity provider. This should be used when users can't get the required claims in authentication credentials. Currently, the OAuth 2.0 protocol is the only supported authorization method for this backchannel call." }, "name": { "description": "Identifier. The resource name of the provider. Format: `locations/{location}/workforcePools/{workforce_pool_id}/providers/{provider_id}`", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json index bcb1536eef..d70a3dc974 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251013", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeniedPageSettings": { @@ -1098,6 +1098,19 @@ "description": "Configuration for OAuth login&consent flow behavior as well as for OAuth Credentials.", "id": "OAuthSettings", "properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"description": "Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecretSha256": { +"description": "Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "loginHint": { "description": "Domain hint to send as hd=? parameter in OAuth request flow. Enables redirect to primary IDP by skipping Google's login screen. https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect#hd-param Note: IAP does not verify that the id token's hd claim matches this value since access behavior is managed by IAM policies.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json index e80108e7a1..36ce7a3742 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json @@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260203", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { @@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@ "description": "Required. The account to be created." }, "service": { -"description": "Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `product_management` services may be provided.", +"description": "Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `products_management` services may be provided.", "items": { "$ref": "AddAccountService" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json index b351f692af..086776dc7a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json @@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260203", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { @@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ "description": "Required. The account to be created." }, "service": { -"description": "Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `product_management` services may be provided.", +"description": "Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `products_management` services may be provided.", "items": { "$ref": "AddAccountService" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json index 026cea9c1d..837b79653a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260203", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json index 268a8fb4ab..1e386f8cd8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260203", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json index 76c2f5ee2d..aa6beb92a5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260203", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json index 9a65a83f86..8cba0b1ca8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json @@ -5419,7 +5419,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260131", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { @@ -8536,13 +8536,15 @@ "PROFILE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "THREAT_PREVENTION", "CUSTOM_MIRRORING", -"CUSTOM_INTERCEPT" +"CUSTOM_INTERCEPT", +"URL_FILTERING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Profile type not specified.", "Profile type for threat prevention.", "Profile type for packet mirroring v2", -"Profile type for TPPI." +"Profile type for TPPI.", +"Profile type for URL filtering." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -8551,6 +8553,10 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"urlFilteringProfile": { +"$ref": "UrlFilteringProfile", +"description": "The URL filtering configuration for the SecurityProfile." } }, "type": "object" @@ -8608,6 +8614,10 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"urlFilteringProfile": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the UrlFiltering configuration.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -8911,6 +8921,53 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"UrlFilter": { +"description": "A URL filter defines an action to take for some URL match.", +"id": "UrlFilter", +"properties": { +"filteringAction": { +"description": "Required. The action taken when this filter is applied.", +"enum": [ +"URL_FILTERING_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALLOW", +"DENY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Filtering action not specified.", +"The connection matching this filter will be allowed to transmit.", +"The connection matching this filter will be dropped." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"priority": { +"description": "Required. The priority of this filter within the URL Filtering Profile. Lower integers indicate higher priorities. The priority of a filter must be unique within a URL Filtering Profile.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"urls": { +"description": "Required. The list of strings that a URL must match with for this filter to be applied.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UrlFilteringProfile": { +"description": "UrlFilteringProfile defines filters based on URL.", +"id": "UrlFilteringProfile", +"properties": { +"urlFilters": { +"description": "Optional. The list of filtering configs in which each config defines an action to take for some URL match.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UrlFilter" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UrlList": { "description": "UrlList proto helps users to set reusable, independently manageable lists of hosts, host patterns, URLs, URL patterns.", "id": "UrlList", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index c81eb1127e..1daa5d70b5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkservices.projects.locations.list", @@ -3191,7 +3191,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251203", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -6042,6 +6042,13 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"targetProxies": { +"description": "Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index fa055c2879..1d953d58b1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkservices.projects.locations.list", @@ -3100,7 +3100,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251203", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthzExtension": { @@ -5878,6 +5878,13 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"targetProxies": { +"description": "Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json index 5732a2cac6..c64e187882 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260202", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -525,6 +525,10 @@ "description": "The name of the base image.", "type": "string" }, +"registry": { +"description": "The registry in which the base image is from.", +"type": "string" +}, "repository": { "description": "The repository name in which the base image is from.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json index b6a406070e..da4477aaa6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260202", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -520,6 +520,10 @@ "description": "The name of the base image.", "type": "string" }, +"registry": { +"description": "The registry in which the base image is from.", +"type": "string" +}, "repository": { "description": "The repository name in which the base image is from.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json index 46766a785b..cbdcf0fc15 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json @@ -15,6 +15,13 @@ "description": "The Oracle Database@Google Cloud API provides a set of APIs to manage Oracle database services, such as Exadata and Autonomous Databases.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/oracle/database/docs", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast2" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -2472,7 +2479,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260212", "rootUrl": "https://oracledatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllConnectionStrings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json index 94ab05b25d..0a23f49bb4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260104", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://places.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { @@ -1134,6 +1134,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceGoogleMapsLinks", "description": "Links to trigger different Google Maps actions." }, +"googleMapsTypeLabel": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeLocalizedText", +"description": "The type label of the place on Google Maps, localized to the request language if applicable, for example, \"Restaurant\", \"Cafe\", \"Airport\", etc. The type label may be different from the primary type display name and may not be a supported type in [Places API Place Types table](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types)." +}, "googleMapsUri": { "description": "A URL providing more information about this place.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json index e0debcb154..fd2e5858d8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json @@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241013", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": { @@ -1739,13 +1739,6 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection", "description": "Use with CategoryType.COST" }, -"impactComponents": { -"description": "If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "reliabilityProjection": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1ReliabilityProjection", "description": "Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json index af02be86a7..aeed2936ff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json @@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251026", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": { @@ -2063,13 +2063,6 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1CostProjection", "description": "Use with CategoryType.COST" }, -"impactComponents": { -"description": "If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "reliabilityProjection": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ReliabilityProjection", "description": "Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json index 5d89e42bec..2fe3381fa0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json @@ -134,6 +134,31 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Regional certificate authority resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", @@ -1078,7 +1103,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { @@ -1706,6 +1731,10 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"rotateServerCertificate": { +"description": "Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "satisfiesPzi": { "description": "Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, @@ -1716,6 +1745,26 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, +"serverCaMode": { +"description": "Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster.", +"enum": [ +"SERVER_CA_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_GOOGLE_MANAGED_PER_INSTANCE_CA", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_GOOGLE_MANAGED_SHARED_CA", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Server CA mode not specified.", +"Each cluster has its own Google managed CA.", +"The cluster uses Google managed shared CA in the region.", +"The cluster uses customer managed CA from CAS." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"serverCaPool": { +"description": "Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: \"projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}\".", +"type": "string" +}, "shardCount": { "description": "Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster.", "format": "int32", @@ -4889,6 +4938,34 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionalCertChain": { +"description": "The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.", +"id": "RegionalCertChain", +"properties": { +"certificates": { +"description": "The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication.", +"id": "RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority", +"properties": { +"caCerts": { +"description": "The PEM encoded CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication", +"items": { +"$ref": "RegionalCertChain" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RemoteCluster": { "description": "Details of the remote cluster associated with this cluster in a cross cluster replication setup.", "id": "RemoteCluster", @@ -4998,6 +5075,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenanceInfo to capture the maintenance details of database resource.", "id": "ResourceMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { +"currentVersionReleaseDate": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Optional. The date when the current maintenance version was released." +}, "denyMaintenanceSchedules": { "description": "Optional. List of Deny maintenance period for the database resource.", "items": { @@ -5043,11 +5124,6 @@ false "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "UpcomingMaintenance", "description": "Optional. Upcoming maintenance for the database resource. This field is populated once SLM generates and publishes upcoming maintenance window." -}, -"versionUpdateTime": { -"description": "Optional. This field will contain the date when the last version update was applied to the database resource. This will be used to calculate the age of the maintenance version.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -5149,6 +5225,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "Shared regional certificate authority", +"id": "SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"properties": { +"managedServerCa": { +"$ref": "RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority", +"description": "CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "StateInfo": { "description": "Represents additional information about the state of the cluster.", "id": "StateInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json index efdf5518f5..dad6951a9d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json @@ -134,6 +134,31 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Regional certificate authority resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", @@ -1078,7 +1103,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { @@ -1706,6 +1731,10 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"rotateServerCertificate": { +"description": "Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "satisfiesPzi": { "description": "Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, @@ -1716,6 +1745,26 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, +"serverCaMode": { +"description": "Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster.", +"enum": [ +"SERVER_CA_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_GOOGLE_MANAGED_PER_INSTANCE_CA", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_GOOGLE_MANAGED_SHARED_CA", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Server CA mode not specified.", +"Each cluster has its own Google managed CA.", +"The cluster uses Google managed shared CA in the region.", +"The cluster uses customer managed CA from CAS." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"serverCaPool": { +"description": "Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: \"projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}\".", +"type": "string" +}, "shardCount": { "description": "Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster.", "format": "int32", @@ -4896,6 +4945,34 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionalCertChain": { +"description": "The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.", +"id": "RegionalCertChain", +"properties": { +"certificates": { +"description": "The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication.", +"id": "RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority", +"properties": { +"caCerts": { +"description": "The PEM encoded CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication", +"items": { +"$ref": "RegionalCertChain" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RemoteCluster": { "description": "Details of the remote cluster associated with this cluster in a cross cluster replication setup.", "id": "RemoteCluster", @@ -5005,6 +5082,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenanceInfo to capture the maintenance details of database resource.", "id": "ResourceMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { +"currentVersionReleaseDate": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Optional. The date when the current maintenance version was released." +}, "denyMaintenanceSchedules": { "description": "Optional. List of Deny maintenance period for the database resource.", "items": { @@ -5050,11 +5131,6 @@ false "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "UpcomingMaintenance", "description": "Optional. Upcoming maintenance for the database resource. This field is populated once SLM generates and publishes upcoming maintenance window." -}, -"versionUpdateTime": { -"description": "Optional. This field will contain the date when the last version update was applied to the database resource. This will be used to calculate the age of the maintenance version.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -5156,6 +5232,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "Shared regional certificate authority", +"id": "SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"properties": { +"managedServerCa": { +"$ref": "RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority", +"description": "CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "StateInfo": { "description": "Represents additional information about the state of the cluster.", "id": "StateInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json index 2ec49af121..3ca22bb239 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json @@ -4,6 +4,12 @@ "scopes": { "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Run data and see the email address for your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly": { +"description": "See your Google Cloud Run data and the email address of your Google Account" } } } @@ -643,7 +649,9 @@ "$ref": "Configuration" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -704,7 +712,9 @@ "$ref": "ListConfigurationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] } } @@ -2304,7 +2314,9 @@ "$ref": "Configuration" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -2365,7 +2377,9 @@ "$ref": "ListConfigurationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] } } @@ -3457,7 +3471,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Addressable": { @@ -5968,6 +5982,11 @@ false "description": "Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account.", "type": "string" }, +"timeout": { +"description": "Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, "volumes": { "description": "Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance.", "items": { @@ -6845,7 +6864,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "Revision": { -"description": "Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/specs/blob/main/specs/serving/overview.md#revision", +"description": "Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references one or more container images. Revisions are created by updates to a Service.", "id": "Revision", "properties": { "apiVersion": { @@ -6881,7 +6900,7 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "containers": { -"description": "Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle.", +"description": "Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision.", "items": { "$ref": "Container" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index ad24fcb470..a64345f8ec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { @@ -3580,6 +3580,11 @@ "description": "Output only. The Condition of this Instance, containing its readiness status, and detailed error information in case it did not reach a serving state. See comments in `reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run.", "readOnly": true }, +"timeout": { +"description": "Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, "uid": { "description": "Output only. Server assigned unique identifier for the trigger. The value is a UUID4 string and guaranteed to remain unchanged until the resource is deleted.", "readOnly": true, @@ -4166,7 +4171,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "containers": { -"description": "Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision.", +"description": "Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2Container" }, @@ -4375,6 +4380,16 @@ "description": "Settings for revision-level scaling settings.", "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2RevisionScaling", "properties": { +"concurrencyUtilization": { +"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"cpuUtilization": { +"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, "maxInstanceCount": { "description": "Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances", "format": "int32", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json index a79439dff8..9692602277 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results returned by this request. Currently, the default maximum is set to 1000. If `page_size` isn't provided or the size provided is a number larger than 1000, it's automatically set to 1000.", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results returned by this request. Currently, the default maximum is set to 256. If `page_size` <= 256, the request proceeds. Else, the request fails with an `TU_INVALID_PAGE_SIZE` error.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddTenantProjectRequest": { @@ -646,6 +646,13 @@ "description": "The type of this aspect configuration.", "type": "string" }, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. Rules of the Configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AspectRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "spec": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -657,6 +664,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AspectRule": { +"description": "Rule-based configuration for an aspect.", +"id": "AspectRule", +"properties": { +"config": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"selector": { +"description": "Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AttachTenantProjectRequest": { "description": "Request to attach an existing project to the tenancy unit as a new tenant resource.", "id": "AttachTenantProjectRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json index 9562ed942c..14d01f4c70 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { @@ -793,6 +793,13 @@ "description": "The type of this aspect configuration.", "type": "string" }, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. Rules of the Configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AspectRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "spec": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -804,6 +811,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AspectRule": { +"description": "Rule-based configuration for an aspect.", +"id": "AspectRule", +"properties": { +"config": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"selector": { +"description": "Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuthProvider": { "description": "Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).", "id": "AuthProvider", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json index 6726acc696..11dd3c7a28 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -638,6 +638,13 @@ "description": "The type of this aspect configuration.", "type": "string" }, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. Rules of the Configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AspectRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "spec": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -649,6 +656,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AspectRule": { +"description": "Rule-based configuration for an aspect.", +"id": "AspectRule", +"properties": { +"config": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"selector": { +"description": "Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuthProvider": { "description": "Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).", "id": "AuthProvider", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json index a89bb06412..fe3656fdb7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -1176,6 +1176,13 @@ "description": "The type of this aspect configuration.", "type": "string" }, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. Rules of the Configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AspectRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "spec": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -1187,6 +1194,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AspectRule": { +"description": "Rule-based configuration for an aspect.", +"id": "AspectRule", +"properties": { +"config": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"selector": { +"description": "Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuthProvider": { "description": "Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).", "id": "AuthProvider", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json index 5c70369e2e..8c778363bd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260125", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://solar.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BuildingInsights": { @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "rgbUrl": { -"description": "The URL for an image of RGB data (aerial photo) of the region.", +"description": "The URL for an image of RGB data (aerial or satellite photo) of the region.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json index 92adba9d8a..4136a67b90 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json @@ -1797,41 +1797,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin" ] }, -"restoreBackupMcp": { -"description": "Restores a backup of a Cloud SQL instance for Model Context Protocol (MCP) server.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{targetProject}/instances/{targetInstance}:restoreBackupMcp", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "sql.instances.restoreBackupMcp", -"parameterOrder": [ -"targetProject", -"targetInstance" -], -"parameters": { -"targetInstance": { -"description": "Required. Cloud SQL instance ID of the target. This does not include the project ID.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"targetProject": { -"description": "Required. Project ID of the target project.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/projects/{targetProject}/instances/{targetInstance}:restoreBackupMcp", -"request": { -"$ref": "SqlInstancesRestoreBackupMcpRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin" -] -}, "rotateServerCa": { "description": "Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/rotateServerCa", @@ -2808,6 +2773,11 @@ "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"revokeExistingRoles": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies whether to revoke existing roles that are not present in the `database_roles` field. If `false` or unset, the database roles specified in `database_roles` are added to the user's existing roles.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/users", @@ -2825,7 +2795,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -3022,7 +2992,10 @@ "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3075,6 +3048,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3128,7 +3104,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -3487,7 +3466,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3540,6 +3522,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3593,7 +3578,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -3775,6 +3763,14 @@ false "description": "Required. Name of the Cloud SQL instance to be created as a clone.", "type": "string" }, +"destinationNetwork": { +"description": "Optional. The fully qualified URI of the VPC network to which the cloned instance will be connected via Private Services Access for private IP. For example:`projects/my-network-project/global/networks/my-network`. This field is only required for cross-project cloning.", +"type": "string" +}, +"destinationProject": { +"description": "Optional. The project ID of the destination project where the cloned instance will be created. To perform a cross-project clone, this field is required. If not specified, the clone is created in the same project as the source instance.", +"type": "string" +}, "kind": { "description": "This is always `sql#cloneContext`.", "type": "string" @@ -3939,7 +3935,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3992,6 +3991,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4045,7 +4047,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4347,7 +4352,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -4400,6 +4408,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4453,7 +4464,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5325,7 +5339,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -5378,6 +5395,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -5431,7 +5451,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7182,7 +7205,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -7235,6 +7261,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -7288,7 +7317,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" } @@ -8234,25 +8266,6 @@ false "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"SqlInstancesRestoreBackupMcpRequest": { -"description": "Instance restore backup request for MCP.", -"id": "SqlInstancesRestoreBackupMcpRequest", -"properties": { -"backupId": { -"description": "Required. The identifier of the backup to restore. This will be one of the following: 1. An int64 containing a backup_run_id. 2. A backup name of the format 'projects/{project}/backups/{backup-uid}'. 3. A backupDR name of the format 'projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}/backups/{backup-uid}'.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceInstance": { -"description": "Optional. The Cloud SQL instance ID of the source instance containing the backup. Only necessary if the backup_id is a backup_run_id.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceProject": { -"description": "Required. The project ID of the source instance containing the backup.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "SqlInstancesStartExternalSyncRequest": { "description": "Instance start external sync request.", "id": "SqlInstancesStartExternalSyncRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json index 4cb3805b28..c925b297f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json @@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "revokeExistingRoles": { -"description": "Optional. revoke the existing roles granted to the user.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies whether to revoke existing roles that are not present in the `database_roles` field. If `false` or unset, the database roles specified in `database_roles` are added to the user's existing roles.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260106", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -2992,7 +2992,10 @@ "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3045,6 +3048,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3098,7 +3104,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -3457,7 +3466,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3510,6 +3522,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3563,7 +3578,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -3745,6 +3763,14 @@ false "description": "Name of the Cloud SQL instance to be created as a clone.", "type": "string" }, +"destinationNetwork": { +"description": "Optional. The fully qualified URI of the VPC network to which the cloned instance will be connected via Private Services Access for private IP. For example:`projects/my-network-project/global/networks/my-network`. This field is only required for cross-project cloning.", +"type": "string" +}, +"destinationProject": { +"description": "Optional. The project ID of the destination project where the cloned instance will be created. To perform a cross-project clone, this field is required. If not specified, the clone is created in the same project as the source instance.", +"type": "string" +}, "kind": { "description": "This is always `sql#cloneContext`.", "type": "string" @@ -3909,7 +3935,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3962,6 +3991,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4015,7 +4047,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4317,7 +4352,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -4370,6 +4408,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4423,7 +4464,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5296,7 +5340,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -5349,6 +5396,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -5402,7 +5452,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7153,7 +7206,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -7206,6 +7262,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -7259,7 +7318,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json index 15bc0649fb..8446cd489e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ "location": "northamerica-south1" } ], -"etag": "\"3130353639373731363639313032363439383430\"", +"etag": "\"31363539393037303230303637393438373935\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png", "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png" @@ -1784,6 +1784,50 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write" ] }, +"deleteRecursive": { +"description": "Deletes a folder recursively. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "storage.folders.deleteRecursive", +"parameterOrder": [ +"bucket", +"folder" +], +"parameters": { +"bucket": { +"description": "Name of the bucket in which the folder resides.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"folder": { +"description": "Name of a folder.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"ifMetagenerationMatch": { +"description": "If set, only deletes the folder if its metageneration matches this value.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"ifMetagenerationNotMatch": { +"description": "If set, only deletes the folder if its metageneration does not match this value.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "b/{bucket}/folders/{folder}/deleteRecursive", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.full_control", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Returns metadata for the specified folder. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.", "httpMethod": "GET", @@ -4561,7 +4605,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260131", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdvanceRelocateBucketOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json index bc8f735e11..0c9b65cacf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://storagebatchoperations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bucket": { @@ -893,6 +893,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, +"isMultiBucketJob": { +"description": "Output only. If true, this Job operates on multiple buckets. Multibucket jobs are subject to different quota limits than single-bucket jobs.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "loggingConfig": { "$ref": "LoggingConfig", "description": "Optional. Logging configuration." @@ -926,14 +931,16 @@ "RUNNING", "SUCCEEDED", "CANCELED", -"FAILED" +"FAILED", +"QUEUED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", "In progress.", "Completed successfully.", "Cancelled by the user.", -"Terminated due to an unrecoverable failure." +"Terminated due to an unrecoverable failure.", +"Queued but not yet started." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/threatintelligence.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/threatintelligence.v1beta.json index 4ba9c05c77..65f50b08a4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/threatintelligence.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/threatintelligence.v1beta.json @@ -14,7 +14,29 @@ "canonicalName": "Threat Intelligence Service", "description": "threatintelligence.googleapis.com API.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", -"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/threatintelligence/docs/reference/rest", +"documentationLink": "https://docs.cloud.google.com/threatintelligence/", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://threatintelligence.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://threatintelligence.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://threatintelligence.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://threatintelligence.us.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -866,7 +888,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260211", "rootUrl": "https://threatintelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AffectedSoftware": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json index 1491cdf940..02614d6129 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json @@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://walletobjects.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivationOptions": { @@ -4144,7 +4144,7 @@ true "type": "array" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -4417,7 +4417,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -4930,7 +4930,7 @@ true "type": "array" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -5211,7 +5211,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -5372,7 +5372,7 @@ true "type": "array" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -5613,7 +5613,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be considered valid or usable. When the time period is passed, the object will be considered expired, which will affect the rendering on user's devices." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -5894,7 +5894,7 @@ true "type": "array" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -6148,7 +6148,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -6788,7 +6788,7 @@ true "type": "array" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -7045,7 +7045,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -7831,7 +7831,7 @@ true "description": "The title image of the offer. This image is displayed in both the details and list views of the app." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -8064,7 +8064,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -9279,7 +9279,7 @@ true "type": "string" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -9675,7 +9675,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json index b926ce400b..35930ce3a8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json @@ -183,6 +183,284 @@ } }, "resources": { +"deployments": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new Deployment in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deploymentId": { +"description": "Required. Id of the deployment", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource prefix of the Deployment using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/deployments", +"request": { +"$ref": "Deployment" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Deployment.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, any actuation will also be deleted. Followed the best practice from https://aip.dev/135#cascading-delete", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Deployment.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}'", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Deployment" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Deployments in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter resource follow https://google.aip.dev/160", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to sort by. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource prefix of the Deployment using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/deployments", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListDeploymentsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"actuations": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new actuation for an existing Deployment.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}/actuations", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Actuation location using the form: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/actuations", +"request": { +"$ref": "Actuation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Actuation", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}/actuations/{actuationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the book to delete. project/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}/actuations/{actuation_id}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+/actuations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Actuation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}/actuations/{actuationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+/actuations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Actuation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Actuations in a given project, location and deployment.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}/actuations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to sort by. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource prefix of the Actuation using the form: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/actuations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListActuationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "discoveredprofiles": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -979,9 +1257,190 @@ true } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://workloadmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { +"ActiveDirectory": { +"description": "Active directory details", +"id": "ActiveDirectory", +"properties": { +"dnsAddress": { +"description": "Optional. DNS IP address", +"type": "string" +}, +"domain": { +"description": "Optional. human readable form of a domain such as \u201cgoogle.com\u201d.", +"type": "string" +}, +"domainUsername": { +"description": "Optional. domain username", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretManagerSecret": { +"description": "Required. secret_manager_secret", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. active directory type", +"enum": [ +"ACTIVE_DIRECTORY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"GCP_MANAGED", +"SELF_MANAGED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified active directory type", +"GCP managed active directory type", +"Self managed active directory type" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Actuation": { +"description": "The Actuation object represents the bootstrap state and output results of deployed infrastructure and software.", +"id": "Actuation", +"properties": { +"actuationOutput": { +"$ref": "ActuationOutput", +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Actuation output", +"readOnly": true +}, +"deploymentOutput": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Deployment output", +"items": { +"$ref": "DeploymentOutput" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] End time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of actuation resource. The format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}/actuations/{actuation}", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Start time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Actuation state", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"INFRA_CREATING", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED", +"POST_INFRA_CONFIGURING", +"INFRA_DESTROYING", +"TIMEOUT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"state unspecified", +"creating infrastructure in backend (terraform applying)", +"success", +"failed either in infra creating, post infra configuring or infra destroying", +"configure workload after infrastructure is ready (ansible running)", +"destroying infrastructure in backend (terraform destroying)", +"ansible is timeout due to losing heartbeat in post infra configuring" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ActuationOutput": { +"description": "Message for output of Actuation", +"id": "ActuationOutput", +"properties": { +"actuateLogs": { +"description": "A link to gcs file that store build logs", +"type": "string" +}, +"ansibleError": { +"description": "Output only. error message return from ansible.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"ansibleFailedTask": { +"description": "Output only. failed task name return from ansible.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"blueprintId": { +"description": "reference to Blueprint Controller deployment and revision resource", +"type": "string" +}, +"cloudbuildId": { +"description": "Cloud Build instance UUID associated with this revision, without any suffix or prefix", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorCode": { +"description": "Output only. Code describing any errors that may have occurred. If not specified, there is no error in actuation.", +"enum": [ +"ERROR_CODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TERRAFORM_FAILED", +"PERMISSION_DENIED_IN_TERRAFORM", +"QUOTA_EXCEED_IN_TERRAFORM", +"ANSIBLE_FAILED", +"CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION_IN_TERRAFORM", +"RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS_IN_TERRAFORM", +"RESOURCE_UNAVAILABLE_IN_TERRAFORM", +"PERMISSION_DENIED_IN_ANSIBLE", +"INVALID_SECRET_IN_ANSIBLE", +"TERRAFORM_DELETION_FAILED", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_IN_TERRAFORM_DELETION", +"ANSIBLE_START_FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No error code was specified.", +"general terraform failure", +"permission error in terraform", +"quota related error in terraform", +"general ansible failure", +"constraint related error in terraform", +"resource already exists error in terraform", +"resource not found error in terraform", +"permission denied error in ansible", +"secret related error in ansible", +"general terraform failure during deletion", +"resource in use error in terraform deletion", +"start up failure in ansible" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"errorLogs": { +"description": "A link to actuation cloud build log.", +"type": "string" +}, +"hasUserFacingErrorMsg": { +"description": "Output only. whether the error message is user facing. If true, the error message will be shown in the UI.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"terraformError": { +"description": "Output only. error message return from terraform.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"terraformTemplate": { +"description": "reference to terraform template used", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AgentCommand": { "description": "* An AgentCommand specifies a one-time executable program for the agent to run.", "id": "AgentCommand", @@ -1297,6 +1756,81 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"AppDetails": { +"description": "Message for sap instant details", +"id": "AppDetails", +"properties": { +"appInstanceId": { +"description": "Optional. instance id for app", +"type": "string" +}, +"appServiceAccount": { +"description": "Application service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for application", +"type": "string" +}, +"appVmNames": { +"description": "Optional. Customized vm names", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"ascsImage": { +"description": "Required. image for ascs server", +"type": "string" +}, +"ascsInstanceId": { +"description": "Optional. instance id for ascs", +"type": "string" +}, +"ascsMachineType": { +"description": "Required. ascs_machine_type", +"type": "string" +}, +"ascsServiceAccount": { +"description": "ASCS service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for ASCS", +"type": "string" +}, +"ascsVm": { +"description": "Optional. ASCS vm name", +"type": "string" +}, +"ersInstanceId": { +"description": "Optional. instance id for ers", +"type": "string" +}, +"ersVm": { +"description": "Optional. ERS vm name", +"type": "string" +}, +"image": { +"description": "Required. image for app server and ascs server", +"type": "string" +}, +"machineType": { +"description": "Required. machine type", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretManagerSecret": { +"description": "Required. secret_manager_secret", +"type": "string" +}, +"sharedStorage": { +"description": "Optional. Storage location", +"type": "string" +}, +"sid": { +"description": "Required. The SAP SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.", +"type": "string" +}, +"vmsMultiplier": { +"description": "Required. vms_multiplier", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackupProperties": { "description": "Backup properties.", "id": "BackupProperties", @@ -1471,6 +2005,110 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"Database": { +"description": "Database details", +"id": "Database", +"properties": { +"diskType": { +"description": "Required. disk_type", +"type": "string" +}, +"floatingIpAddress": { +"description": "Optional. only useful for Linux High Availability setup", +"type": "string" +}, +"machineType": { +"description": "Required. machine type", +"type": "string" +}, +"secondarySoleTenantNode": { +"description": "Optional. the name of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group", +"type": "string" +}, +"secondarySoleTenantNodeType": { +"description": "Optional. the type of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretManagerSecret": { +"description": "Required. secret_manager_secret", +"type": "string" +}, +"smt": { +"description": "Required. whether simultaneous multithreading is enabled or not", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"soleTenantNode": { +"description": "Optional. the name of a primary sole-tenant node/node group", +"type": "string" +}, +"soleTenantNodeType": { +"description": "Optional. the type of a primary sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name", +"type": "string" +}, +"tempdbOnSsd": { +"description": "Required. whether to have TempDB on local SSD", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"tenancyModel": { +"description": "Required. SHARED or SOLE_TENANT", +"enum": [ +"TENANCY_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"SHARED", +"SOLE_TENANT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified tenancy model", +"Shared tenancy model", +"Sole Tenant tenancy model" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DatabaseDetails": { +"description": "Message for sap instant details", +"id": "DatabaseDetails", +"properties": { +"databaseServiceAccount": { +"description": "Database service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for database", +"type": "string" +}, +"diskType": { +"description": "Required. disk_type", +"type": "string" +}, +"image": { +"description": "Required. image for database server", +"type": "string" +}, +"instanceId": { +"description": "Optional. instance id", +"type": "string" +}, +"machineType": { +"description": "Required. machine type", +"type": "string" +}, +"primaryDbVm": { +"description": "Optional. primary db vm name", +"type": "string" +}, +"secondaryDbVm": { +"description": "Optional. secondary db vm name", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretManagerSecret": { +"description": "Required. secret_manager_secret", +"type": "string" +}, +"sid": { +"description": "Required. The SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DatabaseProperties": { "description": "Database Properties.", "id": "DatabaseProperties", @@ -1492,15 +2130,117 @@ true "ASE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"unspecified", -"SAP HANA", -"SAP MAX_DB", -"IBM DB2", -"Oracle Database", -"Microsoft SQL Server", -"SAP Sybase ASE" +"unspecified", +"SAP HANA", +"SAP MAX_DB", +"IBM DB2", +"Oracle Database", +"Microsoft SQL Server", +"SAP Sybase ASE" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Deployment": { +"description": "The Deployment object represents user intent for deploying a specific type of workload.", +"id": "Deployment", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Description of the Deployment", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of deployment resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}'", +"type": "string" +}, +"sapSystemS4Config": { +"$ref": "SapSystemS4Config", +"description": "SAP system workload input" +}, +"serviceAccount": { +"description": "User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used for cloud build Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` The default Cloud Build SA will be used initially if this field is not set during deployment creation", +"type": "string" +}, +"sqlServerWorkload": { +"$ref": "SqlServerWorkload", +"description": "MS SQL workload input" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the deployment.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is used if the state is omitted.", +"The deployment is being created.", +"The deployment is healthy.", +"The deployment is being updated.", +"The deployment is being deleted.", +"The deployment has encountered an unexpected error." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"terraformVariables": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "TerraformVariable" +}, +"description": "Optional. terraform_variables represents all the Terraform variables for the deployment workload. The key is the name of the Terraform variable, and the value is the TerraformVariable. For example: { \"project_id\": { \"input_value\": { \"string_value\": \"my-project-id\" } }, \"zone\": { \"input_value\": { \"string_value\": \"us-central1-a\" } } }", +"type": "object" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"workerPool": { +"description": "Optional. The user-specified Cloud Build worker pool resource in which the Cloud Build job will execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}`. If this field is unspecified, the default Cloud Build worker pool will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"workloadType": { +"description": "Optional. Workload type of the deployment", +"enum": [ +"WORKLOAD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SAP_S4", +"SQL_SERVER", +"ORACLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified workload type", +"SAP S/4HANA workload type", +"SQL Server workload type", +"Oracle workload type" ], -"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentOutput": { +"description": "Message for output of deployment resource", +"id": "DeploymentOutput", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "name of the resource", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "type of the resource", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2015,6 +2755,56 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"ListActuationsResponse": { +"description": "The response object from `ListActuations`.", +"id": "ListActuationsResponse", +"properties": { +"actuations": { +"description": "The list of Actuation", +"items": { +"$ref": "Actuation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListDeploymentsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing Deployments", +"id": "ListDeploymentsResponse", +"properties": { +"deployments": { +"description": "The list of Deployment", +"items": { +"$ref": "Deployment" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListDiscoveredProfilesResponse": { "description": "List discovered profile Response returns discovered profiles from agents", "id": "ListDiscoveredProfilesResponse", @@ -2223,6 +3013,73 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"LocationDetails": { +"description": "Message for sap instant details", +"id": "LocationDetails", +"properties": { +"createCommsFirewall": { +"description": "Optional. create firewall, if true, create firewall for the deployment. This field provides an option to not always create firewall for the deployment.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"customTags": { +"description": "Optional. network tags", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"deploymentDnsEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. when user skip DNS configuration from UI, deployment_dns_enabled=false otherwise deployment_dns_enabled=true", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"dnsZone": { +"description": "Optional. dns zone name", +"type": "string" +}, +"dnsZoneNameSuffix": { +"description": "Optional. dns_zone_name_suffix", +"type": "string" +}, +"internetAccess": { +"enum": [ +"INTERNETACCESS_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALLOW_EXTERNAL_IP", +"CONFIGURE_NAT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"networkProject": { +"description": "Optional. network project", +"type": "string" +}, +"regionName": { +"description": "Required. region_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetName": { +"description": "Required. subnet_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"vpcName": { +"description": "Required. vpc_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone1Name": { +"description": "Required. zone1_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone2Name": { +"description": "Optional. zone2_name", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Notice": { "description": "Message for additional information generated by the execution", "id": "Notice", @@ -2333,6 +3190,37 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"Pacemaker": { +"description": "pacemaker configuration", +"id": "Pacemaker", +"properties": { +"bucketNameNodeCertificates": { +"description": "Required. bucket location for node certificates", +"type": "string" +}, +"pacemakerCluster": { +"description": "Required. pacemaker cluster name", +"type": "string" +}, +"pacemakerClusterSecret": { +"description": "Required. pacemaker cluster secret name", +"type": "string" +}, +"pacemakerClusterUsername": { +"description": "Required. pacemaker cluster username", +"type": "string" +}, +"sqlPacemakerSecret": { +"description": "Required. sql pacemaker secret name", +"type": "string" +}, +"sqlPacemakerUsername": { +"description": "Required. sql pacemaker username", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Product": { "description": "Contains the details of a product.", "id": "Product", @@ -3201,6 +4089,106 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"SapSystemS4Config": { +"description": "Message for sap system workload", +"id": "SapSystemS4Config", +"properties": { +"allowStoppingForUpdate": { +"type": "boolean" +}, +"ansibleRunnerServiceAccount": { +"description": "Ansible runner service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for Ansible runner", +"type": "string" +}, +"app": { +"$ref": "AppDetails", +"description": "instance details" +}, +"database": { +"$ref": "DatabaseDetails", +"description": "database details" +}, +"deploymentModel": { +"description": "Required. two model non-HA and HA supported", +"enum": [ +"DEPLOYMENT_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"DISTRIBUTED", +"DISTRIBUTED_HA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"environmentType": { +"description": "Required. deployment environment", +"enum": [ +"ENVIRONMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NON_PRODUCTION", +"PRODUCTION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified environment type", +"Non-production environment type", +"Production environment type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"gcpProjectId": { +"description": "the project that infrastructure deployed, current only support the same project where the deployment resource exist.", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"$ref": "LocationDetails", +"description": "database details" +}, +"mediaBucketName": { +"description": "Required. media_bucket_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"sapBootDiskImage": { +"description": "Optional. sap_boot_disk_image", +"type": "string" +}, +"scalingMethod": { +"description": "Required. support scale up and scale out", +"enum": [ +"SCALE_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCALE_UP", +"SCALE_OUT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Scale up: Increases the size of a physical machine by increasing the amount of RAM and CPU available for processing", +"Scale out: Combines multiple independent computers into one system" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Required. sap hana version", +"enum": [ +"VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", +"S4_HANA_2021", +"S4_HANA_2022", +"S4_HANA_2023" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"vmPrefix": { +"description": "vm_prefix", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SapValidation": { "description": "A presentation of SAP workload insight. The schema of SAP workloads validation related data.", "id": "SapValidation", @@ -3392,6 +4380,224 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"SqlLocationDetails": { +"description": "Location and networking details for configuring SQL server workload", +"id": "SqlLocationDetails", +"properties": { +"dnsZone": { +"description": "Optional. create a new DNS Zone when the field is empty, Only show for `Using an existing DNS` List of existing DNS Zones tf variable name: existing_dns_zone_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"gcpProjectId": { +"description": "Required. the project that infrastructure deployed, currently only supports the same project where the deployment resource exists.", +"type": "string" +}, +"internetAccess": { +"description": "Required. Internet Access", +"enum": [ +"INTERNET_ACCESS_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALLOW_EXTERNAL_IP", +"CONFIGURE_NAT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified internet access", +"Allow external IP", +"Configure NAT" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"network": { +"description": "Required. network name", +"type": "string" +}, +"primaryZone": { +"description": "Required. primary zone", +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Required. region name", +"type": "string" +}, +"secondaryZone": { +"description": "Optional. secondary zone can't be same as primary_zone and is only for High Availability deployment mode", +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Required. subnetwork name", +"type": "string" +}, +"tertiaryZone": { +"description": "Optional. teriary zone can't be same as primary_zone and secondary zone, and it is only for High Availability deployment mode", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SqlServerWorkload": { +"description": "Message for MS SQL workload", +"id": "SqlServerWorkload", +"properties": { +"activeDirectory": { +"$ref": "ActiveDirectory", +"description": "Required. active directory details" +}, +"computeEngineServiceAccount": { +"description": "Compute engine service account - let customers bring their own SA for Compute engine", +"type": "string" +}, +"database": { +"$ref": "Database", +"description": "Required. database details" +}, +"deploymentModel": { +"description": "Required. HIGH_AVAILABILITY or SINGLE_INSTANCE", +"enum": [ +"DEPLOYMENT_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"HIGH_AVAILABILITY", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified deployment model", +"High Availability deployment model", +"Single Instance deployment model" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"environmentType": { +"description": "Required. deployment environment", +"enum": [ +"ENVIRONMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NON_PRODUCTION", +"PRODUCTION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified environment type", +"Non-production environment type", +"Production environment type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"fciType": { +"description": "Optional. SHARED_DISK or S2D", +"enum": [ +"FCI_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SHARED_DISK", +"S2D" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified FCI type", +"SHARED DISK FCI type", +"S2D FCI type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"haType": { +"description": "Optional. AOAG or FCI, it is only needed for High Availability deployment mode", +"enum": [ +"HA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"AOAG", +"FCI" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified HA type", +"AOAG HA type", +"FCI HA type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"isSqlPayg": { +"description": "Required. SQL licensing type", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"location": { +"$ref": "SqlLocationDetails", +"description": "Required. location details" +}, +"mediaBucket": { +"description": "Required. name of the media storing SQL server installation files", +"type": "string" +}, +"operatingSystemType": { +"description": "Required. type of the operating system the SQL server is going to run on top of", +"enum": [ +"OPERATING_SYSTEM_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"WINDOWS", +"UBUNTU", +"RED_HAT_ENTERPRISE_LINUX", +"SUSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified operating system type", +"Windows operating system type", +"Ubuntu operating system type", +"Red Hat Enterprise Linux operating system type", +"Suse operating system type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"osImage": { +"description": "Required. the image of the operating system", +"type": "string" +}, +"osImageType": { +"description": "Optional. OS image type, it's used to create boot disks for VM instances When either Windows licensing type or SQL licensing type is BYOL, this option is disabled and default to custom image", +"enum": [ +"OS_IMAGE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PUBLIC_IMAGE", +"CUSTOM_IMAGE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified OS image type", +"Public image", +"Custom image" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"pacemaker": { +"$ref": "Pacemaker", +"description": "Optional. pacemaker configuration, only applicable for Linux HA deployments" +}, +"sqlServerEdition": { +"description": "Optional. SQL Server Edition type, only applicable when Operating System is Linux", +"enum": [ +"SQL_SERVER_EDITION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SQL_SERVER_EDITION_TYPE_DEVELOPER", +"SQL_SERVER_EDITION_TYPE_ENTERPRISE", +"SQL_SERVER_EDITION_TYPE_STANDARD", +"SQL_SERVER_EDITION_TYPE_WEB" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified type", +"Developer type", +"Enterprise type", +"Standard type", +"Web type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"sqlServerVersion": { +"description": "Optional. 2017 or 2019 or 2022", +"enum": [ +"SQL_SERVER_VERSION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SQL_SERVER_VERSION_TYPE_2017", +"SQL_SERVER_VERSION_TYPE_2019", +"SQL_SERVER_VERSION_TYPE_2022" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified type", +"2017 type", +"2019 type", +"2022 type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"vmPrefix": { +"description": "Required. should be unique in the project", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SqlserverValidation": { "description": "A presentation of SQLServer workload insight. The schema of SqlServer workloads validation related data.", "id": "SqlserverValidation", @@ -3532,6 +4738,17 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"TerraformVariable": { +"description": "In order to align with Infra Manager dependency, we create the same TerraformVariable message to represent a Terraform input variable, by following Infra Manager's API documentation: https://cloud.google.com/infrastructure-manager/docs/reference/rest A Terraform input variable.", +"id": "TerraformVariable", +"properties": { +"inputValue": { +"description": "Optional. Input variable value.", +"type": "any" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TorsoValidation": { "description": "The schema of torso workload validation data.", "id": "TorsoValidation",